US20230364332A1 - Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication - Google Patents
Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medicationDownload PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230364332A1 US20230364332A1US18/360,758US202318360758AUS2023364332A1US 20230364332 A1US20230364332 A1US 20230364332A1US 202318360758 AUS202318360758 AUS 202318360758AUS 2023364332 A1US2023364332 A1US 2023364332A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- pump
- medication
- cannula
- wearer
- sensor
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14244—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body
- A61M5/14248—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body of the skin patch type
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/145—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue
- A61B5/14532—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue for measuring glucose, e.g. by tissue impedance measurement
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/145—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue
- A61B5/1455—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue using optical sensors, e.g. spectral photometrical oximeters
- A61B5/14551—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue using optical sensors, e.g. spectral photometrical oximeters for measuring blood gases
- A61B5/14552—Details of sensors specially adapted therefor
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/145—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue
- A61B5/1468—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue using chemical or electrochemical methods, e.g. by polarographic means
- A61B5/1486—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue using chemical or electrochemical methods, e.g. by polarographic means using enzyme electrodes, e.g. with immobilised oxidase
- A61B5/14865—Measuring characteristics of blood in vivo, e.g. gas concentration or pH-value ; Measuring characteristics of body fluids or tissues, e.g. interstitial fluid or cerebral tissue using chemical or electrochemical methods, e.g. by polarographic means using enzyme electrodes, e.g. with immobilised oxidase invasive, e.g. introduced into the body by a catheter or needle or using implanted sensors
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/48—Other medical applications
- A61B5/4836—Diagnosis combined with treatment in closed-loop systems or methods
- A61B5/4839—Diagnosis combined with treatment in closed-loop systems or methods combined with drug delivery
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
- A61B5/68—Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient
- A61B5/6801—Arrangements of detecting, measuring or recording means, e.g. sensors, in relation to patient specially adapted to be attached to or worn on the body surface
- A61B5/683—Means for maintaining contact with the body
- A61B5/6832—Means for maintaining contact with the body using adhesives
- A61B5/6833—Adhesive patches
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/1413—Modular systems comprising interconnecting elements
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/145—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons
- A61M5/1452—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons pressurised by means of pistons
- A61M5/14566—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons pressurised by means of pistons with a replaceable reservoir for receiving a piston rod of the pump
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/158—Needles for infusions; Accessories therefor, e.g. for inserting infusion needles, or for holding them on the body
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A61M5/16804—Flow controllers
- A61M5/16827—Flow controllers controlling delivery of multiple fluids, e.g. sequencing, mixing or via separate flow-paths
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A61M5/16831—Monitoring, detecting, signalling or eliminating infusion flow anomalies
- A61M5/1684—Monitoring, detecting, signalling or eliminating infusion flow anomalies by detecting the amount of infusate remaining, e.g. signalling end of infusion
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A61M5/172—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A61M5/172—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic
- A61M5/1723—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body electrical or electronic using feedback of body parameters, e.g. blood-sugar, pressure
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/50—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests having means for preventing re-use, or for indicating if defective, used, tampered with or unsterile
- A61M5/5086—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests having means for preventing re-use, or for indicating if defective, used, tampered with or unsterile for indicating if defective, used, tampered with or unsterile
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14244—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body
- A61M5/14248—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body of the skin patch type
- A61M2005/14252—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body of the skin patch type with needle insertion means
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14244—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body
- A61M5/14248—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body of the skin patch type
- A61M2005/14252—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body of the skin patch type with needle insertion means
- A61M2005/14256—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body of the skin patch type with needle insertion means with means for preventing access to the needle after use
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14244—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body
- A61M2005/14268—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps adapted to be carried by the patient, e.g. portable on the body with a reusable and a disposable component
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/145—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons
- A61M5/1452—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons pressurised by means of pistons
- A61M2005/14533—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons pressurised by means of pistons cam actuated
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/158—Needles for infusions; Accessories therefor, e.g. for inserting infusion needles, or for holding them on the body
- A61M2005/1585—Needle inserters
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/158—Needles for infusions; Accessories therefor, e.g. for inserting infusion needles, or for holding them on the body
- A61M2005/1586—Holding accessories for holding infusion needles on the body
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A61M5/16831—Monitoring, detecting, signalling or eliminating infusion flow anomalies
- A61M2005/16863—Occlusion detection
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/13—General characteristics of the apparatus with means for the detection of operative contact with patient, e.g. lip sensor
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/18—General characteristics of the apparatus with alarm
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/33—Controlling, regulating or measuring
- A61M2205/3317—Electromagnetic, inductive or dielectric measuring means
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/33—Controlling, regulating or measuring
- A61M2205/3331—Pressure; Flow
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/35—Communication
- A61M2205/3576—Communication with non implanted data transmission devices, e.g. using external transmitter or receiver
- A61M2205/3584—Communication with non implanted data transmission devices, e.g. using external transmitter or receiver using modem, internet or bluetooth
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/58—Means for facilitating use, e.g. by people with impaired vision
- A61M2205/582—Means for facilitating use, e.g. by people with impaired vision by tactile feedback
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2207/00—Methods of manufacture, assembly or production
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2209/00—Ancillary equipment
- A61M2209/08—Supports for equipment
- A61M2209/084—Supporting bases, stands for equipment
- A61M2209/086—Docking stations
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14212—Pumping with an aspiration and an expulsion action
- A61M5/14228—Pumping with an aspiration and an expulsion action with linear peristaltic action, i.e. comprising at least three pressurising members or a helical member
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/178—Syringes
- A61M5/31—Details
- A61M5/32—Needles; Details of needles pertaining to their connection with syringe or hub; Accessories for bringing the needle into, or holding the needle on, the body; Devices for protection of needles
- A61M5/3286—Needle tip design, e.g. for improved penetration
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/178—Syringes
- A61M5/31—Details
- A61M5/32—Needles; Details of needles pertaining to their connection with syringe or hub; Accessories for bringing the needle into, or holding the needle on, the body; Devices for protection of needles
- A61M5/329—Needles; Details of needles pertaining to their connection with syringe or hub; Accessories for bringing the needle into, or holding the needle on, the body; Devices for protection of needles characterised by features of the needle shaft
- A61M5/3291—Shafts with additional lateral openings
Definitions
- the technologyrelates to systems and methods for delivering medication such as insulin to a user, for example, wearable insulin pumps having a patch-style form factor for adhesion to a user's body surface and accessories for applying and managing the same.
- Wearable insulin pumpsare known for providing a Type I Diabetes Mellitus patient with small doses of short acting insulin continuously (basal rate).
- the devicealso is used to deliver variable amounts of insulin when a meal is consumed (bolus).
- the basal insulin ratesare usually programmed in a pump by a physician, and one or multiple basal settings may be programmed in the pump based on the patient's needs.
- the patientmay program the amount of insulin for mealtime bolus directly on the pump.
- Most pumpsalso include bolus calculators to help the patient determine the amount of insulin the patient may need at mealtime based on the patient's glucose levels and the amount of carbohydrates the patient may consume.
- the objectiveis to control the patient's blood glucose level within a desired range.
- Some such insulin pumpsare coupled to an adhesive patch that permits the pump to be directly adhered to a user's body surface, for example the abdomen, and are referred to as “patch pumps.”
- some previously known systemswere configured to interface wirelessly with a continuous glucose monitor, which typically also may be disposed on a patch designed to be adhered to the user's body.
- Other previously known systemsemploy still further modules designed to monitor user activity and report that activity to a controller associated with the patch pump to titrate the insulin delivery in accordance with the user's activity level.
- WO 02/20073describes an ambulatory patch pump for delivering insulin to manage diabetes.
- the pumpis part of a system that includes the fluid delivery device, a separate, remote control device, and accessories for transcutaneous delivery of fluid medications.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,879,026describes an infusion pump that is designed to be wearable, e.g., on a user's belt, and is coupled to an infusion cannula that extends through and is fixed to a user's skin using an adhesive patch.
- the infusion pumpmay include an accelerometer or other motion sensor to detect the user's activity level, the output of which may be used to automatically adjust a rate of insulin infusion to the user based at least in part on a detected activity level of the user.
- U.S. Pat. No. 9,735,893describes a patch system for in-situ therapeutic treatment wherein a plurality of biological parameter monitoring devices may be disposed on separate stretchable patches designed to adhere to a user's skin.
- the monitoring devicescommunicate with each other, and other therapeutic devices, via short-range wireless, such as Bluetooth.
- the patentdescribes that patch-based monitoring devices may be configured to communicate to a belt-worn insulin pump, and that one patch-based monitoring device may include pulse oximetry electronics for measuring blood volume.
- the patentdoes not describe a patch-based insulin pump and requires intercommunication between its various components, providing a potential failure mode.
- WO 2019/110839the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, assigned to the assignee of the instant application, describes a drug delivery device comprising a pumping system and a liquid reservoir fluidly connected to a delivery system outlet.
- the liquid reservoirhas an elastic plunger sealingly slidable within a container wall of the liquid reservoir for expelling liquid out of the reservoir.
- the systemincludes a wearable insulin pump having a patch-style form factor for adhesion to a user's body surface.
- a medication infusion systemincludes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin).
- doses of medicationmay be delivered from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a cannula and/or needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cartridge.
- the patch pumpmay include a pump housing configured to house a controller, a rechargeable battery, and/or a pump motor configured to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion.
- a capmay be included that is configured to be removably coupled to the pump housing. The cap and cartridge may be disposable after the doses of medication are delivered from the pre-filled cartridge while the patch pump may be reusable with additional caps and pre-filled cartridges.
- the medication infusion systemmay include a charging station configured to charge the rechargeable battery when the patch pump is coupled to the charging station.
- the pump housingmay include a first inductive coil coupled to the rechargeable battery and the charging station may include a second inductive coil. In some embodiments, the second inductive coil emits power to the first inductive coil.
- the medication infusion systemmay include a wireless communication chip within the pump housing configured to wirelessly communicate data to and from the patch pump.
- the medication infusion systemmay include an adhesive pad configured to be removably adhered to the wearer's skin to couple the patch pump to the wearer.
- the adhesive padmay include one or more pad clips holes and the pump and cap assembly (e.g., at lateral sides of the cap) may include one or more cap clips sized and shaped to fit within the one or more pad clips holes. In this manner, the pump and cap assembly may be locked to the adhesive pad for secure coupling of the patch pump to the wearer's skin.
- the capfurther may include one or more unclipping buttons coupled to the one or more cap clips. When pressed, the unclipping buttons, may deflect the one or more cap clips such that the one or more cap clips uncouple from the one or more pad clips holes.
- the pump and cap assemblymay be easily unlocked from the adhesive pad by the wearer in a user friendly manner.
- the patch pump and the capmay not include a reservoir to hold multiple doses of medication separate from the pre-filled cartridge.
- the patch pumpworks seamlessly with a pre-filled cartridge, which is easier on the user.
- the pump housing and the cap, when coupled together,may completely encase the pre-filled cartridge.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a cannula configured to extend into the wearer's skin.
- the cannulamay have one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cannula.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion systemmay include a pump motor disposed within a pump housing, the pump motor configured to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion systemfurther may include a sensor configured to sense a parameter, a vibration motor separate from the pump motor, and a controller operatively coupled to the sensor and the vibration motor.
- the sensormay be disposed in a housing separate from the pump housing.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate to alert the wearer based on the parameter sensed by the sensor, for example, when the sensed parameter falls outside a predetermined threshold.
- the controllerfurther may be configured to determine that an error has occurred associated with operation of the patch pump based on the sensed parameter to cause the vibration motor to vibrate based on the determination of the error.
- the senormay be configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the pressure within the cartridge falls outside a predetermined pressure range.
- the medication infusion systemfurther may include a dosing tube disposed within the pump housing and the dosing tube may be configured to receive medication from the cartridge.
- the sensormay be configured to detect an occlusion within the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the sensor detects information indicative of an occlusion within the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion.
- the controlleris configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate only when the sensor detects repeated occlusions.
- the sensormay be configured to monitor glucose levels of the wearer and the controller may configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the wearer's glucose level falls outside a predetermined glucose level range.
- the sensormay be a photoplethysmographic module configured to sense at least one of the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the at least one of the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters fall outside a predetermined photoplethysmographic threshold.
- the sensormay be an accelerometer and the sensed parameter may be associated with the wearer's activity level.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the wearer's activity level is outside a predetermined threshold.
- the sensormay be configured to detect a temperature within the patch pump and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the temperature falls outside a predetermined range.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pusher and a pump motor disposed within a pump housing and a sensor.
- the pump motormay be coupled to the pusher and may be configured to move the pusher to move the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the sensormay be configured to sense a position of the pusher within the pump housing to indicate a state of the patch pump.
- the position of pushermay also indicate that the pusher transitioned to a first position such that the cartridge is permitted to be removed and exchanged for a subsequent cartridge.
- the sensormay be a contact sensor that senses the position of the pusher based on contact with a component of the pusher.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a controller disposed within the pump housing and operatively coupled to the pump motor and the sensor.
- the controllermay execute instructions, which indicate that a battery within the patch pump is charged to a power level sufficient to empty the medication from the cartridge based on the position of the pusher sensed by the sensor.
- the controllerfurther may be configured to cause the component to move in an opposite direction after sensing contact with the component, for example, to a home position.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a cap configured to be locked to the pump housing during delivery of the doses of medication.
- the position of the pushermay indicate that the cap is permitted to be unlocked from the pump housing for removal of the cartridge.
- a level of battery chargefurther may indicate that the cap is permitted to be unlocked.
- the medication infusion devicemay include a second sensor configured to monitor the level of battery charge.
- a component for use in a medication infusion devicemay be a cap configured to be removably coupled to a pump housing of the patch pump.
- the componentmay be configured to measure and deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- the componentmay include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion, and a circular cam.
- the circular cammay include a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane, the first and second plane may be orthogonal.
- the circular platemay be coupled to the shaft and may include surfaces configured to move the plurality of levers in a series of steps upon rotation of the shaft. The rotation of the shaft may deliver the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.
- the plurality of leversmay include a first lever disposed on a first portion of the dosing tube, a second lever disposed on a second portion of the dosing tube, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to a reservoir portion (e.g., a compartment) between the first portion and the second portion.
- the reservoir portionmay be configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication.
- the first portion, second portion, and reservoir portion of the dosing tubeare disposed on a flattened portion of the dosing tube.
- the reservoir portion of the dosing tubemay include one or more welded portions that are configured to increase the accuracy of the volume within the reservoir.
- the plurality of leversmay be independently movable and configured to sequentially transition from a raised position to a lowered position.
- the raised positionmay permit medication to flow from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion and the lowered position may position the plurality of levers in contact with the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the plurality of leversmay move in a predetermined sequence of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- the first levermay be configured to move to a raised position
- the middle levermay be configured to move to a raised position
- the first levermay be configured to move to a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is disposed within the reservoir portion.
- the second levermay be configured to move to a raised position
- the middle levermay be configured to move to a lowered position
- the second levermay be configured to move to a lowered position
- the second levermay be configured to move to a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered towards the wearer.
- the first levermay include a first extended arm having a first ramped portion
- the second levermay include a second extended arm having a second ramped portion
- the middle levermay include a middle extended arm having a middle ramped portion.
- the first, second, and middle ramped portionsmay be configured to contact the surfaces of the circular cam, which may include a first surface and a second surface.
- the first levermay transition from a lowered position to a raised position when the first ramped portion contacts the first surface of the circular cam
- the second levermay transition from a lowered position to a raised position when the second ramped portion contacts the first surface of the circular cam
- the middle levermay transition from a lowered position to a raised position when the middle ramped portion contacts the second surface of the circular cam.
- the first surfacemay be sized and shaped such that the first surface is disposable between the first ramped portion and the second ramped portion without contacting the first ramped portion or the second ramped portion.
- the first second surface of the circular plate and the first, second, and middle ramped portions of the plurality of leversmay include rounded edges such that the noise from rotation of the circular cam is minimized.
- the first surface of the circular cammay be positioned radially outward of the second surface of the circular cam.
- the surfaces on the circular platemay include a third surface and a fourth surface that mirror the first surface and the second surface, respectively.
- contact between the first and second surfaces and the plurality of leversmay move the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- Contact between the third and fourth surfaces and the plurality of leversmay move a second predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- a 180 degree rotation of the shaftmay deliver the predetermined dose of medication and another 180 degree rotation of the shaft may deliver a second predetermined dose of medication having the same volume of medication as the predetermined dose.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a cannula configured to extend into the wearer's skin.
- the cannulamay have one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cannula. The needle may be configured to extend from the dosing tube to the cannula.
- a method for delivering doses of medicationincluding providing a patch pump having a dosing tube, a plurality of levers, and a circular cam, as described above, and rotating the shaft of the circular cam.
- Rotating the shaftmay cause the circular cam to rotate such that the surfaces contact the plurality of levers during rotation to cause the plurality of levers to move in a predefined pattern to selectively open and close sections of the dosing tube to deliver the predetermined dose of medication transcutaneously to the wearer.
- Rotating the shaftfurther may cause at least one lever of the plurality of levers to transition from a lowered position to contact the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion to a raised position such that medication flows from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the plurality of leversmay include a first lever disposed on a first portion of the dosing tube, a second lever disposed on a second portion of the dosing tube, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to a reservoir portion between the first portion and the second portion, the reservoir portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication.
- the first levermay include a first extended arm having a first ramped portion
- the second levermay include a second extended arm having a second ramped portion
- the middle levermay include a middle extended arm having a middle ramped portion.
- the first, second, and middle ramped portionsmay be configured to contact the surfaces of the circular cam.
- Rotating the shaftmay cause the first lever to transition to the raised position, the middle lever to transition to the raised position, and, after transitioning the middle lever to the raised position, the first lever to transition to the lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is disposed within the reservoir portion.
- Rotating the shaftfurther may cause, after transitioning the first lever to the lowered position, the second lever to transition to the raised position, after transitioning the second lever to the raised position, the middle lever to transition to the lowered position, and the second lever to transition to the lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered transcutaneously to the wearer.
- the surfaces on the circular platemay include a first surface and a second surface such that rotating the shaft further causes the first ramped portion to contact the first surface of the circular cam such that the first lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position, the second ramped portion to contact the first surface of the circular cam such that the second lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position, and the middle ramped portion to contact the second surface of the circular cam such that the middle lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position.
- the surfaces on the circular platemay include a third surface and a fourth surface that mirror the first surface and the second surface, respectively, such that rotating the shaft 360 degrees causes the first and second surfaces to contact the plurality of levers such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer and the third and fourth surfaces to contact the plurality of levers such that a second predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer. Further, rotating the shaft 180 degrees may deliver a predetermined dose of medication and rotating the shaft another 180 degrees may deliver a second predetermined dose of medication having the same volume of medication as the predetermined dose.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the patch pumpmay include a pump housing and a cap housing configured to be locked together to hold the cartridge.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a rechargeable battery disposed within the pump housing and a controller configured to monitor battery life of the rechargeable battery. The controller may be configured to unlock the pump housing from the cap housing based on determining that the battery life has been charged to a predetermined state.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pusher disposed within the pump housing.
- the pushermay be configured to push medication out of the cartridge during pumping.
- the controllerupon determining that the battery life has been charged to a state below full charge, may cause the pusher to move from an empty position to a full position within the pump housing.
- the state below full chargemay be a predetermined time before battery life sufficient to empty the medication from the cartridge.
- the pushermay include a component that, in the full position, contacts a contact sensor.
- the component of the pushermay include a nut configured to move along a thread of a screw. After contacting the contact sensor, the component of the pusher may move to a home position wherein the pusher does not contact the contact sensor.
- the controllermay be configured to only unlock the pump housing from the cap housing if the controller determines that the patch pump is in the home position.
- the cap housingmay include a tab and the pump housing may include a mechanical coupling sized and shaped to receive the tab.
- the mechanical coupling and the tabmay be configured to rotate upon movement of the pusher and may be oriented in a first direction when the pump housing is locked to the cap housing.
- the mechanical coupling and the tabmay be oriented in a second direction, different from the first direction, when the pump housing is unlocked to the cap housing.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pump motor disposed within a pump housing, a sensor, and a controller operatively coupled to the pump motor and the sensor.
- the pump motormay be configured to pump the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the sensormay be configured to detect the wearer's skin, for example, by measuring capacitance, and to generate information to indicate detection of the wearer's skin.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the pump motor to activate only if the information indicates detection of the wearer's skin.
- the sensormay be disposed on a first side of the pump housing and may be configured to detect the wearer's skin on the first side.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a second sensor disposed on a second side of the pump housing, the second side different from the first side.
- the second sensormay be configured to detect the wearer's skin on the second side.
- the controllermay cause the pump motor to activate only if the second sensor does not detect the wearer's skin. By ensuring that only one sensor detects the wearer's skin, this ensures that the patch pump does not deliver medication while the wearer is holding the patch pump.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a photoplethysmography module.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the pump motor to activate only if both the sensor and the photoplethysmography module detect the wearer's skin.
- the sensormay be incorporated in a photoplethysmography module.
- a component for use in a medication infusion device including a patch pumpis provided.
- the componentmay be configured to complete an initialization process such that delivery of medication to the wearer is prevented until the pressure within the cartridge reaches a predetermined pressure range.
- the componentmay include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion, and a cam configured to move from an initialization position to a dosing position.
- the camIn the initialization position, the cam may not be coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam does not cause movement of the plurality of levers and, in the dosing position, the cam may be coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam causes movement of the plurality of levers in a predetermined manner to generate the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- the cammay include a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane.
- the camfurther may include a spring configured to apply an upward force on the circular plate in the initialization position.
- the shaftmay include an outer shaft and an inner shaft disposed within the outer shaft.
- the outer shaftmay include at least one wing configured to transition to a position above the spring when the cam moves to the dosing position.
- the componentfurther may include a microdosing structure configured to house at least a portion of the inner shaft and the outer shaft in the initialization position.
- the microdosing structuremay include at least one damper configured to interact with the at least one wing such that noise from movement of the cam is reduced.
- the cammay be configured to move from an initialization position to a dosing position when the cam is moved in a first direction.
- the camIn the dosing position, the cam may be configured to move the plurality of levers when the cam is moved in a second direction, different from the first direction.
- the cammay be configured to move in the second direction. Movement of the cam in the second direction may prevent the cam from transitioning from the initialization position to the dosing position. Movement of the cam in the first direction may transition the cam from the initialization position to the dosing position permanently without the ability to move back to the initialization position.
- the patch pumpmay include a sensor configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge and a controller operatively coupled to the sensor.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the cam to move from the initialization position to the dosing position when the pressure within the cartridge reaches a predetermined value, for example, a value between 600 mbar and 900 mbar.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a cannula configured to extend into the wearer's skin.
- the cannulamay have one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication.
- the transcutaneous portionmay include a needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cannula.
- the needlemay be configured to extend from the dosing tube to the cannula.
- a distal end of the needlemay be configured to pierce a septum at a proximal region of the cannula and reside below the septum such that the septum fluidically seals the proximal region of the cannula around the needle.
- a method for initializing a patch pump in preparation for transcutaneously delivering doses of medication from a cartridge via the patch pumpmay include adhering the patch pump having a dosing tube and a plurality of levers, as described above, to a wearer's skin to permit transcutaneous delivery of the doses of medication.
- the methodfurther may include moving a cam within the patch pump in an initialization position wherein the cam is not coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam does not cause movement of the plurality of levers.
- the methodfurther may include moving the cam from the initialization position to a dosing position and moving the cam in the dosing position wherein the cam is coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam causes movement of the plurality of levers in a predetermined manner to generate the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the patch pumpmay include a pump housing and cap housing configured to be removably coupled to the pump housing.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a dosing tube disposed within the cap housing and configured to be fluidically coupled to the cartridge to receive the medication and to be fluidically coupled to the transcutaneous portion, a pump motor disposed within a pump housing and configured to pump the medication in the cartridge towards the dosing tube and the transcutaneous portion, a sensor, and a controller operatively coupled to the pump motor and the sensor.
- the sensormay be configured to generate information indicative of pressure within the cartridge.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the pump motor, in an initialization position, to activate to increase pressure within the cartridge while the dosing tube is closed such that the medication cannot travel to the transcutaneous portion.
- the controllerfurther may be configured to determine that the pressure within the cartridge is above a predetermined threshold based on the information from the sensor.
- the predetermined thresholdmay be 600-900 mbar.
- the predetermined thresholdmay be selected such that the cartridge is pressurized to eliminate bubbles and the formation of bubbles in the medication.
- the controllermay be configured to transition the patch pump from the initialization position to a dosing position to permit the dosing tube to open for medication to travel to the transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a plurality of levers and a cam.
- the plurality of leversmay be configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the cammay be configured to move from the initialization position to the dosing position. In the initialization position, the cam may not coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam does not cause movement of the plurality of levers. In the dosing position, the cam may be coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam causes movement of the plurality of levers in a predetermined manner to generate the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- the pump motormay be activated to pump in the initialization position an amount of pumping greater than required for 10 doses of medication.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pusher coupled to the pump motor and the cartridge. Responsive to activation of the pump motor, the pusher may push on the cartridge to increase the pressure within the cartridge to the predetermined threshold in the initialization position. The pusher may push on the cartridge in the dosing position for a predetermined dose of medication to be delivered to the wearer.
- a method for initializing a patch pump in preparation for transcutaneously delivering doses of medication from a cartridge via the patch pumpmay include adhering the patch pump to permit transcutaneous delivery of the doses of medication.
- the patch pumpmay include a dosing tube configured to receive the medication and a pump motor disposed within a pump housing and configured to pump the medication in the cartridge towards the dosing tube.
- the methodfurther may include activating the pump motor, in an initialization position, to increase pressure within the cartridge while the dosing tube is closed such that the medication cannot travel to the transcutaneous portion.
- the methodfurther may include sensing information indicative of pressure within the cartridge using a sensor and determining that the pressure within the cartridge is above a predetermined threshold based on the information from the sensor. Only after determining that the pressure within the cartridge is above the predetermined threshold, the patch pump may be transitioned from the initialization position to a dosing position to permit the dosing tube to open for medication to travel to the transcutaneous portion.
- the patch pumpfurther may include a cam and a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the methodfurther may include causing the cam to move from the initialization position to the dosing position, as described above.
- the pump motormay be activated, in the initialization position, to increase pressure within the cartridge comprises pressurizing the cartridge to reduce bubbles and the formation of bubbles in the medication.
- the patch pumpfurther may include a pusher coupled to the pump motor and the cartridge.
- the methodmay include causing the pusher to push on the cartridge to increase the pressure within the cartridge to the predetermined threshold in the initialization position.
- the methodfurther may include causing the pusher to push on the cartridge in the dosing position for a predetermined dose of medication to be delivered to the wearer.
- a method of making a component for use in a medication infusion devicemay be a flattened dosing tube that may be used to measure a predetermined dose of medication.
- the methodmay include selecting a polymer tube sized for receiving a dose of medication, flattening a portion of the polymer tube, selecting a support, and welding the flattened portion of the polymer tube to the support. Welding the flattened portion may include laser welding and may create a reservoir sized for generating the dose of medication with a predetermined volume selected for delivery to the wearer, for example, 0.08-1 uL, 0.2-0.6 uL, or 0.2-0.3 uL.
- the polymer tubemay be transparent to a laser and the support may not be transparent to the laser.
- the flattened portionmay include a tube wall having a uniform thickness.
- the flattened portionmay be flexible such that when the medication has a predetermined pressure, the reservoir is sized to hold the predetermined volume of medication, when the medication has a pressure greater than the predetermined pressure, the reservoir is sized to hold a greater volume than the predetermined volume of medication, and when the medication has a pressure less than the predetermined pressure, the reservoir is sized to hold a lesser volume than the predetermined volume of medication.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pump housing configured to hold a pump and a controller and to receive the cartridge.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a cap housing configured to be locked to the pump housing to lock the cartridge therebetween.
- the cap housingmay include at least three protrusions radially spaced around a portion of the cap housing configured to receive the cartridge. The at least three protrusions may be configured to engage corresponding receptacles in the pump housing to lock the cap housing to the pump housing.
- the protrusions and receptaclesmay engage in a manner to resist a continuous pushing force on the cap housing from the cartridge and to remain locked.
- the at least three protrusionsmay prevent a rotation greater than 90 degrees.
- the at least three protrusionsmay include a first protrusion that has a first portion having a wide engagement slit and a second portion having a narrower engagement slit.
- the pump housingmay be reusable and the cap housing may be disposable.
- the pump housingmay include a first material and the cap housing may include a second material.
- the first materialmay have a greater creep resistance and/or a greater thickness than the second material.
- the pump housingmay be designed to have a greater creep resistance such that the cap housing fails, or deforms, before the pump housing fails or deforms.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion, a sensor configured to sense position of one or more of the plurality of levers, and a controller operatively coupled to the sensor.
- the sensorfurther may be configured to sense displacement of one or more of the plurality of levers.
- the controllermay be configured to sense an infusion anomaly (e.g., an occlusion) associated with medication delivery from the dosing tube based on the sensed displacement from the sensor. This method of monitoring the dosing tube provides fast occlusion detection within the patch pump.
- the pumpmay be configured to house the sensor
- a capmay be configured to house the plurality of levers
- the controllermay be configured to sense whether the pump is coupled to the cap based on the sensed position of the one or more of the plurality of levers.
- the dosing tubemay include a flattened portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication.
- the plurality of leversmay include a first lever disposed on a first side of the flattened portion, a second lever disposed on a second side of the flattened portion, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to the flattened portion.
- the plurality of leversmay be configured to sequentially transition from a raised position such that medication can flow from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion to a lowered position to contact the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion.
- the sensormay include a hall-effect sensor configured to detect movement of a magnet coupled to one of the plurality of levers.
- the hall-effect sensormay be configured to detect movement of a magnet coupled to the middle lever.
- the controllermay sense the infusion anomaly if the sensed displacement is outside a threshold range as determined based on proximity of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor over time.
- the controllerfurther may sense the infusion anomaly using an algorithm based on the displacement of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor during an injection cycle.
- the controllermay be configured to cause the medication infusion device to vibrate to alert the wearer based on the sensed infusion anomaly.
- the controllermay sense that the medication infusion device is not delivering medication if the sensor does not sense a displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers.
- the sensormay further be configured to sense information indicative of the presence or absence of the cap and/or to determine a status of the cap. For example, the information from the sensor may be used to determine whether cap has been used or whether the cap is new. The information may be based on the strength of the magnetic field from a magnet within the cap, as the strength of the field will change based on the position of the magnet in the cap. In some embodiments, the magnet changes position in the cap from the initialization position to the dosing position.
- a method for monitoring transcutaneous delivery of doses of medicationincluding delivering doses of medication using a patch pump adhered to a wearer's skin.
- the patch pumpmay include a dosing tube configured to receive the medication responsive to pumping and a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube.
- the patch pumpfurther may include a transcutaneous portion fluidically coupled to the dosing tube.
- the dosing tubemay include a flattened portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication and the plurality of levers may include a first lever disposed on a first side of the flattened portion, a second lever disposed on a second side of the flattened portion, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to the flattened portion.
- Delivering doses of medicationmay include sequentially transitioning one or more of the plurality of levers from a raised position such that medication can flow from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion to a lowered position to contact the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion.
- the methodfurther may include sensing displacement of one or more of the plurality of levers during the pumping and determining an infusion anomaly associated with medication delivery from the dosing tube has occurred based on the sensed displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers.
- a magnetmay be coupled to the middle lever.
- the methodmay include determining if the sensed displacement is outside a threshold range as determined by the proximity of the magnet to the sensor over time. Sensing the infusion anomaly may include using an algorithm based on displacement of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor during an injection cycle. The method further may include sensing that the patch pump is not delivering medication if the sensor does not sense a predetermined displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers.
- the patch pumpfurther may include a pump configured to house the sensor and a cap configured to house the plurality of levers.
- the methodmay include sensing whether the pump is coupled to the cap based on the sensed displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers and/or detecting the status of the cap, for example, whether the cap is new or used.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pump housing, a pump motor disposed within the pump housing, at least one sensor disposed within the pump housing, one or more processors, and a wireless communication chip disposed within the pump housing.
- a first processormay be disposed within the pump housing and configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in a first memory to cause the pump motor to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion and to monitor sensed parameter generated by the at least one sensor.
- a second processormay be disposed within the pump housing and configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in a second memory to communicate data to and from the patch pump via the wireless communication chip.
- the first processormay be configured such that it cannot receive data from outside the patch pump, enhancing the security of the medication infusion device.
- the first programmed instructionsmay include class C software and the second programmed instructions may include class B software.
- the first processormay be an autonomous, real time state machine.
- At least one sensormay be configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge or to detect an occlusion within the transcutaneous portion.
- the at least one sensormay include a sensor disposed on a first side of the pump housing and configured to detect the wearer's skin.
- the first processorfurther may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to cause the pump motor to push the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion only when the sensor detects the wearer's skin.
- the patch pumpfurther may include a pump housing and a cap housing configured to be locked together to hold the cartridge.
- a rechargeable batterymay be disposed within the pump housing.
- the first processorfurther may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to monitor battery life of the rechargeable battery and to cause the pump housing to unlock from the cap housing when the first processor determines that the battery life has been charged to a predetermined state.
- At least one sensoris configured to sense the position of the pusher to indicate that the cartridge is permitted to be removed and exchanged for a subsequent cartridge.
- the first processorfurther may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to cause a position of a pusher coupled to the pump motor to move to a home position and to cause the pump housing to unlock from the cap housing only when the first processor determines that the pusher is in the home position.
- the at least one sensormay be configured to sense a position of a circular cam including a shaft configured to rotate to deliver a predetermined dose of medication.
- the sensed positionmay indicate that a dosing cycle is complete.
- the first processorfurther may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to cause the shaft to stop rotating when the sensor indicates that the dosing cycle is complete.
- the second processormay be configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in a second memory to communicate data to and from the patch pump via the wireless communication chip.
- the datamay be indicative of battery life of a rechargeable battery disposed within the pump housing.
- the datamay be indicative of at least one of the wearer's heart rate and physiologic parameters.
- the second processormay be configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in the second memory to calculate when to deliver the doses of medication and/or to adjust the calculation based on the data received.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a pusher configured to be coupled to a plunger of the cartridge and a pump motor coupled to the pusher and configured to move the pusher towards the plunger of the cartridge.
- the pushermay be configured to deform the plunger of the cartridge to move the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion to cause a predetermined volume of medication to be moved out of the cartridge.
- the pushermay be coupled to a dosing system comprising a dosing tube configured to receive medication.
- the dosing tubemay have a reservoir sized for generating a predetermined dose of medication with the predetermined volume selected for delivery to the wearer.
- the plungermay be flexible and configured to deform when a force is applied.
- the plungermay include a first end coupled to the pusher and a second end, opposite the first end and configured to contact the medication within the cartridge.
- the pushermay be configured to cause the first end of the plunger to move a first distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when a pressure within the cartridge is a first pressure, to deliver a first dose of medication.
- the pusherfurther may be configured to cause the first end of the plunger to move a second distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when the pressure within the cartridge is a second pressure, the second pressure greater than the first pressure, to deliver a second dose of medication.
- the first distancemay be the same as the second distance.
- the pushermay be configured to cause the second end of the plunger to move a third distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when the pressure within the cartridge is the first pressure, to deliver the first dose of medication.
- the pusherfurther may be configured to cause the second end of the plunger to move a fourth distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when the pressure within the cartridge is the second pressure, to deliver the second dose of medication.
- the third distancemay be greater than the fourth distance. Further, the third distance may less than the first distance and the fourth distance may be less than the second distance.
- the volume of the first dose of medication and the volume of the second dose of medicationmay be the same ⁇ 5%.
- the predetermined volume of the predetermined dose of medicationmay be 0.08-1 uL, 0.2-0.6 uL, 0.2 to 0.3 uL, or 0.25 uL ⁇ 5%.
- the pushermay apply a force on the plunger of the cartridge to maintain pressure within the cartridge between 250 mbar to 2000 mbar, between 400 mbar to 1200 mbar, or between 600 mbar to 900 mbar.
- the pushermay include a screw (e.g., a worm screw), a nut configured to move along the screw, a bendable rod coupled to the nut, and a cartridge contactor coupled to the nut and configured to deform the plunger.
- the dosing systemfurther may include a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion and a circular cam including a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane.
- the circular platemay be coupled to the shaft and may include surfaces configured to move the plurality of levers in a series of steps upon rotation of the shaft.
- the rotation of the shaftmay deliver the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.
- the shaftmay be configured to rotate upon rotation of the screw.
- the plurality of leversmay be configured such that at least one lever is configured to be in a lowered position to close a portion of the dosing tube during the entire time the pump motor moves the pusher.
- a medication infusion devicein accordance with another aspect, includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion.
- the medication infusion devicemay include a first pumping system including a pusher configured to be coupled to a plunger of the container and a pump motor coupled to the pusher and configured to move the pusher towards the plunger of the container such that medication is moved out of the container.
- the medication infusion devicefurther may include a second pumping system configured to receive the medication pumped out of the container by the first pumping system, the second pumping system disposed between the container and the wearer's skin.
- the second pumping systemmay include a plurality of levers configured to contact a dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of the medication towards the transcutaneous portion.
- the plurality of leversmay be configured such that at least one lever is configured to be in a lowered position to close the flow between the container and the wearer's skin at all times.
- the at least one levermay be configured to be in the lowered position at all times to maintain pressure in the container at all times.
- the second pumping systemmay be configured to inject a volume of medication that varies slightly around a predetermined volume (e.g., 0.2-0.3 uL) according to its input pressure.
- the plungermay be flexible and configured to deform when a force is applied.
- the plungermay include a first end coupled to the pusher and a second end, opposite the first end and configured to contact the medication within the cartridge.
- the pushermay apply a force on the plunger of the container to maintain pressure within the container between 600 mbar and 900 mbar.
- the pushermay include a screw, a nut configured to move along the screw, a bendable rod coupled to the nut, and a container contactor coupled to the nut and configured to deform the plunger.
- the pushermay include a screw, a nut configured to move along the screw, a bendable rod coupled to the nut, and a container contactor coupled to the nut and configured such that the pusher incorporates a certain strain.
- the second pumping systemfurther may include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, the dosing tube having a reservoir sized to hold the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- the second pumping systemfurther may include a circular cam having a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane.
- the circular platemay be coupled to the shaft and may include surfaces configured to move the plurality of levers in a series of steps upon rotation of the shaft, wherein rotation of the shaft delivers the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.
- the shaftmay be configured to rotate upon rotation of the screw.
- an applicatorfor use with a medication infusion device.
- the applicatormay be configured to be removed from the wearer's skin after application and prior to delivery of the doses of medication.
- the applicatormay include an applicator needle configured to be positioned within a lumen of a cannula in a pre-deployment state, a link coupled to the applicator needle, an actuator.
- the actuatormay be configured to, upon actuation, cause the link to rotate about an axis to advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin.
- the actuatorfurther may be configured to fully withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula in a deployment state such that at least a portion of the cannula remains in the wearer's skin.
- the linkmay rotate in a single direction to advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin and to fully withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula.
- the applicatormay include a biasing member configured to bias the link to cause the link to rotate about the axis upon actuation.
- the applicatorfurther may include a stopping zone configured to clamp the link and the applicator needle to reduce the noise of the link and the applicator needle.
- the link and the applicator needlemay stop rotation when the biasing member is fully unloaded.
- the link and the applicator needlemay stop rotation without contacting a hard stopping surface.
- the linkmay include a first interface and the cannula may include a second interface configured to contact the first interface and to permit rotational movement during insertion of the cannula into the wearer's skin.
- the applicatorfurther may include a channel comprising at least one ledge.
- the cannulamay include at least one clip disposed at a proximal end. Upon actuation, the at least one clip of the cannula may be configured to slide along the at least one ledge of the channel such that the cannula moves along a substantially straight path.
- the actuatormay be configured to, upon actuation, cause the cannula to be inserted below the derma layer of the wearer's skin, for example, at an angle of 40-50 degrees from the surface of the wearer's skin.
- the applicator for inserting a cannula into a wearer's skinmay include an applicator needle, a link, and an actuator, as described above, as well as a biasing member coupled to the link.
- the biasing membermay be configured to bias the link to cause the link to rotate about the axis upon actuation.
- the biasing memberfurther may be configured to transition from a biased position to an unbiased position upon actuation.
- the biasing memberIn the pre-deployment state, the biasing member may be configured to interact with a blocking mechanism such that the biasing member is fixed in a biased state and, upon actuation, the blocking mechanism may be configured to transition to release the biasing member such that the biasing member transitions from the biased state to the unbiased state.
- the linkmay configured to rotate in a single direction to advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin and to fully withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula.
- the applicatorfurther may include a channel having at least one ledge and/or at least one guiding arm.
- the cannulamay have at least one clip disposed at a proximal end and/or at least one wing disposed at the proximal end.
- the at least one clip of the cannulais configured to slide along the at least one ledge of the channel such that the cannula moves along a substantially straight path and the at least one wing of the cannula is configured to slide along the at least one guiding arm in order to minimize rotation of the cannula around the longitudinal axis of the cannula
- a method for inserting a cannula for delivering doses of medication to a wearer's skinincluding selecting an applicator including an applicator needle, a link, and an actuator, as described above, and actuating the actuator to cause the applicator to rotate the link about an axis, advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin, and withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula in a deployment state.
- Actuating the actuatorfurther may cause the applicator to transition a biasing member, as described above, from a biased state to an unbiased state, which may cause rotation of the link and then withdrawal of the applicator needle from the cannula.
- the applicatorfurther may include at least one stopping zone configured to slow the rotation of the link about the axis, for example, during withdrawal of the applicator needle from the cannula.
- the biasing membermay be configured to interact with a blocking mechanism such that the biasing member is fixed in a biased state. Actuating the actuator further may cause the applicator to transition the blocking mechanism to a position wherein the biasing member does not interact with the blocking mechanism such that the biasing member transitions from the biased state to the unbiased state.
- Advancing the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skinmay include advancing the applicator needle and the cannula along a channel having at least one ledge.
- the cannulamay have at least one clip disposed at a proximal end and configured to slide along the at least one ledge of the channel such that the cannula moves along a substantially straight path.
- the channelfurther may include at least one guiding arm and the cannula may have at least one wing disposed at the proximal end such that advancing the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin includes sliding the wings along the at least one guiding arm in order to minimize rotation of the cannula around the longitudinal axis of the cannula.
- a system for use with a medication infusion devicemay include a pad configured to be adhered to the wearer's skin and an applicator configured to be locked to the pad during placement of the pad on the wearer's skin.
- the applicatormay include a housing configured to house a cannula therewithin during a pre-deployment state and an actuator.
- the actuatormay be configured to, upon actuation, cause the cannula to be advanced to lock the cannula to the pad and unlock the applicator from the pad such that at least a portion of the cannula is advanced into the wearer's skin in a deployment state wherein the pad remains adhered to the wearer's skin and the applicator, once unlocked, is removable from the pad.
- the applicatorfurther may include at least one attachment pad coupler configured to lock the applicator to the pad in a pre-deployment state.
- the cannulamay include at least one clip disposed at a proximal end and configured to lock the cannula to the pad in a deployment state.
- the actuatormay be configured to, upon actuation, cause the at least one clip of the cannula to be advanced such that the at least one attachment pad coupler of the applicator is moved to unlock the applicator from the pad.
- a cannulafor use with a medication infusion device.
- the cannulamay include an elongated shaft, a tip, and a cannula head.
- the elongated shaftmay have a lumen extending therethrough and one or more apertures for medication infusion.
- the one or more aperturesmay include a proximal aperture oriented away from a skin surface of the wearer.
- the elongated shaftmay have a conical shape configured to limit kinking during deployment of the cannula.
- the tipmay be disposed at a distal end of the elongated shaft and may be configured to be inserted into the wearer's skin. The tip may be cut with an angle and oriented to avoid unintentional piercing of a wall of an applicator.
- the cannula headmay be disposed at a proximal end of the elongated shaft and may include one or more clips oriented relative to the one or more apertures to axially orient the one or more apertures relative to a target infusion area within the wearer.
- the one or more clipsmay include one or more protrusions configured to protrude outwardly from the cannula head.
- the cannula headfurther may include one or more wings that protrude towards the wearer's skin. The wings may be configured to further axially orient the one or more apertures relative to the target infusion area within the wearer.
- the cannula headfurther may include one or more interfaces to couple with an applicator during deployment of the cannula.
- the one or more interfacesmay permit rotational movement during deployment of the cannula and may include first and second rounded interfaces.
- the first rounded interfacemay be convex and the second rounded interface may be concave.
- the elongated shaft, the tip, and the cannula headmay be integrally formed from a single piece of material.
- the cannulamay be injection molded from a single piece of material.
- the cannulafurther may include self-sealing septum disposed within the cannula head and one or more knife blades at the tip configured to extend outwardly from the elongated shaft.
- a method for deploying a transcutaneous device for use with a medication infusion device for delivering doses of medicationincluding providing a cannula including an elongated shaft, a tip, and a cannula head having clips, as described above, inserting the tip into a wearer's skin, and guiding the one or more clips during cannula insertion such that the one or more apertures are axially oriented relative to a target infusion area within the wearer when the cannula is transcutaneously deployed.
- the methodfurther may include delivering doses of the medication transcutaneously into the lumen of the cannula and out the one or more apertures to the target infusion area.
- the cannulamay be coupled to an adhesive pad. Coupling the cannula to the adhesive pad may include inserting the one or more clips into one or more pad attachments disposed on the adhesive pad.
- the cannula headfurther may include one or more wings that protrude towards the wearer's skin. Coupling the cannula to the adhesive pad further may include inserting the one or more wings between two pad attachments of the one or more pad attachments such that rotation of the cannula is reduced.
- the tip of the cannulamay include one or more knife blades that extend outwardly from the elongated shaft.
- a system for orienting a cannulamay include a cannula for use with a medication infusion device configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication transcutaneously and an adhesive pad configured to be removably adhered to the wearer's skin.
- the cannulamay include an elongated shaft, a tip, and a cannula head, as described above.
- the cannulamay be configured to couple to the adhesive pad, which may have one or more pad attachments.
- One or more clips of the cannulamay be sized and shaped to fit within the one or more pad attachments.
- the cannulamay be configured such that the cannula is oriented a particular way upon insertion, for example, such that a proximal aperture of the one or more apertures of the cannula is oriented away from a skin surface of the wearer.
- the tip of the cannulamay be cut with an angle and oriented to avoid unintentional piercing of a wall of an applicator.
- the cannula headmay include one or more wings that protrude towards the wearer's skin. The wings may be sized and shaped to fit between two pad attachments of the one or more pad attachments and may be configured to further axially orient the one or more apertures relative to the target infusion area within the wearer.
- a cannulafor use with a medication infusion device.
- the cannulamay include an elongated shaft having a lumen extending therethrough and one or more apertures for medication infusion and a tip at a distal end of the elongated shaft configured to be inserted into the wearer's skin.
- the cannulafurther may include a biodegradable material disposed in or adjacent to at least one of the one or more apertures to block delivery of medication therethrough in an initial state.
- the biodegradable materialmay be configured to biodegrade within the wearer over a period of time (e.g., 2-3 days or 4-6 days) to unblock the at least one aperture to permit delivery of medication therethrough.
- the use of biodegradable materialsexpands the insulin infusion area and volume over time.
- At least one of the one or more aperturesmay be unblocked in the initial state to permit delivery of medication therethrough.
- the at least one aperture unblocked in the initial statemay be a distal-most aperture.
- the at least one aperture unblocked in the initial statemay be a proximal-most aperture.
- the cannulafurther may include a second biodegradable material disposed at least one of the one or more apertures to block delivery of medication therethrough in a second state, the second biodegradable material configured to biodegrade within the wearer over a second period of time, different from the period of time, to unblock the at least one aperture to permit delivery of medication therethrough.
- the one or more aperturesmay include a proximal aperture and a distal aperture.
- the biodegradable materialmay be disposed in or adjacent to the proximal aperture and the second biodegradable material may be disposed in or adjacent to the distal aperture such that the proximal aperture and the distal aperture are unblocked at different times.
- the period of timemay be 2-3 days and the second period of time may be 4-6 days.
- the cannulafurther may include a tip aperture disposed at the tip of the cannula.
- the biodegradable materialmay be disposed within the lumen such that the tip aperture is blocked.
- the biodegradable materialmay be disposed within the one or more apertures such that the tip aperture is unblocked.
- FIG. 1illustrates an exemplary medication infusion system having a patch pump for delivering medication in accordance with the principles of the present invention.
- FIG. 2is a diagram showing exemplary attachment zones for the patch pump and an external sensor such as a continuous glucose monitoring sensor.
- FIGS. 3 A and 3 Bare, respectively, perspective and exploded views of an exemplary pad and applicator for attaching a pad and inserting a cannula.
- FIGS. 4 A and 4 Bare cross-sectional perspective and side views of the applicator and pad.
- FIG. 5 Ais a perspective view of exemplary internal components of the applicator of FIG. 4 in a pre-assembled state and FIG. 5 B is a perspective view of the internal components of the applicator in an assembled state.
- FIG. 6is a perspective view of the internal components and mechanism for inserting the cannula.
- FIGS. 7 A- 7 Dare plan views of the mechanism and steps for inserting the cannula.
- FIG. 8is a cross-sectional side view of a lower stopping portion of the applicator showing needle retraction.
- FIGS. 9 A and 9 Bare perspective views of an exemplary pad for attaching the pump to a wearer.
- FIGS. 10 A and 10 Bare plan views of the applicator and pad during insertion of the cannula.
- FIG. 10 Cis a cross-sectional perspective view of the cannula and applicator during insertion of the cannula
- FIGS. 10 D- 10 Fare plan, perspective, and side views of the cannula coupled to the pad after the applicator is removed.
- FIG. 11 Ais a cross-sectional side view of the applicator, pad, and cannula showing the cannula inserted into the wearer.
- FIG. 11 Bis a cross-sectional side view of the pad, cannula, and assembled pump showing how the microdosing tubing couples to the cannula to deliver microdoses of medication transcutaneously.
- FIGS. 12 A and 12 Bare perspective views of an exemplary cannula for delivering medication.
- FIGS. 13 A and 13 Bare perspective views of alternative embodiments of the distal end of the cannula.
- FIG. 14 Ais a cross-sectional side view of the cannula and multiple exemplary apertures.
- FIGS. 14 B- 14 Eare cross-sectional side views of alternative embodiments of the cannula comprising biodegradable materials.
- FIGS. 15 A and 15 Bare perspective views of an exemplary patch pump with a pump-cap assembly.
- FIG. 16is a perspective view of the skin-facing side of the pump-cap assembly.
- FIG. 17is an exploded view of the pump.
- FIG. 18is a perspective view of the skin-facing side of the patch pump, with a portion of the pump housing and the cap housing removed.
- FIGS. 19 A and 19 Bare plan views of the upper and lower sides of an exemplary circuit board disposed within the pump.
- FIG. 20 Ais a cross-sectional plan view of the patch pump when the cartridge is full.
- FIG. 20 Bis a cross-sectional plan view of the patch pump when the cartridge is empty.
- FIG. 20 Cis a cross-section plan view of the wet and dry zones within the patch pump.
- FIG. 21 Ais a perspective view of exemplary internal components of the patch pump.
- FIGS. 21 B and 21 Care, respectively, perspective and plan views of the internal components of the patch pump, with certain electrical components removed.
- FIG. 22 Ais a cross-sectional perspective view of an exemplary contact sensor disposed within the pump.
- FIGS. 22 B and 22 Care, respectively, cross-sectional side views of the contact sensor in a contacting and non-contacting position.
- FIG. 23 Ais a perspective view of an exemplary gearbox within the pump.
- FIG. 23 Bis a cross-sectional side view of an exemplary pressure sensor disposed within the pump.
- FIG. 24 Ais a graph showing the relationship between pressure and volume of medication within the cartridge and microdosing unit.
- FIGS. 24 B and 24 Care, respectively, graphs showing the relationship between the number of dosing cycles and the amount of medication delivered per cycle, without and with initialization.
- FIG. 24 Dis a graph showing the accuracy of the pump with and without the microdosing system.
- FIG. 24 Eis a graph showing a comparison of the percentage error of flow for the patch pump and other commercially available pumps.
- FIG. 24 Fis a schematic depiction of an exemplary pusher and microdosing system.
- FIG. 25 Ais an exploded view of an exemplary cap.
- FIG. 25 Bis a side view of an exemplary microdosing system disposed within the cap, wherein an exemplary circular cam is in an initialization position.
- FIG. 25 C- 25 Fare side views of the microdosing system wherein the circular cam is in a non-gripping position, a gripping position, a sliding position, and a dosing position.
- FIGS. 26 A and 26 Bare, respectively, perspective views of exemplary dampers and mating surfaces.
- FIGS. 27 A and 27 Bare perspective views of an exemplary microdosing system that may be incorporated in the cap.
- FIG. 27 Cis a perspective view of the microdosing system, wherein an exemplary lever system is spaced apart from the tube of the microdosing system.
- FIG. 27 Dis a cross-sectional side view of the microdosing system with the lever system in an assembled position.
- FIGS. 28 A and 28 Bare, respectively, perspective views of an exemplary circular cam and lever system that may be used in the microdosing system.
- FIGS. 29 A- 29 Care, respectively, cross-sectional perspective and cross-sectional side views of the lever system and exemplary dosing tube.
- FIG. 29 Dis a perspective view of the microdosing system, wherein the exemplary lever system and lever springs are removed.
- FIGS. 30 A, 30 C, 30 E, 30 G, 30 I, and 30 Kare side views of the microdo sing system over an exemplary series of steps configured to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- FIGS. 30 B, 30 D, 30 F, 30 H, 30 J, and 30 Lare cross-sectional side views of the microdosing system over the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- FIG. 31is a schematic depiction of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- FIGS. 32 A and 32 Bare, respectively, schematic depictions of an exemplary system configured to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway.
- FIG. 32 Cis a schematic depiction of the position of a lever of the microdosing system during a dosing cycle, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded.
- FIGS. 33 A and 33 Bare, respectively, schematic depictions of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and wherein the dosing pathway is occluded.
- FIGS. 33 C and 33 Dare, respectively, schematic depictions of the position of a lever of the microdosing system during a dosing cycle, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and wherein the dosing pathway is occluded.
- FIG. 34is a graph showing hall-effect sensor values over time when the dosing pathway is not occluded and when the dosing pathway is occluded.
- FIGS. 35 A- 35 Dare plan views of the circular cam and an exemplary system configured to determine the position of the circular cam.
- FIG. 35 Eis a graph showing signal strength over time as the circular cam rotates.
- FIGS. 36 A and 36 Bare, respectively perspective views of an exemplary tube flatting system before and after the dosing tube is flattened.
- FIG. 37is a perspective view of an exemplary welded dosing tube used in the microdosing system for precise medication dosing.
- FIG. 38 Ais a cross-sectional side view of the pump-cap assembly when the pump and cap are locked together.
- FIG. 38 Bis a cross-sectional side view of the pump-cap assembly when the pump-cap assembly and pad are locked together.
- FIG. 38 Cis a cross-sectional side view of a distortion that may occur if the pump-cap assembly and pad are not locked together.
- FIGS. 39 A and 39 Bare, respectively, perspective and cross-sectional side views of the pump-cap assembly in an open, unlocked position.
- FIGS. 39 C and 39 Dare, respectively, cross-sectional side views of the pump-cap assembly in closed, unlocked and locked positions.
- FIGS. 39 E and 39 Fare, respectively, perspective views of the pump-cap assembly in open, unlocked, and locked positions.
- FIG. 40 Ais a perspective view of exemplary locking protrusions disposed on the cap.
- FIG. 40 Bis a perspective view of exemplary locking receptacles on the pump.
- FIG. 41is a perspective view of an exemplary cartridge that may be used and replaced in the system described herein.
- FIG. 42is a perspective view of the charging system for charging the battery in the reusable pump.
- FIG. 43 A- 43 Gare screenshots of an exemplary software application that may be used in the systems described herein.
- medicationsuch as insulin may be delivered transcutaneously using patch pumps that are user-friendly, environmentally-friendly, lower cost, discreet, less prone to errors, and/or that provide precise, repeatable doses of medication.
- the patch pumpmay incorporate components for rapid occlusion detection.
- Accessories for applying the patch pump to the patient's skin and managing the patch pumpalso are provided.
- the systemincludes a wearable insulin pump having a patch-style form factor for adhesion to a user's body surface.
- the systems and methods described hereinmay be used to deliver medication including, but are not limited to, insulin, antibiotics, nutritional fluids, total parenteral nutrition or TPN, analgesics, morphine, hormones or hormonal drugs, gene therapy drugs, anticoagulants, analgesics, cardiovascular medications, AZT or chemotherapeutics.
- the types of medical conditions that the systems and methods might be used to treatinclude diabetes, cardiovascular disease, pain, chronic pain, cancer, ADDS, neurological diseases, Alzheimer's Disease, ALS, Hepatitis, Parkinson's Disease or spasticity.
- the systems and methodsare optimized for transcutaneous delivery of insulin to users with diabetes including Type I Diabetes Mellitus patients.
- Medication infusion system 10may include applicator 100 , cannula 200 , pump 300 , cap 400 , cartridge 500 , charging system 600 , and/or software application 700 .
- applicator 100 , cannula 200 , cap 400 , and cartridge 500are disposable components that may be replaced approximately every 3-10 days and/or once the pre-filled cartridge is empty, while pump 300 is reusable and may last for an extended period of time, e.g., approximately 2-4 years.
- pump 300may be used with many different applicators, cannulas, caps, and pre-filled cartridges. Such a configuration is expected to promote sanitary use of the system, as the components exposed to the patient and the insulin are disposable, while reducing costs for components containing more expensive electronics, e.g., pump 300 , charging system 600 , and/or software application 700 , which may be used repeatedly.
- system 10includes a second pump, such that the wearer may charge the second pump while using the first pump and vice versa. In this manner, the wearer will always have a pump that is charged and ready to be used once the cartridge of the pump in use is empty.
- Medication infusion system 10may be used to apply cannula 200 and a pad to a wearer and to deliver medication through cannula 200 via a patch pump coupled to the pad.
- Applicator 100is configured to apply an adhesive pad to the wearer and, upon actuation, to insert cannula 200 into the wearer.
- the padis configured to be secured to the wearer for a period of time, e.g., at least 3 days, 7-10 days, and then may be replaced by a similar pad using a similar applicator.
- the padmay include a pad skeleton having one or more locking mechanisms that are configured to couple the pad to applicator 100 for insertion of cannula 200 or to the assembled pump for delivery of medication.
- Applicator 100may include an internal component configured to support an insertion mechanism designed to insert cannula 200 through the skin of the wearer via rotational movement and to guide and orient cannula 200 during insertion.
- applicator 100is designed to suppress noise during insertion.
- the insertion mechanismmay include an applicator needle configured to pierce the wearer's skin and a biasing member, which may be coupled to one or more links configured to interact with cannula 200 and the applicator needle.
- the insertion mechanismUpon actuation by the wearer, the insertion mechanism preferably rotates and applies a distal force on cannula 200 and the applicator needle within cannula 200 , such that cannula 200 is inserted through the wearer's skin.
- Cannula 200may include a proximal cannula head configured to couple to one or more locking mechanisms on the pad skeleton and, at the same time, uncouple applicator 100 from the pad skeleton.
- the insertion mechanismfurther may be configured to continue rotating to withdraw the applicator needle from cannula 200 and to store the applicator needle within the applicator after cannula 200 is inserted.
- Cannula 200is designed to receive medication doses from a patch pump and to deliver the medication through one or more apertures.
- the one or more aperturesmay be disposed at the distal tip and/or along the elongated shaft of cannula 200 such that the medication is delivered along the length of elongated shaft.
- the aperturesare arranged and oriented such that the medication is delivered only below the derma layer of skin.
- Cannula 200may include a cannula head having a self-sealing septum configured to support and guide the applicator needle during insertion of cannula 200 and the outflow needle of cap 400 during delivery of medication.
- cannula 200may be designed to change the location at which medication is delivered to the patient via the aperture(s) over time without repositioning cannula 200 in the patient's skin. Such a design is expected to extend the life of cannula 200 within the patient, allowing transcutaneous implantation for around 10 days or more. Further, such design may reduce the risk of cannula occlusion.
- cannula 200may include one or more biodegradable materials disposed within the lumen and/or the apertures of cannula 200 that are configured to dissolve over a period of several days, thereby opening new apertures over time through which medication is delivered via the cannula.
- Pump 300is designed to pump medication from cartridge 500 through the microdosing system, through a transcutaneous portion, and into the wearer.
- the transcutaneous portionpreferably includes a cannula inserted into the wearer's skin, the cannula configured to be fluidically coupled to a needle and having one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication.
- Pump 300is designed to be removably coupled to cap 400 and the pad to form a patch pump, which is configured to deliver doses of medication through cannula 200 transcutaneously to the patient.
- the pump-cap assemblyadvantageously provides precise, repeatable microdoses of medication to the wearer.
- Pump 300preferably is designed to be used for an extended period of time, e.g., over 1 year and more preferably up to 2-4 years, and may be manufactured to include a minimal number of parts. For example, in order to lower the cost of the patch pump, pump 300 may include less than 15 parts.
- Pump 300may include a motor disposed within the pump housing and may be configured to move a pusher towards a plunger of cartridge 500 such that insulin is advanced through an inflow needle of cap 400 and to a microdosing system designed to measure and deliver predetermined doses of medication.
- Pump 300preferably includes a controller disposed within the pump housing for controlling operation of pump 300 .
- the controllermay store instructions that, when executed, cause pump 300 to perform the operations described herein.
- the controller of pump 300may include a two processor architecture to, for example, to enhance the security of the pump. The first processor may control pumping while the second processor communicates data to and from the pump via a wireless chip.
- the first and second processorsmay be operatively de-coupled such that communication of data from outside the pump, handled by the second processor, does not interfere with the pump-related workings executed by the first processor.
- security of the pumpis enhanced.
- Pump 300further may include one or more sensors designed to sense information associated with operation of pump 300 and/or physiological information associated with the wearer.
- the controllerreceives information from the sensor(s) and may adjust the algorithms associated with the pump based on such information. Additionally or alternatively, the controller may cause an alert based on the information from the sensor(s) to be issued.
- pump 300includes one or more skin sensors that detect skin of the wearer. The controller may cause the pump motor to activate only if a skin sensor on the skin-facing side of the pump housing detects skin.
- Pump 300further may include a locking mechanism to lock pump 300 to cap 400 and the controller further may only unlock the pump after pump 300 reaches a predetermined state (e.g., the battery is charged and/or the pusher is reset to a home position).
- the controllerfurther may monitor one or more sensors disposed within, on, or separate from the pump housing and alert the wearer via a vibration motor, an LED(s) of a user interface of the pump housing, a sound generator, or a mobile application based on the information sensed by the sensors.
- the sensorsmay include a contact sensor configured to detect a position of pumping components within the pump housing, a sensor configured to monitor the function of cap 400 , (e.g., to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway, such as within the microdosing system of cap 400 or within the cannula), a position sensor configured to detect a position of a cam plate within the microdosing system of cap 400 , a pressure sensor configured to detect the pressure within cartridge 500 , a photoplethysmography sensor configured to detect a wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters, an accelerometer, a temperature sensor, a pressure sensor, a humidity sensor, an optical sensor to detect the insulin concentration in the cartridge via a specific marking on the cartridge that indicates the insulin concentration, and/or a continuous glucose monitoring sensor.
- a contact sensorconfigured to detect a position of pumping components within the pump housing
- a sensorconfigured to monitor the function of cap 400 , (e.g., to detect an occlusion in the dosing
- Cap 400preferably receives medication from cartridge 500 moved into tubing of cap 400 as a result of pumping by pump 300 . Further, cap 400 may deliver predetermined doses of the medication through an outflow needle, into cannula 200 , and to the wearer. Cap 400 preferably is designed to be replaced after the cartridge is empty or when the temperature sensor detects a temperature exceeding a predetermined temperature threshold, the temperature indicating that the insulin was damaged due to long exposure at a high temperature. Preferably, cap 400 is also manufactured to include a minimal number of parts, such as 15 parts, in order to lower the cost of cap 400 . Cap 400 may include a microdosing system configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication.
- the microdosing systemmay be configured to only deliver the predetermined dose of medication upon initialization of the microdosing system, for example, once the controller determines, based on information from the sensor, that the pressure within cartridge 500 is within a predetermined range.
- the microdosing systemmay include a dosing tube having a flattened portion configured to hold the predetermined dose, a cam plate coupled to a cam shaft, the cam plate having one or more raised surfaces, and/or a lever system configured to transition between a raised position and a lowered position upon contact with the raised surfaces of the cam plate when the cam shaft is rotated.
- Cap 400further may include locking mechanisms configured to lock cap 400 to pump 300 and/or to the pad skeleton.
- Cartridge 500is an enclosed container designed to hold the medication for infusion into the patient.
- Cartridge 500may be a commercially available insulin container such as the NovoRapid PumpCart available from Novo Nordisk A/S of Bagsv ⁇ rd, Denmark.
- Cartridge 500preferably is pre-filled with a plurality of doses of medication such as insulin.
- the patch pumpis designed such that when cartridge 500 is inserted into the pump patch, the cartridge 500 is completely encased by pump 300 and cap 400 .
- Cartridge 500may include a cartridge cap through which is disposed an inflow needle of cap 400 .
- Cartridge 500further may include a flexible plunger configured to be advanced towards the cartridge cap, responsive to pumping by pump 300 .
- cartridge 500is empty, it may be replaced by a similar pre-filled cartridge.
- Charging system 600is configured to charge one or more batteries within pump 300 , e.g., via respective inductive coils disposed within the housing of a charger and pump 300 .
- the chargeris delivered with a USB-C to USB-A cable.
- the cablemay be plugged into a standard USB-A socket (e.g. on an adapter put into a conventional wall electrical socket, on a computer, or in public transport), for charging components within the charger to permit charging pump 300 .
- Software application 700is designed to cause a computer (e.g., smartphone, laptop, desktop, tablet, smartwatch, etc.) to communicate data with pump 300 and display information on the pump to a wearer in a user-friendly manner.
- Software application 700may cause the computer to securely exchange data between two or more pumps that are used by a single wearer.
- Software application 700preferably receives data from the second processor of pump 300 and may cause the computer to transmit such data to a second pump while pump 300 is charging.
- Software application 700further may cause the computer to transmit to the patch pumps data indicative of the wearer's activity level and this data may be used to modify how the wearer is alerted and/or when the doses of medication are delivered.
- Attachment zones 12illustrate several locations on the wearer's body where the applicator may attach the adhesive pad and insert the cannula and to which the patch pump is secured.
- the patch pumpmay be secured to the upper arms, abdomen, or thighs of the wearer.
- the patch pumpmay be secured to other locations on the wearer.
- the patch pumpalso may be operatively coupled to an optional continuous glucose monitoring sensor, which may transmit data to a controller of the patch pump, which data may be used to adjust the time of insulin delivery or the amount of each dose.
- the patch pumpreceives data from continuous glucose monitoring sensor 14 , which is configured to be attached within attachment zones 12 .
- Exemplary continuous glucose monitorsinclude sensors commercially available from DexCom, Abbott, Eversense, Indigo, or Biolinq.
- the sensed glucose levelsmay be used to adjust the dosing cycles.
- the patch pumpmay include an algorithm configured to determine when to deliver insulin to the wearer. The algorithm may recalculate the time of delivery depending upon the sensed glucose level such that the wearer's glucose level remains within a safe range. For example, if the wearer's glucose levels fall below a predetermined threshold, the controller may cause the patch pump to stop delivering insulin for a period of time. Or, if the wearer's glucose levels rise above a certain level, the controller may cause the patch pump to deliver a microdose of insulin.
- the algorithmmay adjust the amount of insulin in the dose. For example, a standard dose of insulin may include the amount of insulin delivered over eight dosing cycles. If the wearer's glucose levels fall below a predetermined threshold, the controller may cause the patch pump to deliver a smaller dose of insulin than the standard dose, for example by permitting only 4 dosing cycles or 0 dosing cycles (stopping the pump).
- software application 700may receive information from the continuous glucose monitoring sensor or other monitoring systems, for example, sensed glucose levels, information about patient food intake, and/or information about patient's activity levels (e.g., due to exercising, playing sports). This information may be transferred to the patch pump via the communication circuitry and the processor of the pump and the patch pump may respond to the transferred information, causing the patch pump to adjust the timing and/or amount of each dose.
- the pumpis modular and interchangeable with many continuous glucose monitoring sensors or other monitoring systems, making the pump “universal.”
- the patch pump described hereinmay be used with a minimal amount of external monitoring while still being effective at delivering accurate microdoses of medication at levels to treat the wearer.
- the inclusion of sensors within the patch pumpmay result in less external monitoring systems, which can be beneficial for the wearer.
- the patch pumpmay only be used with a commercially available CGM sensor.
- Applicator 100may transcutaneously apply a cannula, upon actuation by a user, which is designed to deliver doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a patch pump configured to be removably coupled to the cannula.
- doses of medicatione.g., insulin
- applicator 100further may apply a pad that is adhered to the wearer's skin and then coupled to the patch pump.
- actuation of applicator 100may both insert the cannula and cause the cannula to be locked to the adhesive pad in a single actuation.
- applicator 100may include internal components designed to minimize noise during the actuation process. For example, applicator 100 may avoid clicks and/or hard stops that make audible noises during insertion of the cannula.
- applicator 100may be coupled to pad 102 as shown in FIG. 3 A .
- applicator 100may be coupled to pad 102 via pad skeleton 104 of pad, which is disposed on a first surface of pad 102 .
- Skin-safe pad adhesive 105may be disposed on a second, skin-facing surface of pad 102 such that the pump-pad assembly may be attached to a wearer for a period of time, for example, 3-5 days, 3-10 days, or 10 days or more.
- One or more release liners 103may be attached to pad adhesive 105 until pad 102 is ready to be secured to the wearer.
- Pad skeleton 104may be a frame with a shape designed to surround the pump-cap assembly so as to securely couple the adhesive pad to the pump-cap for wearing by the patient.
- Pad skeleton 104may be designed to removably couple portions of pad 102 to applicator 100 in the pre-actuation state.
- pad skeleton 104may have one or more attachment mechanisms to lock pad 102 to applicator 100 and unlock upon actuation of applicator 100 .
- the attachment mechanismsalso may lock the cannula to pad 102 after actuation.
- pad skeleton 104may have pad attachments 106 at a first end of pad 102 and pad back clip 108 at a second end of pad 102 .
- Pad attachments 106 and pad back clip 108may interact with applicator 100 or a patch pump to lock the pad to applicator 100 or the patch pump.
- Pad attachments 106may include at least two arms that protrude upwards from the pad and away from the skin surface of the wearer. Each arm may have an opening (e.g., slot) to receive extensions from the applicator during pre-actuation and extensions from the cannula post-actuation. Thus, the arms, which may have a U-shape, and openings may be used to lock to both the applicator and the cannula.
- Pad skeleton 104may also include pad clips holes 107 disposed on the sides of pad skeleton 104 .
- Pad clips holes 107may be a hole or receptacle sized and shaped to interact with a corresponding feature of the pump-cap assembly such that the pump-cap assembly may be locked to the pad.
- pad 102may include pad opening 109 to allow direct sensing of the wearer's skin by one or more sensors of the pump.
- the skin sensor(s) and/or the PPG sensor(s)may be positioned at pad opening 109 when the pump is coupled to the pad.
- Applicator 100may include applicator housing 110 and actuator 112 .
- Applicator housing 110is configured to house the mechanisms for inserting the cannula. After insertion of the cannula, internal component 114 is designed to withdraw and safely store the needle used to pierce the wearer's skin.
- Actuator 112upon actuation, causes the cannula to be transcutaneously inserted into the wearer's skin. Actuation of actuator 112 also may unlock applicator 100 from pad 102 . Actuation of actuator 112 also may lock the transcutaneously inserted cannula into pad 102 .
- actuation of applicator 100may insert the cannula transcutaneously, unlock the applicator from the pad, and lock the cannula to the pad in a single actuation.
- Actuator 112may release the internal mechanism disposed within applicator housing 110 when actuated by the wearer, thus causing the cannula to advance through the wearer's skin.
- Actuator 112may be a button configured to be pressed by the wearer as illustrated, or may be a lever, snap, knob, or the like.
- the mechanism for inserting the cannulamay include internal component 114 , biasing member 116 , and links 118 and 120 , which are disposed within applicator housing 110 , and are configured to advance cannula 200 through pad 102 and into the wearer's skin.
- the mechanismmay further include applicator needle 150 , which is configured to be disposed within cannula 200 during insertion and withdrawn from cannula 200 after insertion.
- Self-sealing septum 224may be disposed within the cannula head of cannula 200 in order to support and guide applicator needle 150 and minimize backflow out of cannula 200 .
- Applicator 100may include one or more attachment mechanisms that are configured to interact with corresponding features of pad skeleton 104 to lock applicator 100 to pad 102 . These locking mechanisms may help retain applicator 100 locked to pad 102 when cannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer.
- applicator 100may include one or more back pad couplers 122 , which may be coupled to pad back clip 108 at the second end of pad 102 . Back pad couplers 122 may be extensions that extend out from the applicator housing to couple with the pad skeleton.
- applicator 100also may be coupled to pad 102 via pad attachments 106 and may be uncoupled from pad 102 at the same time that cannula 200 is fully inserted into the wearer and locked to pad 102 .
- Internal component 114supports the insertion mechanisms for inserting the cannula and, after insertion, withdrawing the needle disposed within the cannula.
- Internal component 114may be coupled to applicator housing 110 at an angle.
- internal component 114is disposed at the angle (e.g., 30-60° angle, 40-50° angle, 45° angle) such that cannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer at the same angle.
- Internal component 114may be configured to position the tip of cannula 200 near pad 102 , between pad attachments 106 , in a pre-deployed state, as shown in FIG. 4 B .
- the insertion mechanisms supported by internal componentmay include biasing member 116 and links 118 and 120 .
- Biasing member 116may be disposed at the proximal end of internal component 114 and preferably is a spring that may be coupled to one or more links that interact with cannula 200 .
- biasing member 116may be coupled to link 118
- link 118may be coupled to link 120
- link 120may be coupled to cannula 200 .
- Actuator 112may be disposed above internal component 114 , such that, when actuator 112 is pressed towards the skin by the wearer, a force also is applied to internal component 114 .
- Actuator 112may include one or more activation ribs 113 , which are configured to engage with corresponding protrusions 115 disposed on the top of a lower portion of internal component 114 .
- Activation ribs 113preferably are curved such that when a force is applied to actuator 112 by the wearer, the force applied to internal component 114 is perpendicular to the angle at which internal component 114 is disposed within applicator housing 110 .
- Activation ribs 113reorient the force to be perpendicular to the internal component, such that friction is reduced, providing smoother insertion of the cannula without a stick-slip effect. Activation ribs 113 also allow a longer stroke upon activation, which results in more reliable insertion of the cannula.
- Internal component 114may be injection molded to form a single piece of material and may be configured to fold in half, as depicted in FIG. 5 B , such that the internal component is sized and shaped to fit within the applicator housing.
- Internal component 114may include upper portion 132 and lower portion 134 connected via hinge 136 . This configuration reduces the number of parts of the applicator, which contributes to a reduction in costs.
- Internal component 114preferably includes a channel and one or more guiding mechanisms that are configured to help guide the cannula during insertion.
- An accurate location of insertionhelps ensure that insulin is only delivered below the dermal layer of the wearer's skin.
- Upper portion 132may include an upper portion of channel 126 and lower portion 134 may include a corresponding lower portion of channel 126 such that, when upper portion 132 is folded on top of lower portion 134 , the upper and lower portions of channel 126 form a complete channel.
- Channel 126preferably is sized and shaped such that the cannula can move through the channel toward the wearer's skin. To ensure accurate control of the cannula as it moves through channel 126 , additional guiding mechanisms may guide the cannula on its insertion path.
- the lower portion of channel 126further may include one or more ledges 128 configured to interact with corresponding features of the cannula when the cannula is advanced in a distal direction.
- ledges 128ensure that cannula is inserted into the wearer's skin at a particular orientation, which may be helpful for aligning radially spaced apertures in the cannula within the wearer's skin.
- the guiding mechanismsmay extend into channel 126 to contact and guide cannula on the insertion path during insertion.
- the cannulafurther may be guided by guiding arm 140 disposed on upper portion 132 and guiding arm 138 disposed on lower portion 134 .
- the cannulamay have clips and wings sized and shaped to interact with ledges 128 and guiding arms 138 and 140 such that the cannula is advanced into the skin of the wearer in a substantially linear direction and with minimal rotation.
- Internal component 114(e.g., at lower portion 134 ) further may include blocking mechanism 130 , which is configured to interact with the biasing member and links such that, in an initial state, blocking mechanism 130 prevents rotation of the links.
- Attachment pad couplers 124may interact with corresponding locking mechanisms of the pad skeleton to lock the applicator to the pad.
- attachment pad couplers 124may be coupled to the pad attachments at the first end of the pad.
- Attachment pad couplers 124may be extensions (e.g., arms) that extend toward the pad.
- attachment pad couplers 124preferably are flexible such that contact from the cannula moves attachment pad couplers 124 away from the position that locks the applicator to the pad during cannula delivery.
- FIG. 6operation of the internal component and mechanism for inserting the cannula is described.
- internal component 114is shown in a pre-assembled state.
- Lower portion 134may include axis 146 around which link 118 is designed to rotate.
- Biasing member 116extends around and along axis 146 .
- Biasing member 116biases link 118 to rotate about axis 118 .
- blocking mechanism 130contacts and holds link 118 in place.
- blocking mechanism 130moves relative to link 118 such that blocking mechanism 130 no longer contacts link 118 , thereby allowing force applied by biasing member 116 to cause one or more links to rotate and advance the cannula and needle distally, through the skin of the wearer.
- Link 118may be coupled to biasing member 116 such that link 118 cannot move relative to biasing member 116 .
- biasing member 116may be biased in a direction (e.g., clockwise) such that link 118 applies a force to blocking mechanism 130 in a different direction (e.g., opposite, counterclockwise).
- Link 120may be coupled to link 118 via joint 142 and applicator needle 150 may be coupled to link 120 via joint 144 .
- joint 144may be disposed adjacent to cannula interface 148 and applicator needle 150 may be positioned within a lumen of cannula 200 .
- Applicator needle 150may be sized and shaped such that the distal end of applicator needle 150 extends past the distal end of cannula 200 .
- Applicator needle 150may have an angled tip that is configured to minimize the risk of hitting pad skeleton 104 or applicator housing 110 during insertion of cannula 200 .
- Cannula 200may be disposed within channel 126 and may be configured to slide in a distal direction along ledges 128 , through channel 126 , and through the skin of the wearer.
- FIGS. 7 A- 7 Doperation of the mechanism and steps for inserting the cannula are described.
- the applicatoris configured to insert cannula 200 via rotational movement of the insertion mechanism of the applicator. This rotational movement provides several benefits over the mechanisms employed in previously known devices, including, for example, minimizing hard stops, thus reducing the noise of the applicator.
- FIG. 7 Adepicts the applicator in a pre-deployed state. Pad 102 is partially cut near the location of insertion of cannula 200 in FIGS. 7 A- 7 D to better show how cannula 200 and applicator needle 150 are deployed.
- Biasing member 116is biased in a clockwise direction and blocking mechanism 130 is disposed in a position that prevents link 118 , which is coupled to biasing member 116 , from moving in a counterclockwise direction.
- biasing member 116may instead be biased in a counterclockwise direction such that, upon actuation, link 118 rotates in a clockwise direction.
- the applicatormay include a needle configured to pierce the skin of the wearer, and to provide a path for cannula 200 to advance through the skin.
- a portion of cannula 200may instead be used to pierce the wearer's skin.
- Applicator needle 150may be disposed within the lumen of cannula 200 and may extend from cannula head 204 , through elongated shaft 202 , and past cannula tip 218 .
- cannula head 204preferably is disposed at the proximal end of channel 126 such that cannula 200 is disposed entirely within applicator housing 110 .
- Cannula 200may include one or more clips 206 disposed on cannula head 204 , which are configured to guide cannula 200 in a substantially linear direction.
- Clips 206may extend outward from cannula and may be two wings disposed on either side of cannula head 204 and sized and shaped to slide along ledges 128 .
- cannula tip 218is disposed near pad 102 , between pad attachments 106 , such that clips 206 may be coupled to pad attachments 106 advancement of cannula 200 .
- FIG. 7 Bdepicts the applicator in a partially-deployed state, wherein cannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer, but applicator needle 150 is not yet withdrawn.
- actuator 112Upon actuation of actuator 112 , a downward force is applied to internal component 114 , which causes lower portion 134 to deflect. The downward force on blocking mechanism 130 transitions blocking mechanism 130 to a position beneath link 118 such that link 118 is able to freely rotate. Because biasing member 116 is biased in a clockwise direction and is coupled to link 118 , link 118 then rotates about axis 146 in a counter-clockwise direction.
- link 120which is coupled to link 118 via joint 142 , to move distally and apply a distal force to applicator needle 150 and cannula 200 .
- Applicator needle 150 and cannula 200are configured to move in a distal direction through channel 126 such that the distal end of applicator needle 150 pierces the skin of the wearer and at least a portion of cannula 200 is inserted.
- clips 206are disposed on cannula head 204 such that clips 206 slide along ledges 128 , guiding cannula 200 and applicator needle 150 in a substantially linear direction.
- cannula 200when cannula 200 is inserted, the proximal end of cannula 200 preferably is coupled to one or more pad attachments disposed on the pad skeleton in order to lock cannula 200 to the pad.
- the applicatormay be uncoupled from pad skeleton in a single actuation.
- FIG. 7 Cthe applicator is depicted in a fully-deployed state, wherein cannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer and applicator needle 150 is withdrawn.
- biasing member 116may continue to apply a force to link 118 such that link 118 continues to rotate in a counter-clockwise direction, forcing link 120 to move in a proximal direction.
- cannula 200remains coupled to the pad skeleton and applicator needle 150 remains coupled to link 120 via joint 144 such that cannula 200 and applicator needle 150 are separated.
- applicator needle 150is withdrawn from cannula 200 and into the applicator, at least a portion of cannula 200 remaining in the wearer's skin. The withdrawal of applicator needle 150 into the applicator ensures the needle is stored in a safe, remote place.
- Internal component 114may include one or more stopping zones that are configured to allow slowing of the rotation of links 118 and 120 .
- internal component 114may include upper stopping zone 152 and lower stopping zone 154 .
- Upper stopping zone 152may be positioned at the proximal end of internal component 114 , where joint 142 is configured to stop rotating when biasing member 116 is completely unloaded.
- Lower stopping zone 154may be distal to upper stopping zone 152 , where joint 144 is configured to stop rotating when biasing member 116 is completely unloaded.
- lower stopping portion 154may clamp joint 144 between two surfaces to help slow the rotation of link 120 and applicator needle 150 .
- the biasing member, links 118 and 120 , and applicator needle 150are disposed between upper portion 132 and lower portion 134 .
- Upper portion 132 and lower portion 134may each have a sloped section that narrows the space between the upper and lower portion.
- Pad 102is attached to the wearer and is configured to support the applicator, the patch pump, and the cannula.
- Pad 102comprises a first surface, on which pad skeleton 104 is attached, and a second, skin-facing surface that includes pad adhesive 105 that is safe to apply to skin.
- Pad adhesive 105is configured to secure the pad to the wearer for a period of at least 3-10 days and preferably is strong enough to hold the patch pump on the wearer during the wearer's normal, daily motions including showering, swimming, and other outdoor activities.
- Pad skeleton 104is configured to couple pad 102 to the applicator for insertion of the cannula and to the patch pump for delivery of the medication.
- Pad skeleton 104may include one or more locking mechanisms configured to lock the applicator, the pump-cap assembly, and/or the cannula to pad skeleton 104 .
- pad skeleton 104may include pad attachments 106 at a first end of pad 102 , pad back clip 108 at a second end of pad 102 , and one or more pad clips holes 107 at one or more sides of pad 102 .
- the applicator and padmay be configured to both insert the cannula and cause the cannula to be locked to the pad in a single actuation.
- pad 102which is shown as partially cut in FIGS. 10 A, 10 B, and 10 D to better show how cannula 200 and applicator needle 150 are deployed, includes one or more locking mechanisms that may be configured to lock to either the applicator, cannula, and/or the pump-cap assembly.
- pad 102may include pad attachments 106 , as described above, and the applicator may include flexible attachment pad couplers 124 , which are configured to fit within one or more slots of pad attachments 106 .
- attachment pad couplers 124are disposed within the slots of pad attachments 106 such that the applicator is coupled to pad 102 via pad skeleton 104 , as shown in FIG. 10 A .
- cannula 200may include one or more clips 206 disposed on cannula head 204 and configured to interact with channel 126 of the applicator and guide cannula 200 in a substantially linear direction during insertion.
- Cannula head 204may further include one more wings 207 configured to protrude towards the wearer's skin and to interact with guiding arm 138 to order to prevent cannula 200 from rotating around the longitudinal axis of cannula 200 during and after insertion.
- control of the orientation of the cannula in the wearer's skinis important to ensure precise delivery of medication through the aperture(s).
- Clips 206preferably are also configured to function as a locking mechanism.
- clips 206may be one or more protrusions disposed on a first and second side of cannula head 204 .
- clips 206may be disposed within the slots of pad attachments 106 such that the cannula is coupled to pad 102 via pad skeleton 104 , as shown in FIG. 10 B .
- This single actuationboth locks the cannula to pad 102 and pushes attachment pad couplers 124 away from the slots of pad attachments 106 , unlocking the applicator to pad 102 .
- the attachment pad couplers 124Once the attachment pad couplers 124 are uncoupled to pad attachments 106 , the applicator may be removed from the wearer's skin, leaving pad 102 and the cannula in place, as shown in FIGS. 10 D- 10 F .
- wings 207are preferably sized and shaped to fit between two pad attachments 106 , as shown in FIG. 10 E
- clips 206are preferably sized and shaped to fit within the slots of pad attachments 106 , as shown in FIG. 10 F .
- Pad skeleton 104may further include angled interface 101 , which may be disposed between pad attachments 106 and shaped to have an interface at the angle the cannula is inserted such that angled interface 101 engages with cannula head 204 in the deployed state. Ensuring a proper fit of cannula 200 to pad skeleton 104 prevents rotation or other movement of the cannula after insertion, resulting in accurate delivery of medication.
- the pump-cap assemblymay be coupled to the pad-cannula assembly via pad clips holes 107 .
- FIG. 11 Afurther aspects of the applicator, pad, and cannula are described.
- the applicatoris depicted in a partially-deployed state, wherein the cannula is inserted into the skin of the wearer, but applicator needle 150 is not yet withdrawn.
- the distal end of applicator needle 150may be disposed distal to cannula tip 218 and the proximal end of applicator needle 150 may be coupled to link 120 .
- Applicator needle 150preferably is inserted through the septum of the cannula and extends past the distal end of the cannula.
- Septum 224is a self-sealing material designed to seal the proximal region of the cannula, such as silicone, and minimizes backflow out of the cannula.
- Septum 224may be disposed within cannula head 204 and supports and guides applicator needle 150 such that the needle is withdrawn in a substantially linear direction.
- Applicator needle 150may be coupled to link 120 , which interacts with applicator interfaces 220 and 222 disposed on cannula head 204 and configured to provide smooth and continuous contact with link 120 during insertion of the cannula. After the cannula is inserted, cannula head 204 of the cannula may be locked to pad attachments 106 , as shown in FIG. 10 B .
- Elongated shaft 202 of the cannulaextends from pad attachments 106 , past pad skeleton 104 , through pad 102 , and into the skin of the wearer.
- the cannulamay be inserted such that apertures 208 , 210 , 212 , and 214 and cannula tip 218 are disposed below the dermal layer of skin.
- a patch pumpconstructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention, which preferably includes a disposable cap and a reusable pump, is coupled to pad 102 to deliver medication via the cannula.
- the patch pumpmay include a housing that is configured to lock to pad skeleton 104 such that the patch pump is secured to the wearer during the wearer's normal, daily motions.
- the patch pumpmay include outflow needle 408 , which is in fluid communication with the cannula and to deliver a predetermined dose of medication from a cartridge to the cannula responsive to pumping at the patch pump.
- Outflow needle 408preferably is configured to pierce septum 224 of cannula head 204 such that the distal end of outflow needle 408 is disposed below septum 224 and medication flows into elongated shaft 202 , rather than back into the patch pump, for transcutaneous delivery to the wearer via one or more apertures of the cannula.
- the entirety of cannula head 204may be designed to stay above the skin line and remain external to the patient while elongated shaft 202 is transcutaneous.
- Cannula 200may be injection molded from a single piece of material, which is preferable to extrusion in order to reduce the risk of kinking of cannula 200 .
- Cannula 200preferably is made from a material that is insulin compatible and flexible and includes cannula head 204 , cannula tip 218 , and elongated shaft 202 .
- Cannula head 204is disposed at the proximal end of cannula 200 and configured to interact with the applicator needle and the needle through which the medication is delivered.
- Cannula tip 218is disposed at the distal end of cannula 200 and may include distal aperture 216 for delivering medication.
- Elongated shaft 202may extend between cannula head 204 and cannula tip 218 and may include one or more apertures for delivery of medication.
- Elongated shaft 202may increase in diameter towards cannula head 204 and the wearer's skin surface, to mitigate the risk that the delivered medication travels proximally along the outside surface of the cannula to the dermal layer or the surface of the skin. This conical shape may also reduce the risk of kinking of cannula 200 .
- Elongated shaft 202also may have one or more apertures disposed along the elongated shaft in any configuration. Preferably the apertures are disposed such that medication is delivered only below the dermal layer of the skin.
- cannula 200may include aperture 210 and aperture 214 , disposed distal to aperture 210 , which are oriented towards the skin surface of the wearer.
- cannula 200also may include aperture 208 and aperture 212 , which are oriented away from the skin surface of the wearer.
- the cannulamay be configured such that the apertures are axially oriented relative to a different target infusion area within the wearer.
- Cannula head 204may include one or more applicator interfaces that are configured to interact with link 120 to permit rotational movement of the cannula during insertion of the cannula into the skin of the wearer.
- applicator interface 220may be disposed on the side of cannula head 204 that is farthest away from the skin surface of the wearer.
- Applicator interface 220may be a rounded, convex protrusion, which interacts with a corresponding rounded, concave receptacle of link 120 .
- Cannula head 204also may include applicator interface 222 , which may be disposed on the opposite side of the cannula head, the side closest to the skin surface of the wearer.
- Applicator interface 222may be a rounded, concave receptacle, which interacts with a corresponding rounded, convex protrusion of link 120 .
- the rounded shapes of applicator interfaces 220 and 222 and the corresponding features of link 120are designed such that link 120 maintains smooth and continuous contact with cannula head 204 during insertion of cannula 200 into the wearer's skin.
- Cannula head 204also may include one or more clips 206 configured to guide cannula 200 in a substantially linear direction.
- Clips 206may be any component of cannula head 204 that is configured to interact with the channel of the internal component of the applicator during insertion of cannula 200 into the wearer's skin.
- clips 206may be one or more wings disposed on a first and second side of cannula head 204 and sized and shaped to slide along the ledges of the channel.
- Clips 206alternatively may be receptacles disposed on cannula head 204 and configured to slide along corresponding protrusions of the channel.
- Cannula head 204may further include wings 207 , which may be configured to interact with the guiding arm to order to prevent cannula 200 from rotating around the longitudinal axis of cannula 200 during and after insertion.
- wings 207are configured to protrude towards the wearer's skin and the guiding arm and are sized and shaped such that the guiding arm fits between the two wings.
- Clips 206 and wings 207are designed to control orientation of the cannula during delivery and insertion. Because the apertures along the shaft of the cannula may be radially and longitudinally offset from one another, control of the orientation of the cannula in the wearer's skin is important to ensure precise delivery of medication through the aperture(s). Thus, clips 206 and wings 207 ensure axial orientation in a target direction of the apertures.
- cannula tip 218has an angled tip for inducing curvature in the cannula during insertion.
- the cannulais curved towards the surface of the skin, which permits the cannula to have a greater length without being inserted too deep within the wearer's skin.
- the greater the length of the cannulathe more apertures that may be positioned along elongated shaft 202 , which may extend the life of the cannula.
- the angled tipmay be oriented such that the distal portion of the angled tip is configured to be oriented nearer the skin surface than the proximal portion of the angled tip.
- FIG. 13 Bdepicts an alternative embodiment of the distal end of the cannula, which includes one or more knife blades 226 , which are configured to reduce the pain from insertion of the cannula and maintain the preferred axial orientation of the cannula during and after insertion.
- Knife blades 226may extend proximally from cannula tip 218 along a portion of elongated shaft 202 . Knife blades 226 have sharpened edges to facilitate piercing the skin and insertion of the distal end of the cannula.
- two knife blades disposed on opposing sides of the cannula shaft, adjacent to the distal end,may be employed.
- the aperturesare preferably arranged in a configuration that ensures the medication is delivered to the appropriate location within the wearer's skin.
- the multiple aperturesalso may be arranged such that medication is delivered along the length of elongated shaft 202 .
- the cannulamay include cannula head 204 , cannula tip 218 , and elongated shaft 202 .
- Cannula head 204may include septum 224 , which is configured to both support the applicator needle during insertion of the cannula into the wearer's skin and to support the needle of the patch pump during delivery of the medication.
- the applicator needleis disposed through septum 224 during the insertion of the cannula into the wearer's skin.
- the cannulamay have several apertures for delivery medication, such that medication is delivered only below the dermal layer of skin.
- Distal aperture 216may be disposed at cannula tip 218 and four apertures may be disposed along elongated shaft 202 .
- Apertures 208 and 212are disposed on the side of elongated shaft 202 oriented away from the skin surface of the wearer and apertures 210 and 214 are disposed on the side of elongated shaft 202 oriented towards to the skin surface of the wearer.
- Aperture 208may be the proximal most aperture such that medication delivered through aperture 208 is delivered in the direction away from the skin surface of the wearer.
- aperturesmitigates the risk of delivering medication into the derma layer of the wearer's skin. Delivery below the dermal layer of skin is particularly important for insulin delivery in order to ensure stable absorption.
- clips 206 and wings 207may be used to ensure a desired orientation of cannula shaft during and after insertion to align the apertures in the desired manner.
- cannulacomprising biodegradable materials
- the use of biodegradable materials within the cannulaexpands the insulin infusion area and volume over time.
- One of the main issues with previously known cannulais the risk of occlusion, which occurs when insulin reacts with fat.
- the typical life of a cannula with a single aperture at the distal end(e.g., distal aperture 216 ) is about 3-4 days.
- the addition of biodegradable materials that dissolve to open additional apertures over timemay extend the life of the cannula to at least 7-10 days. The greater the life of the cannula, the fewer times the wearer is required to insert a new cannula into their skin at a different location and the less waste created from used cannulas.
- the biodegradable materialsmay either be disposed within the lumen of the cannula (“lumen plug”) or within the apertures of the cannula (“aperture plug”) such that medication may still travel through the lumen and distal aperture 216 .
- the biodegradable materialspreferably have fast degradation rates, e.g., several days.
- Exemplary biodegradable materialsinclude: polysaccharide-based materials; salt; silk; hyaluronic acid (HA); polyethylene glycol (PEG); saturated aliphatic polyesters:poly(lactic acid) (PLA), polyglycolide (PGA), combination thereof (poly(lactide-co-glycolide), PLGA); polyanhydrides.
- the cannula of FIG. 14 Bincludes two types of lumen plugs in an initial state.
- First biodegradable material 230 and second biodegradable material 232may be disposed within elongated shaft 202 and block one or more apertures.
- First biodegradable material 230may have a shorter dissolution time than second biodegradable material 232 .
- first biodegradable material 230may have a dissolution period of 2-3 days and second biodegradable material 232 may have a dissolution period of 4-6 days.
- First biodegradable material 230preferably is disposed distal to the proximal-most aperture (e.g., aperture 208 ) such that, in the initial state, medication may be delivered through the proximal-most aperture.
- First biodegradable material 230may block one or more apertures along elongated shaft.
- first biodegradable material 230preferably blocks aperture 210 but does not block apertures 212 or 214 or distal aperture 216 .
- first biodegradable material 230dissolves, aperture 210 is opened and second biodegradable material 232 remains disposed within the lumen of the cannula.
- Second biodegradable material 232may be disposed distal to first biodegradable material 230 and preferably blocks apertures 212 and 214 and distal aperture 216 .
- all of the apertures of the cannulamay be opened. Over time, the apertures through which medication is initially delivered may become occluded due to the reaction between the delivered insulin and the fat. However, the dissolution of the biodegradable materials at varying times mitigates this issue by periodically opening new apertures.
- a modified applicator needle and method for inserting the cannulamay be necessary.
- the applicator needlemay be shortened such that it does not extend through any biodegradable material. If the applicator needle does not extend past the distal tip 218 , the distal-most cannula plug, second biodegradable material 232 , preferably is configured to have a sharp distal end that is configured to pierce the wearer's skin.
- Third biodegradable material 234 and fourth biodegradable material 236may be disposed within the apertures on elongated shaft 202 such that medication may still travel through the lumen and distal aperture 216 , which remains unblocked.
- Third biodegradable material 234may have a shorter dissolution time than fourth biodegradable material 236 .
- third biodegradable material 234may be similar to first biodegradable material 230 and may have a dissolution period of 2-3 days.
- Fourth biodegradable material 236may be similar to second biodegradable material 232 and may have a dissolution period of 4-6 days.
- Third biodegradable material 234preferably is disposed within apertures 212 and 214 and fourth biodegradable material 236 preferably is disposed within apertures 208 and 210 . As the delivered insulin reacts with fat, potentially occluding distal aperture 216 and apertures 212 and 214 , fourth biodegradable material 236 will dissolve, opening apertures 208 and 210 .
- the cannulamay include only one biodegradable material or may include more than two biodegradable materials.
- the biodegradable materialsmay be configured to block one or more apertures.
- the biodegradable materialsmay be configured to block different apertures than illustrated.
- biodegradable materialsmay have a dissolution period of 0-10 days, and the choice of biodegradable material may depend upon the configuration of the biodegradable materials and the number of different types of biodegradable materials incorporated into the cannula.
- the patch pumpis configured to attach to the adhesive pad secured to the wearer and to deliver doses of medication through the inserted cannula.
- the patch pumppreferably includes a reusable pump, a disposable cap, a disposable pre-filled cartridge of medication, and a pad.
- the pumpis configured to be used for several years, thus reducing waste as well as the cost of the system.
- the userpreferably may own two reusable pumps, which allows the user to recharge the first pump while wearing and receiving medication from the second pump.
- the first pumpmay communicate data to or from the second pump, so as to provide continuity of insulin infusion when one pump is changed out for the other pump.
- the wearermay alternative using two pumps such that one pump is the center of the configuration data system controlling, among other things, the insulin delivery process, the heart rate measurement process, the glucose measurement process, the authentication of the pumps to each other, and the authentication of the user's smartphone, the authentication of the user, and the authentication of the physician.
- no or only one pumpis active.
- the pumpsshare their configuration data when possible, either directly with the other pump or via a file temporarily stored in the patient's smartphone.
- the datamay be secured by encryption and authenticated by a signature, both operations using the best standards in the field.
- the datamay be transferred from the active pump to the non-active pump.
- only the active pumpcan change the configuration via instructions given by the wearer or the physician.
- the patch pumpmay include pump 300 preferably designed to be used for an extended period of time (e.g., 2-4 years), and cap 400 preferably designed to be replaced after a much shorter period of time (e.g., 3-5 days).
- the patch pumpalso may include a pre-filled cartridge of medication, such as cartridge 500 , which may be filled during manufacturing or by the wearer prior to inserting cartridge 500 into the pump. For example, the wearer may pre-fill several cartridges configured to last one month and store the pre-filled cartridges in the fridge until the cartridge are to be used.
- the patch pumpmay be configured such that the pre-filled cartridges may be inserted into the patch pump as soon as the cartridges are removed from the fridge.
- the patch pumpmay complete an initialization process, described further below, which reduces the formation of bubbles within the cartridge.
- the wearerneed not wait a certain period of time (e.g., 20 minutes) before inserting the cartridge into the patch pump.
- Cartridge 500may include a cartridge cap through which an inflow needle of cap 400 is disposed and a plunger, disposed at the opposite end and configured to be advanced toward the cartridge cap to deliver insulin.
- Cartridge 500is configured to be inserted into the patch pump such that cartridge 500 is completely enclosed within the patch pump.
- cartridge 500may be inserted first into pump 300 such that a portion of cartridge 500 remains outside of pump housing 302 .
- Cap 400then may be coupled to cartridge 500 such that an inflow needle disposed within cap 400 pierces the cartridge cap of cartridge 500 . While still maintaining inflow needle within cartridge 500 , cap 400 then may be rotated relative to pump 300 to lock cap 400 to pump 300 , thereby coupling the cap-pump assembly to the pad and the pump.
- Pump 300may include a motor disposed within pump housing 302 , the motor configured to move a pusher coupled to the plunger of cartridge 500 such that insulin is advanced through an inflow needle of cap 400 and to a microdosing system designed to measure and deliver predetermined doses of medication.
- the same motormay simultaneously activate the plunger of the cartridge and the microdosing system, for example, via a gearbox.
- Doses of medicationmay be delivered to the user responsive to operation of a processor, in accordance with programming stored in memory associated with the processor or specifically when requested by the user, e.g., using a suitable wireless application on the user's smartphone.
- the processormay be configured to monitor one or more sensors and modify operation of pump 300 or alert the wearer based on information sensed by one or more sensors.
- Cap 400is configured to receive medication from cartridge 500 and deliver predetermined doses of the medication through an outflow needle, into cannula 200 , and to the wearer.
- Cap 400preferably includes a microdosing system configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication.
- Cap 400further may include locking mechanisms configured to lock cap 400 to pump 300 such that cartridge 500 is completely enclosed within pump housing 302 and cap housing 402 in a closed and locked position.
- Cap 400may include additional locking mechanisms configured to lock the pump-cap assembly to the pad.
- cap 400may include one or more cap clips 403 , which may be sized and shaped to fit within one or more pad clips holes disposed on the pad skeleton.
- the pump-cap assemblymay be unlocked from the pad by pressing unclipping buttons 405 , which preferably are configured to deflect cap clips 403 such that cap clips 403 may be removed from the pad clips holes.
- This method of locking and unlocking the pump-cap assembly to the padensures that the patch pump will remain in place during the wearer's daily motions and is convenient for the wearer to secure and remove the pump-cap assembly.
- the wearerpreferably can clip/unclip the pump-cap assembly from the pad using one hand, even if the patch pump is secured to a difficult to reach area of the body, such as the back of the arm.
- the patch pumpincludes pump housing bottom 305 , which is the lower side, or skin-facing side, of the pump that is oriented toward the wearer's skin.
- Pump housing bottom 305may be coupled to pump housing 302 , which is an upper side of the pump that is oriented away from the wearer's skin.
- Pump housing bottom 305may have a slight concavity such that the patch pump maintains contact with the wearer's skin.
- the patch pumppreferably includes reusable pump 300 having pump housing 302 and disposable cap 400 having cap housing 402 , which are coupled together with the pad to form the patch pump.
- Cap 400further may include connection cavity 404 , sized and shaped to receive the pad attachments and cannula head, which protrude from the pad and lock the cannula to the pad, when the patch pump is locked to the pad.
- Connection cavity 404may house an outflow needle that is configured to interact with the cannula.
- Cap 400may include one or more cap clips 403 , which may be coupled to one or more unclipping buttons 405 that may be pressed to unlock the pump-cap assembly from the pad.
- the capincludes two unclipping buttons 405 disposed on each side of the cap, each unclipping button 405 having two cap clips 403 that are sized and shaped to fit within the pad clips holes disposed on the pad skeleton, thereby allowing lateral clipping.
- Pump 300may include a photoplethysmography sensor configured to determine the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters, which may be used to adjust the delivery of medication from pump 300 to the wearer, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 11,241,530 to Fridez et al. and PCT International Application No. PCT/IB2021/060766, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference. For example, using physical activity level, or a determination that the wearer is sleeping or awake, a small change may be made in an algorithm that controls an amount or rate of insulin injection, which could significantly influence blood glucose level.
- the patch pump controlleralso could use heart rate, as determined by the photoplethysmography sensor, to implement a sport mode, for example, that permits a slightly higher glucose target to decrease the risk of hypoglycemia after physical exertion.
- the photoplethysmography sensormay be electrically coupled to a circuit board disposed within pump 300 and may be disposed within photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 , which is disposed on the skin-facing side of pump housing 302 .
- Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304may extend through a pad opening in the pad attached to the wearer.
- the skin-facing side of pump housing 302preferably is configured to include one or more protrusions such that the photoplethysmography sensor maintains contact with the wearer's body surface during motion, while also reducing cross talk between emitters and detectors and from ambient light impinging upon the photoplethysmography sensor.
- the skin-facing side of pump housing 302may include optional rib 308 , configured to protrude from pump housing 302 to block light.
- Rib 308may surround bump 310 , which houses the photoplethysmography sensor.
- Bump 310preferably protrudes farther from pump housing 302 than rib 308 , such that bump 310 maintains contact with the wearer's skin while ensuring that the contact force of bump 310 does not apply excessive pressure to the wearer's skin or cause tissue necrosis.
- the photoplethysmography sensoris designed to generate a strong photoplethysmography signal suitable for heart rate monitoring and pulse oximetry and may include one or more LEDs and one or more detectors.
- the photoplethysmography sensormay include an exemplary multi-chip photoplethysmography package suitable for use in the patch pump, for example, the SFH 7072 BIOFY® Sensor device commercially available from OSRAM Opto Semiconductors GmbH, Regensburg, Germany.
- the multi-chip photoplethysmography packagemay include red, infrared, and green LEDs, an infrared cut detector to detect reflected light from green LEDs, and a broadband detector to detect reflected light from red and infrared LEDs.
- the red LEDhas a centroid wavelength of 655 nm
- the infrared LEDhas a centroid wavelength of 940 nm
- the green LEDshave a centroid wavelength of 530 nm.
- the LEDs and detectorsare set in a ceramic package that includes one or more light barriers configured to reduce optical crosstalk between the LEDs and detectors.
- green LEDsare commonly used in monitoring heart rate in wearables in view of their good signal-to-noise ratio and resistance to motion artifact, while the combination of red and infrared LEDs provides accurate monitoring of blood oxygen saturation.
- Suitable algorithmsare known in the art for processing photoplethysmographic signals generated with red and infrared LEDs and green LEDs to reduce the effects of motion noise, including frequency domain analysis and Kalman filter analysis techniques.
- infrared-red LEDsmay be used, instead of the green LEDs, to compute heart rates for wearers having darker skin complexions.
- more or fewer LEDsadvantageously could be employed in the photoplethysmography sensor.
- Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304preferably includes one or more transparent windows 306 and a layer, forming bump 310 .
- Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304may comprise a sturdy biocompatible plastic or rubber material that may have one or more openings.
- Windows 306may consist of a clear plastic material having low absorptivity for light at the wavelengths of the LEDs and may be configured to mate with the openings of photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 to provide a smooth exterior surface for bump 310 .
- the layerpreferably is a closed cell foam or similar compressible material against which the photoplethysmography sensor is urged against the layer into contact with windows 306 .
- Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 and the layerpreferably are matte black or gray to reduce light scattering of light reflected from tissue through windows 306 .
- Window 306may be a single thin window ⁇ 0.5 mm thick or, alternatively may include more than one window.
- Heart rate signals generated by the photoplethysmography sensormay be used by the controller to modulate infusion of insulin from the patch pump.
- the photoplethysmography sensorperiodically measures the wearer's heart rate, e.g., once every minute, 21 ⁇ 2 minutes or five minutes, and computes a heart rate and a quality measure for the computed heart rate.
- the quality measuremay be used to determine whether to adjust insulin delivery to better maintain the stability of the wearer's blood glucose level.
- the heart rate datamay be used to compute an activity intensity level, similar to that employed in physical activity monitors, such as resting, passive behavior, and low, medium and high levels.
- an activity levelcould be used to adjust parameters of the insulin delivery algorithm to permit a “sport mode” that adjusts insulin delivery to reduce the risk of hypoglycemia during, and especially after, engaging in vigorous or sports activities.
- the heart ratealso could be evaluated to determine whether the wearer is asleep or awake. For example, when a wearer is asleep, the parameters of the infusion algorithm used in the controller could be switched to a sleep mode. This sleep mode may allow fine-tuning of the wearer's glucose level to allow provide better sleep well and improve time in a targeted glucose range. Such adjustments are expected to be possible because while sleeping, the wearer does not eat, is not physically active, and is not physically or emotionally stressed.
- Determination that a wearer is asleep or awakeadditionally could be based on, or confirmed by, data from an accelerometer. Accelerometer outputs also could be analyzed to assess where the patch pump is being worn by the user, and to determine body orientation. The sleep/wake information also may be analyzed to provide a quality measure of the measurement, and thus allow the infusion algorithm employed by the controller to have a good degree of confidence regarding its insulin delivery adjustments.
- the output of the photoplethysmography sensoralso may be used to validate that the patch pump is adequately adhered to the wearer's skin to allow insulin injection, as described further below. If, for example, patch pump includes a capacitive circuit for continuously detecting that the pump is adhered to a wearer's skin, the photoplethysmography sensor could provide confirmation that the pump is located on the wearer's skin.
- pump 300may include within pump housing 302 and pump housing bottom 305 the following components: coil 312 , circuit board 314 , sensor 316 , battery 318 , sensor 320 , mechanical coupling 322 , gearbox 324 , sound generator 326 , pump motor 328 , vibration motor 330 , cartridge holder 332 , and/or pusher 335 (which may include screw 334 , nut 336 , bendable rod 338 , and/or cartridge contactor 340 ).
- coil 312coil 312 , circuit board 314 , sensor 316 , battery 318 , sensor 320 , mechanical coupling 322 , gearbox 324 , sound generator 326 , pump motor 328 , vibration motor 330 , cartridge holder 332 , and/or pusher 335 (which may include screw 334 , nut 336 , bendable rod 338 , and/or cartridge contactor 340 ).
- Pump 300may include housing having one or more separate pieces that are configured to couple together to enclose the internal components of the pump.
- pump 300includes a minimal number of parts such that the cost of the pump is reduced.
- pump 300may include pump housing 302 coupled to pump housing bottom 305 , which may include photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 .
- Pump housing 302preferably has a cavity to receive a portion of a pre-filled cartridge. When coupled to the cap housing, the combined housings preferably fully enclose the cartridge.
- Pump housing 302may include plethysmography sensor frame 304 and pump housing back 342 , which may be disposed on the end of pump housing 302 that does not lock with the cap.
- Pump housing 302also may include a dry zone seal and/or one or more dry zone vents, which are configured to separate wet and dry zones of the pump such that the electrical components in the dry zone are isolated from the wet zone and do not contact any fluid and/or to permit humidity and gas to escape the housing such that pressure may equilibrate.
- cartridge holder 332may separate the protected wet zone from the dry zone and may include one or more O-rings to seal off the zones when a cartridge is disposed within the pump-cap assembly.
- Coil 312is electrically coupled to battery 318 .
- Coil 312may include a magnetic shielding and preferably receives energy from outside pump housing 302 to charge battery 318 of pump 300 .
- a corresponding coil in charging system 600may transfer energy to coil 312 to charge battery 318 .
- the coilsmay be inductive coils.
- Circuit board 314permits electrical connection between electrical components within pump housing 302 .
- Circuit boardhas a controller with one or more processors to execute programmed instructions stored in memory to cause motor 328 to deliver the medication to the wearer and to monitor one or more sensed parameters generated by sensors (e.g., sensors 316 or 320 ) disposed within or external to pump housing 302 .
- sensorse.g., sensors 316 or 320
- Sensor 316is designed to sense information associated with operation of microdosing system 410 and to send the information to the controller for processing. Sensor 316 may, for example, monitor the microdosing function and sense information indicative of the presence of a cap, the status of a cap, and/or an occlusion in the dosing pathway, as described in detail below.
- Battery 318is a rechargeable battery to power the pump. Battery 318 has a capacity sufficient to permit pump 300 to pump all the medication from the cartridge to the wearer with a single charge. Battery 318 may be disposed within the housing and may be charged by a charger via a coil with the charger and coil 312 within pump 300 .
- Sensor 320is designed to sense information associated with operation of pump 300 and to send the information to the controller for processing. Sensor 320 may, for example, sense information indicative of the pressure within the cartridge of medication, as described below.
- Mechanical coupling 322is designed to couple with a corresponding portion in the cap of the patch pump to translate motion from pump motor 328 into components of the cap, for example, for microdosing. Mechanical coupling 322 further may be used for locking pump housing 302 to the cap housing. Mechanical coupling 322 is coupled to the output from gearbox 324 such that mechanical coupling 322 may rotate at a reduced ratio as compared to rotation directly output by pump motor 328 .
- Gearbox 324may be coupled to motor 328 , pusher 335 , and/or mechanical coupling 322 such that rotation of the gears with gearbox 324 causes delivery of a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. As motor 328 turns when activated, gearbox 324 causes a corresponding movement at mechanical coupling 322 and at pusher 335 . Gearbox 324 incorporates gears to change the ratio of movement pump shaft rotations of pump motor 328 to generated sufficient torque to drive mechanical coupling 322 and pusher 335 . For example, gearbox 324 may utilize gearing that reduces movement generated by pump motor 328 to movement generated by mechanical coupling at a reduction ratio. The reduction ratio may be greater than 10:1, such as 68.42:1.
- a single pump motormay be used to both push medication out of the cartridge and move the microdosing system to generate the microdose of medication.
- the single pump motormay simultaneously (1) advance the piston with micro-steps and (2) activate the microdosing system at every pump cycle.
- Sound generator 326responsive to instructions from the controller, generates an audible sound via a buzzer to the wearer. For example, sound generator 326 may generate the audible sound if there is an error with the pump or a sensed physiological parameter is beyond a predetermined threshold.
- Motor 328may be coupled to vibration motor 330 , which may be operatively coupled to the controller.
- the controllermay cause the vibration motor to vibrate to alert the wearer based on a sensed parameter by a sensor, which may be operatively coupled to the controller.
- the controlleris configured to cause vibration motor 330 to vibrate when the sensed parameter falls outside a predetermined threshold stored in memory.
- the controllermay cause vibration motor 330 to vibrate based on the controller's determination that an error has occurred associated with operation of the patch pump based on the sensed parameter.
- the controllermay be configured to cause vibration motor 330 to vibrate based on the time. For example, the vibration motor may vibrate once every three days to provide regular alerts to the user.
- the sensors operatively coupled to the controllermay include a sensor configured to sense a pressure within a cartridge, a sensor configured to detect an occlusion in a dosing pathway, a sensor configured to sense the temperature or humidity within the patch pump, a sensor configured to monitor glucose levels of the wearer, a photoplethysmography sensor configured to sense the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters, or a sensor configured to sense the wearer's activity level. These sensed parameters may indicate whether the patch pump is running properly, whether the medication is stored at a safe temperature, and whether the wearer's physiologic parameters are at a safe level.
- the controlleris configured to cause vibration motor 330 to vibrate when the pressure within the cartridge falls outside a predetermined pressure range, when the wearer's glucose level falls outside a predetermined glucose level range, when the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters fall outside a predetermined photoplethysmographic threshold, and/or when the wearer's activity level is outside a predetermined threshold.
- the controlleralso may be configured to cause vibration motor 330 to vibrate when the sensor detects information indicative of an occlusion or only when the sensor twice detects information indicative of an occlusion. Additionally or alternatively, the wearer may be alerted via sound generator 326 , a user interface having LEDs, which also may be disposed within pump 300 , or a mobile application.
- Pusher 335is designed to push, responsive to movement from pump motor 328 , on an end of the cartridge.
- pusher 335pushes on a flexible plunger within the cartridge to move medication out of the cartridge during dosing.
- Pusher 335also may push the plunger of the cartridge to increase pressure in the cartridge without moving medication to the wearer, for example, during pump initialization.
- Pusher 335may include screw 334 , nut 336 , bendable rod 338 , and/or cartridge contactor 340 .
- Screw 334is coupled to pump motor 328 , e.g., via gearbox 324 .
- Screw 334may be a worm screw.
- screw 334rotates in a corresponding manner (e.g., at a geared ratio). Movement of screw 334 causes nut 336 to move along screw 334 .
- Screw 334may include a threaded screw and nut 336 may include a threaded nut that moves along the screw responsive to rotation of the screw.
- Bendable rod 338is coupled to nut 336 and moves as nut 336 moves. Bendable rod 338 may curve in an approximately 180 degree angle to cause equal and opposite movements between nut 336 and cartridge contactor 340 .
- Cartridge contactor 340is designed to contact the cartridge and move the plunger of the cartridge responsive to movement of pump motor 328 .
- Cartridge contactor 340may have a flange that contacts an outer surface of the plunger at a non-insulin-contacting end. Cartridge contactor 340 also may have an extension with a smaller diameter than the flange that extends into the inner part of the plunger. In this manner, cartridge contactor may have a top hat shape.
- the skin-facing side of the patch pumpis configured to interact with the pad and the cannula such that the patch pump is secured to the wearer and predetermined doses of medication are delivered to the wearer.
- Circuit board 314having photoplethysmography sensor 346 , may be disposed within pump 300 and may be configured to cause the motor to pump the medication from the cartridge to the outflow needle 408 , which is configured to pierce the cannula.
- Outflow needle 408may be disposed within connection cavity 404 .
- Connection cavity 404preferably is disposed on the skin-facing side of cap 400 and may be sized and shaped to receive the proximal region of the cannula (e.g., cannula head) such that outflow needle 408 can be coupled in fluid communication with the cannula to deliver the microdoses of medication.
- Connection cavity 404may be sized and shaped to receive pad attachments, which protrude from the pad and lock the cannula to the pad, when the patch pump is locked to the pad.
- the patch pumpfurther may include a portion configured to hold a pre-filled cartridge of medication and preferably does not include a reservoir to hold multiple doses of medication separate from the pre-filled cartridge.
- Circuit board 314preferably is disposed on flexible substrate 356 that can bend and fold to fit within the pump housing.
- Circuit board 314includes electrical components and permits electrical coupling between the controller and the various electrical components.
- One or more electrical components and/or circuitsmay perform some of or all the roles of the various components described herein.
- the electrical componentsneed not be separate structural elements.
- a processor and wireless communication chipmay be embodied in a single chip.
- the one or more processoris described as having memory, a memory chip may be separately provided.
- Circuit board 314may include sensor 316 , sensor 320 , sensor connector 321 , sensor 344 , sensor connector 345 , photoplethysmography sensor 346 , sensor 348 , skin detector 350 , processor 352 , sensor 354 , flexible substrate 356 , skin detector 358 , controller 360 , motors driver 362 , processor 364 , wireless communication chip 366 , user interface 368 , sensor 369 , wireless antenna 370 , battery and wireless charging management 372 , accelerometer 374 , and/or programming connectors 376 .
- Controller 360is disposed within the pump housing for controlling operation of pump 300 .
- the controllermay store instructions that, when executed, cause pump 300 to perform the operations described herein.
- Controller 360preferably includes electrical components coupled on circuit board 314 .
- Controller 360may include one or more general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any suitable combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein.
- DSPdigital signal processors
- ASICapplication specific integrated circuits
- FPGAfield programmable gate arrays
- a processoralso may be implemented as a combination of computing devices, e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.
- the controllermay contain memory and/or be coupled, via one or more buses, to read information from, or write information to, memory.
- the memorymay include processor cache, including a multi-level hierarchical cache in which different levels have different capacities and access speeds.
- the memoryalso may include random access memory (RAM), other volatile storage devices, or nonvolatile storage devices.
- RAMrandom access memory
- the storage devicescan include, for example, hard drives, optical discs, flash memory, and Zip drives.
- the processorin conjunction with firmware/software stored in the memory may execute an operating system, such as, for example, Windows, Mac OS, Unix or Solaris 5.10.
- the processoralso executes software applications stored in the memory.
- the softwarecomprises, for example, Unix Korn shell scripts.
- the softwaremay be programs in any suitable programming language known to those skilled in the art, including, for example, C++, PHP, or Java.
- controller 360may include two dedicated processors to increase the security of the patch pump.
- Processor 352may manage delivery of the medication and may monitor of one or more sensors that may detect sensed parameters that effect the algorithm for delivery.
- Processor 364may manage the communications to and from the patch pump.
- Processor 352may be an autonomous, real time state machine that executes class C software.
- Processor 364may execute class B software.
- processor 352is configured such that it cannot receive data from outside the patch pump. For example, any communication from the wearer's mobile device or from an external continuous glucose monitoring sensor must be received by processor 364 . This configuration protects processor 352 , and thus the delivery of medication, from any disruption by an external device.
- Processor 352may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in a first memory to cause the pump motor to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion, to monitor sensed parameters generated by at least one sensor, and to monitor the battery life of the battery. For example, processor 352 may monitor sensed parameters generated by a sensor configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge, a sensor configured to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway, a sensor configured to detect the wearer's skin, a sensor configured to detect the position of the pusher to indicate that the cartridge may be replaced, or a sensor configured to detect the position of the cam to indicate the status of a dosing cycle.
- the first programmed instructionsmay cause one or more components of the pump to move based on the sensed parameters. For example, the first programmed instructions may cause the motor to push the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion only when a sensor detects the wearer's skin on the skin-facing side of the pump. The first programming instructions also may cause the cam shaft of the microdosing system to stop rotating when a sensor indicates that a dosing cycle is complete. Further, the first programming instructions may lock or unlock the pump, for example, when a first processor determines that the pusher is in the home position or when the first processor determines that the battery has been sufficiently charged to a predetermined state.
- Processor 364may be configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in a second memory to communicate data to and from the patch pump via the wireless communication chip.
- the communicated datamay include data indicative of a battery life of the rechargeable battery or data indicative of the wearer's hear rate and physiologic parameters, which may be detected by a photoplethysmography sensor.
- the second programmed instructionsalso use an algorithm to calculate when to deliver the doses of medication and may adjust the calculation based on the data received.
- Wireless communication chip 366is configured to transmit information, such as signals indicative of the sensed parameters, locally and/or to a remote location such as a server.
- Wireless communication chip 366is configured for wireless communication over a network such as the Internet, a telephone network, a Bluetooth network, and/or a WiFi network using techniques known in the art.
- Wireless communication chip 366may be a communication chip known in the art such as a Bluetooth chip and/or a WiFi chip.
- Wireless communication chip 366may include a receiver and a transmitter, or a transceiver, for wirelessly receiving data from, and transmitting data to a remote computing device.
- the remote computing devicemay be a mobile computing device that provides the system with a user interface; additionally or alternatively, the remote computing device is a server.
- wireless communication chip 366may prepare data generated by processor 364 for transmission over a communication network according to one or more network standards and/or demodulates data received over a communication network according to one or more network standards.
- Wireless communication chip 366may be coupled to wireless antenna 370 for sending and receiving information.
- Wireless antenna 370may include Bluetooth antenna configured to transmit or receive signals in accordance with established standards and protocols, such as Bluetooth and/or BLE.
- wireless antenna 370may be the only means for the patch pump to transfer data.
- pump 300may communicate externally as described in WO 2020/008016 or WO 2020/008017, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- User interface 368may be used to receive inputs from, and provide outputs to, the wearer. Illustratively, user interface 368 may alert the wearer when the pressure within the cartridge is outside of a predetermined range or when an occlusion is detected or when the wearer's glucose level, heart rate, or physiologic parameters are outside a predetermined range. User interface 368 may be coupled to processor 364 .
- User interface 368may include a touchscreen, LED matrix, other LED indicators, or other input/output devices for receiving inputs from, and providing outputs to, the wearer.
- user interface 368is not provided on the patch pump, but is instead provided on a remote computing device communicatively connected to the patch pump via wireless communication chip 366 .
- User interface 368also may be a combination of elements on the patch pump and a remote computing device.
- User interface 368may be configured to adjust the strength of the LEDs based on sensed parameters from sensor 369 .
- Sensor 369may be a light sensor configured to detect whether the patch pump is disposed in a bright or dark environment.
- processor 352may be configured to adjust user interface 368 such that the strength of the LED is decreased when it is dark and is increased when it is light.
- Battery and wireless charging management 372is configured to recharge the battery within the pump and to ensure the safety of the battery. Battery and wireless charging management 372 may communicate with the charging system to charge the battery and may protect against high voltage or high current which may damage the battery. Further, battery and wireless charging management 372 may be configured to efficiently charge the battery and generate adequate electrical tension for circuit board 314 .
- Programming connectors 376may be provided for installing firmware in the on-board memory of the controller attached to circuit board 314 .
- programming connectors 376may be used to flash the firmware of the pump and may be used during development to output the signals of the sensors to determine whether circuit board 314 is working properly.
- Programming connectors 376may be removed after programming, during the manufacturing of the pump.
- Motors driver 362may be used to supply current to both the vibration motor and the pump motor. Controlling the power supply to the motors can have a significant effect on the noise, power consumption, and torque of the motors.
- Circuit board 314also may include one or more sensors configured to sense conditions within the patch pump or external to the patch pump, for example, the wearer's physiologic parameters.
- circuit board 314may include sensors 316 , 320 , 344 , 346 , 348 , 350 , 354 , 358 , 369 , and/or 374 .
- the sensor(s)preferably are electrically coupled to controller 360 (e.g., at processor 352 ) for monitoring and processing the information from the sensor(s).
- Sensor 316is configured to sense information indicative of an occlusion in the dosing pathway, such as within the microdosing system or within the cannula. Sensor 316 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting an occlusion. Sensor 316 may be located adjacent to the microdosing system but within the pump. In some embodiments, sensor 316 is a hall-effect sensor configured detect movement of a magnet disposed on a lever of the microdosing system.
- Sensor 320may sense information indicative of the pressure within the cartridge. Sensor 320 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that the sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting the pressure within the cartridge. Sensor 320 may be located adjacent to the pusher and may be coupled to circuit board 314 via sensor connector 321 . Sensor connector 321 permits electrical coupling between sensor 320 and components on circuit board 314 , such as the controller. In some embodiments, sensor 320 is configured to detect the force applied to the pusher and includes a strain gauge configured to measure deformation, for example, by measuring a change in electrical resistance. Controller 360 processes this information to determine pressure within the cartridge.
- Sensor 344may sense information indicative of the status of a dosing cycle. Sensor 344 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting whether a dosing cycle is completed. Sensor 344 may be located adjacent to the microdosing system but within the pump and may be coupled to circuit board 314 via sensor connector 345 . Sensor connector 345 permits electrical coupling between sensor 344 and components on circuit board 314 , such as the controller. In some embodiments, sensor 344 detects oscillations of signals that are generated by a ferromagnetic blade that may be coupled to the cam plate. In some embodiments, a dosing cycle corresponds to a 1 ⁇ 2 turn of the cam so sensor 344 senses whether the 1 ⁇ 2 turn has occurred.
- Photoplethysmography sensor 346is configured to sense the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters. Photoplethysmography sensor 346 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 (e.g., to processor 352 of controller 360 ) such that the sensed parameters are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting whether the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters are outside a predetermined range. Photoplethysmography sensor 346 may be located on circuit board 314 such that is disposed on the skin-facing side of the patch pump, preferably within a window of the patch pump.
- Sensor 348may sense information indicative of the position of the pusher, which may be indicative of the battery life of the rechargeable battery, whether a new cartridge may be inserted, and/or whether the patch pump may be unlocked.
- Sensor 348preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that the sensed position is sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting the position of the pusher.
- sensor 348may indicate that a component of the pusher is at the end-of-stroke.
- Sensor 348may be located adjacent to the pusher.
- sensor 348is an electrical contact sensor that senses the position of the pusher based on whether a component (e.g., nut 336 ) of the pusher has contacted the sensor.
- Sensor 348may include one or more contacting pins that are configured to contact one or more contacting blades responsive to force applied on the contacting blades by the pusher.
- the nut of the pushermay contact the blades at the end-of-stroke, causing the blades to move to contact the contacting pins.
- the contacting pinsmay be coupled to the circuit board via a conductor (e.g., illustratively a spring) such that when the one or more contacting pins contact the one or more contacting blades, a circuit is completed, which sends an electrical signal to controller 360 .
- Skin detector 350senses information indicative of whether the patch pump is touching skin. Controller 360 may cause the motor to run only if skin detector 350 detects skin. Skin detector 350 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting whether the patch pump is secured to a pad, held by the wearer, or not touching skin. Skin detector 350 may be located on the skin-facing side of the patch pump such that it detects whether the skin-facing side of the patch pump is touching skin. In some embodiments, skin detector 350 measures capacitance.
- Sensor 354is configured to sense information indicative of the temperature and humidity in the patch pump. Sensor 354 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting whether the temperature and humidity are within respective predetermined ranges. If outside the predetermined range(s), an alert may be generated using the vibration motor, the sound generator, and/or a communication sent to the software application.
- the pumpmay include a second skin detection sensor. Similar to skin detector 350 , skin detector 358 senses information indicative of whether the patch pump is touching skin. Skin detector 358 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting whether the patch pump is secured to a pad, held by the wearer, or not touching skin. Skin detector 358 may be located on the opposite side of the patch pump such that is detects whether the opposite side of the patch pump is touching skin. In some embodiments, skin detector 358 measures capacitance. Controller 360 may cause the motor to run only if skin detector 350 detects skin and skin detector 358 does not detect skin. If both skin detector 350 and skin detector 358 detect skin, it may indicate that the wearer is holding the patch pump. In such a case, the patch pump should not deliver medication.
- Sensor 374is configured to sense information indicative of the wearer's activity level. Sensor 374 also may be configured to sense information indicative of the location of the patch pump on the wearer's body. Sensor 374 preferably is electrically coupled to controller 360 such that sensed signals are sent to controller 360 for processing and detecting the wearer's activity level. Sensor 374 may be an accelerometer that measures the movement of the wearer.
- FIGS. 20 A- 20 Boperation of the exemplary patch pump is described, in which FIG. 20 A corresponds to positions of the pump components when the cartridge is full of medication and FIG. 20 B corresponds to positions of the pump components when the cartridge is empty.
- the pump motormay be disposed within the pump housing and may be configured to be coupled to a pusher and a cam (e.g., a circular cam) via a gearbox.
- the pump motoris configured to move the pusher towards the cartridge to move the medication within the cartridge into an inflow needle within the cap.
- the cam disposed within the capis configured to rotate to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the cannula inserted into the wearer's skin.
- Pusher 335may include screw 334 , which may be coupled to gearbox 324 and configured to rotate upon rotation of one or more gears with gearbox 324 .
- Nut 336may be coupled to screw 334 such that rotation of screw 334 causes nut 336 to move along screw 334 .
- Nut 336may be coupled to a first end of bendable rod 338 and a second end of bendable rod 338 may be coupled to cartridge contactor 340 , which is configured to contact plunger 502 of cartridge 500 .
- nut 336Upon rotation of screw 334 in a first direction, nut 336 is configured to move away from gearbox 324 such that bendable rod 338 applies a force to cartridge contactor 340 , causing at least a portion of plunger 502 to move within cartridge 500 .
- Bendable rod 338may also be referred to as a curved piston.
- pusher 335is depicted in a home position, when cartridge 500 is full of medication. In the home position, nut 336 may be disposed adjacent to the location where screw 334 is coupled to the gearbox 324 .
- pusher 335is depicted in a delivery position, after cartridge 500 has delivered medication. Preferably, after all or substantially all of the medication within cartridge 500 has been delivered, the battery of pump 300 should be recharged. Upon reaching a predetermined state in the charging cycle, pusher 335 is configured to return to the home position.
- the controllerupon sensing that the battery has reached the predetermined state (e.g., a predetermined time before full charge, such as 20 minutes), will cause pump motor 328 to rewind thereby transitioning the pump back from the empty position of FIG. 20 B to the full position of FIG. 20 A .
- the pump and the capwill not unlock until the battery is sufficiently charged and the pump is in the home position.
- Gearbox 324preferably rotates screw 334 in the second direction such that cartridge contactor moves away from plunger 502 .
- Nut 336may continue moving along screw 334 towards gearbox 324 until it reaches a contact sensor, as described below.
- screw 334Upon sensing contact with nut 336 , screw 334 is configured to reverse directions to rotate in the first direction such that nut 336 is advanced a short distance away from gearbox 324 and a small space is created between nut 336 and the contact sensor. Resetting pusher 335 to the home position permits a new, pre-filled cartridge 500 to be inserted into the patch pump.
- Plunger 502is a movable end of cartridge 500 and is configured to seal cartridge 500 such that medication does not leak from the cartridge.
- Plunger 502preferably includes a flexible, elastomeric material that is able to deform when a substantial force is applied.
- Plunger 502may be configured to flex based on the pressure within cartridge 500 such that the pressure is maintained within a predetermined range. Ensuring the pressure remains within the predetermined range helps ensure the accuracy of each dose of medication, as described below.
- plunger 502may be configured to compress or deform when the pressure within cartridge 500 is over 800 or 1000 mbar.
- plunger 502may be configured to advance into the cartridge a predetermined distance such as 3-4 um, preferably 3.7 um, after each push from pusher 335 . Further, plunger 502 may include a first end that is configured to contact pusher 335 and a second end that is configured to contact the medication within cartridge 500 .
- a risk with using an elastomeric plungeris the “stick-slip effect,” whereby the plunger does not move due to sticking until a force applied to the first end exceeds a displacement needed for a dose of medication. Once the force overcomes the stick, the plunger may travel too far, resulting in an inaccurate dose.
- the pumpreduces the stick-slip effect by providing a counterforce via the pressurized medication on the pushing force caused by the pusher on the cartridge. As a result, the portion of the plunger of the cartridge contacting the medication does not move further than the distance needed to expel the desired volume of medication of the microdose, thereby ensuring enhanced accuracy of microdose volumes of medication.
- the counterforce from the pressurized medicationalso may cause the flexible plunger to compress while pumping a microdose.
- pressure in the cartridgeis maintained. This pressure within the cartridge varies only minimally due to stick-slip.
- stick-sliphas minimal adverse effects on the volume of the microdoses.
- the patch pumpmay use this pressure to refill the microdosing system with equivalent amounts of insulin for every delivery cycle.
- pusher 335when the pressure within cartridge 500 is at a first pressure, pusher 335 may be configured to cause the first end of plunger 502 to move a first distance towards the cartridge cap and to deliver a first dose of medication. Pusher 335 also may be configured to cause the second end of plunger 502 to move a third distance towards the cartridge cap. When the pressure within cartridge 500 increases to a second pressure, pusher 335 may be configured to cause the first end of plunger 502 to move a second distance towards the cartridge cap to deliver a second dose of medication. Pusher 335 also may be configured to cause the second end of plunger 502 to move a fourth distance towards the cartridge cap.
- pusher 335is configured to advance the same distance every time screw 334 rotates.
- Plunger 502may be configured so that each push from pusher 335 causes the first end of plunger 502 to move the same distance. Therefore, the first distance may be the same as the second distance.
- Plunger 502further may be configured so that each push from pusher 335 causes the second end of plunger 502 to move a distance that depends upon the pressure within cartridge 500 . For example, when the pressure within cartridge 500 increases, the distance that second end of plunger 502 moves may decrease. Therefore, the third distance may be greater than the fourth distance. This adjustment by plunger 502 reduces the risk that the pressure within cartridge 500 will move outside the predetermined range of 600 mbar to 1000 mbar.
- the volume of each dose of medicationis within 5% of the volume of the other doses delivered to the wearer.
- the cap of patch pumppreferably includes a microdosing system configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication.
- a microdosing systemconfigured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication.
- pusher 335 , plunger 502 , and the microdosing systemwork together to ensure the accuracy of the doses of medication.
- the microdosing systemis configured to rotate to deliver medication to the wearer.
- the microdosing systemmay include a lever system comprising one or more levers configured to sequentially transition between a lowered position, wherein one or more levers contact a dosing tube such that medication cannot flow through the dosing, and a raised position, wherein one or more levers sequentially do not contact the dosing tube, such that medication is expelled from the dosing tube and to the wearer.
- the one or more leversmay act as valves that either permit or prevent medication from flowing through the dosing tube.
- the lever systemis configured such that at least one lever is configured to be in a lowered position to close a portion of the dosing tube during the entire time the pump motor moves pusher 335 .
- the patch pumpmay include isolated wet and dry zones to protect the electrical components from contacting any leaked medication or other fluids.
- the patch pumpmay include dry zone 378 that is configured to house the circuit board, motor, vibration motor, sound generator, battery, coil, gearbox, and one or more sensors. Dry zone 378 may be encapsulated to exclude moisture from reaching the components within the zone. Dry zone 378 may be encased in plastic and/or sealed via welding.
- One or more dry zone vents 381may be disposed on the plastic housing of dry zone 378 such that humidity and gas may escape the housing and pressure may equilibrate.
- dry zone vents 381may be made of Gore-Tex®.
- Dry zone 378may be separated from protected wet zone 380 and unprotected wet zone 382 via one or more sealing members, for example, dry zone seals 379 .
- Protected wet zone 380may be configured to house the pusher and unprotected wet zone 382 may be configured to house the cartridge and the components of the cap including the needles and microdosing system.
- cartridge holder 332may separate the protected wet zone from the dry zone and may include one or more O-rings to seal off the zones when a cartridge is disposed within the pump-cap assembly.
- Circuit board 314preferably is configured to have a flexible substrate that can bend and fold to fit to surround battery 318 , gearbox 324 , motor 328 , and vibration motor 330 within the pump housing.
- the components of circuit board 314may be strategically positioned in particular locations relative to the corresponding components of the pump or cap.
- photoplethysmography sensor 346may be positioned on the skin-facing side of the pump patch so that photoplethysmography sensor 346 may detect the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters.
- Sensor 320which is configured to detect a parameter indicative of the pressure within cartridge 500 , may be coupled to gearbox 324 and/or the pusher such that sensor 320 may detect the force applied to the pusher.
- Sensor 320preferably is coupled to circuit board 314 via sensor connector 321 .
- Sensor 316which is configured to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway, may be a hall-effect sensor.
- sensor 316is disposed adjacent to microdosing system 410 such that sensor 316 can detect the position of a magnet of microdosing system 410 based on proximity of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor.
- Sensor 344which is configured to determine the position of a cam plate of microdosing system 410 , may be coupled to gearbox 324 and disposed adjacent to microdosing system 410 and magnet 396 . Sensor 344 preferably is coupled to circuit board 314 via sensor connector 345 .
- Cartridge 500is inserted into the patch pump such that the cartridge cap is disposed within the cap when the patch pump is locked.
- cartridge 500is positioned as close as possible to microdosing system 410 and connection cavity 404 such that the lengths of inflow needle 406 and outflow needle 408 are as short as possible.
- FIG. 21 Bdepicts the components within the gearbox.
- Motor 328 , mechanical coupling 322 , and screw 334are coupled to the gearbox.
- One or more dry zone seals 379may be disposed between the gearbox and mechanical coupling 322 and/or screw 334 .
- the gears within the gearboxrotate, causing mechanical coupling 322 to rotate.
- Mechanical coupling 322is coupled to a cam shaft of microdosing system 410 such that rotation of mechanical coupling 322 causes the cam shaft to rotate, which in turn causes the lever system to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- the gears within the gearboxalso cause screw 334 to rotate. Rotation of screw 334 causes nut 336 to move along screw 334 , preferably in the direction towards plunger 502 of cartridge 500 .
- FIG. 21 Cdepicts another view of the system.
- Inflow needle 406 and outflow needle 408may be configured to have a short length in order to reduce the risk of occlusion.
- Inflow needle 406preferably extends from the cartridge cap of cartridge 500 , around connection cavity 404 and to microdosing system 410 .
- Outflow needle 408preferably extends from microdosing system 410 through connection cavity 404 , and into the cannula inserted into the wearer's skin. Coupled between the inflow and outflow needle is a dosing tube configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication.
- the pumpmay include a sensor configured to detect the position of the pusher within the pump, which may indicate a state of the patch pump.
- the sensed positionmay be used to determine whether the pusher is positioned within the pump such that a new, pre-filled cartridge may be inserted into the patch pump.
- the sensed positionfurther may be used to make sure that, when the pusher moves in the opposite direction to return to a home position, it does not stops moving before it reaches the pump housing.
- the sensed positionalso may be used to determine the battery level of the patch pump. As described below, until a sufficient battery level is reached, the pump may remain locked to the cap, preventing replacement of the emptied cartridge.
- exemplary contact sensor 348which may be an electrical contact sensor, is disposed within the pump and configured to detect the position of the pusher.
- sensor 348may include one or more contacting pins that are configured to contact one or more contacting blades coupled to the pusher.
- the contacting pinsmay be coupled to the circuit board via a conductor such that when the one or more contacting pins contact the one or more contacting blades, a circuit is completed, which indicates that the pusher is disposed in a starting position.
- the pushermay include screw 334 , nut 336 configured to move along screw 334 such that bendable rod 338 , which is coupled to nut 336 , pushes a cartridge contactor (not shown) to contact a plunger disposed within the cartridge.
- the plungeris configured to advance into the cartridge such that medication is moved towards the inflow needle of the cap.
- the pushermoves in an opposite direction, away from the cartridge and back to the starting position.
- the position of the pushermay indicate that the pusher transitioned to a first position such that the cartridge is permitted to be removed and exchanged for a subsequent cartridge.
- One or more contacting blades 390may be coupled to nut 336 .
- Sensor 348preferably is disposed within pump housing 302 and adjacent to contacting blades 390 of the pusher.
- sensor 348may include one or more contacting pins 386 and 388 that are configured to contact contacting blade 390 when the pusher is positioned near the pump housing back such that a new, pre-filled cartridge may be inserted into the patch pump.
- Contacting pins 386 and 388may be coupled to conductor 384 , which is configured to electrically connect contacting pins 386 and 388 to the circuit board.
- FIG. 22 Bthe contact sensor in a non-contacting position, wherein contacting blades 390 are not connected to contacting pins 386 and 388 .
- FIG. 22 Cthe contact sensor in a contacting position, wherein contacting blades 390 are connected to contacting pins 386 and 388 .
- Sensor 348may be electrically coupled to a controller such that sensed signals are sent to the controller for processing and determining a state of the patch pump. For example, if sensor 348 detects that the pusher is in contact with contacting pins 386 and 388 , the controller may be configured to cause the pusher to move in an opposite direction to a home position, The controller further may be configured to monitor the battery level of the patch pump and unlock the pump and cap if both the battery level is at a sufficient level and sensor 348 senses contact with the pusher.
- Gearbox 324is configured to cause simultaneous movement of the pusher and rotation of the microdosing system.
- One or more sensorsmay be disposed within gearbox 324 to determine the position of a cam plate within the microdosing system or the pressure within the cartridge.
- the position of the cam platemay be used to validate that a dose of medication was properly delivered to the wearer or may be used to ensure that pump and cap remain locked together.
- Gearbox 324may include a ferromagnetic blade that may be coupled to the cam plate and, upon rotation, may generate an oscillation of a signal that can be used to count the teeth on the ferromagnetic blade and accordingly whether the dosing cycle is complete.
- Gearbox 324further may include a sensor that is configured to measure a force that is indicative of the pressure within the cartridge.
- the patch pumpmay be configured such that the pressure within the cartridge is maintained within a predetermined range.
- the predetermined rangemay be between 600 mbar and 1000 mbar.
- a sensormay be coupled to a pusher and configured to measure the force on the pusher, which may be indicative of the pressure within the cartridge.
- sensor 320may include strain gauge 394 configured to measure deformation, for example, by measuring a change in electrical resistance.
- the pushermay include screw 334 having a first end, coupled to gearbox 324 and disposed adjacent to strain gauge 394 , and a second end, coupled to the cartridge. As the pressure within the cartridge increases, a greater force is applied to the pusher, and the pusher applies the same force to gearbox 324 at force application point 392 . The greater the force applied to the pusher, the greater the deformation of strain gauge 394 .
- Sensor 320preferably is operatively coupled to a controller that may monitor the sensed pressure. The pressure within the cartridge must be increased until it falls within the predetermined range in order to ensure that the proper dose of medication is delivered to the wearer.
- controllermay be configured to alert the wearer when the pressure falls outside the predetermined range. For example, a pressure under 600 mbar may indicate that a cartridge is not disposed within the patch pump or that a cartridge was inserted incorrectly. A pressure over 1000 mbar may indicate that there is an occlusion within the cartridge cap, the inflow needle, and/or the cannula.
- the patch pumpis configured to be “initialized” prior to pumping medication from the cartridge past the microdosing system and into the user.
- the controller of the pumpcauses the pump to increase pressure within the cartridge into a predetermined range prior to delivering the first dose of medication from the cartridge to the wearer.
- the patch pumpensures that precise volumes of microdoses of medication and are consistently and predictably provided to the user, including the first dose of medication from the cartridge.
- the initializationensures that bubbles within the cartridge and the tubing connected thereto are reduced and that the formation of bubbles is reduced.
- the patch pumps described hereinmay be generally “bubble free.”
- FIG. 24 Aa graph showing the relationship between pressure and volume is described, while FIGS. 24 B and 24 C show the relationship between the number of dosing cycles and the amount of medication delivered per cycle, without and with initialization.
- FIG. 24 Dshows the accuracy of the patch pump with and without the microdosing system and
- FIG. 24 Eshows a comparison of the percentage error of flow for the patch pump described herein and other commercially available pumps. Accurate dosing requires that the pressure within the cartridge remains within a predetermined range.
- the patch pumpmay include a microdosing system that is configured to measure and deliver a predetermined dose of medication.
- the microdosing systempreferably includes a dosing tube with a flattened reservoir portion or compartment configured to hold a predetermined dose of medication. Because the reservoir portion is flexible, as the pressure of the medication increases, the reservoir portion expands more, allowing it to hold a greater volume of medication. Accordingly, pressure variations may result in delivery of inconsistent and inaccurate doses of the medication. This relationship is depicted in FIG. 24 A .
- the pressure within the cartridgeis between 600 mbar and 1000 mbar, and the ideal pressure is 800 mbar. When the pressure is at 800 mbar, the volume of medication is 0.25 ul, which is the preferred predetermined dose of medication.
- the microdosing systemis configured to complete an initialization process such that delivery of medication to the wearer is prevented until the pressure within the cartridge reaches the predetermined range (e.g., 250 mbar to 2000 mbar, 400 mbar to 1200 mbar, or 600 mbar to 900 mbar).
- the microdosing systemis configured to complete an initialization process such that delivery of medication to the wearer is prevented until the pressure within the cartridge reaches the predetermined range, the pressure increases at a faster rate than if the there is no initialization of the microdosing system.
- FIG. 24 Bdepicts what may occur if the microdosing system is configured to deliver medication prior to initialization.
- the first dosing cyclewould deliver a first dose of medication having a much smaller volume than the preferred volume of 0.25 ul.
- the second dosing cyclewould deliver a second dose of medication having a larger volume than the first dose of medication, but the volume would still be less than the preferred volume of 0.25 ul.
- the pressurewould slowly increase to the predetermined range and the volume of medication delivered would slowly reach the predetermined volume.
- the first doses that the wearer would receivewould be less than the predetermined dose of medication.
- FIG. 24 Bdepicts what may occur if the microdosing system is configured to deliver medication prior to initialization.
- the first dosing cyclewould deliver a first dose of medication having a much smaller volume than the preferred volume of 0.25 ul.
- the second dosing cyclewould deliver a second dose of medication having a larger volume than the first dose of medication, but the volume would still be less than the preferred
- microdosingis disabled until the pressure is within 600 mbar and 1000 mbar, such that the volume of each dose of medication is within 5% of 0.25 ul. As the dosing cycles continue, the volume of each dose of medication should remain within 5% of the volume of the previous dose of medication.
- FIG. 24 Da graph showing the volume pumped per two microdoses over the total volume pump is described.
- Each data pointrepresents two microdoses, each microdose preferably 0.25 uL.
- the measurements for the patch pump without the microdosing systemshows that the system delivers accurate microdoses but with limited precision. In contrast, the measurements for the patch pump including the microdosing system is both accurate and precise.
- FIG. 24 Ea graph showing the percentage error of flow measurements for the patch pump with and without microdosing and the percentage error of flow measurements for other commercially available pumps is described.
- the percentage error of flowcorresponds to the precision of the pumps, a higher percentage error of flow indicating that the volume of each microdose has a greater variance and thus the pump is less precise.
- the percentage error of flowdecreases with each delivery of a microdose.
- the patch pump described herein (“Sigi”)is as precise or more precise than other commercially available pumps.
- Medicationmay be delivered from cartridge 500 , through inflow needle 406 , and into flattened dosing tube 447 . Upon rotation of the microdosing system, the medication may then be forced out of flattened dosing tube 447 , delivered through outflow needle 408 to cannula 200 , and inserted into the wearer.
- microdosing system 410 and pusher 335work together to maintain the pressure within cartridge 500 within a predetermined pressure range.
- the strain of the plunger and the bendable rod of pusher 335 within cartridge 500 at one end and the levers of microdosing system 410 at the other endcreate a closed system in which the medication is disposed, the closed system helping maintain the pressure within the predetermined pressure range.
- the motor within the pumpsimultaneously advances the plunger and activates microdosing system 410 at each dosing cycle.
- the plungeradvances in microsteps (e.g., 3-4 um, preferably 3.7 um) at each dosing cycle such that the pressure within cartridge 500 varies only minimally due to the “stick-slip”effect that occurs at the elastomeric portion of the plunger.
- the patch pumpuses the constant pressure to refill the reservoir of flattened dosing tube 447 with equivalent volumes of medication at every dosing cycle.
- Inflow needle 406 , outflow needle 408 , and dosing tube 447are preferably made from materials compatible with insulin.
- the inflow and outflow needlesmay be made of stainless steel and dosing tube 447 may be made of fluoropolymer tubing. Because the flow path for insulin may be directly from cartridge 500 into inflow needle 406 , then into dosing tube 447 , then into outflow needle, then into cannula 200 (which is also made from insulin compatible material), all materials in contact with the insulin are insulin compatible.
- cap 400may include within cap housing 402 and internal cap housing 401 the following components: cap clips 403 , unclipping buttons 405 , inflow needle 406 , outflow needle 408 , microdosing system 410 , cam shaft 412 , lever spring system 413 , lever system 414 , cam plate 416 , microdosing structure 418 , spring 422 , magnet 428 , tabs 430 , flattened dosing tube 447 , dosing tube support 454 , and/or prongs 474 .
- cap clips 403unclipping buttons 405 , inflow needle 406 , outflow needle 408 , microdosing system 410 , cam shaft 412 , lever spring system 413 , lever system 414 , cam plate 416 , microdosing structure 418 , spring 422 , magnet 428 , tabs 430 , flattened dosing tube 447 , dosing tube support 454 , and/or prongs 4
- microdosing system 410configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication.
- microdosing system 410is configured such that the insulin travels through a simple pathway designed for low shear stress, which avoids compromising the insulin.
- Microdosing system 410may be configured to only deliver the predetermined dose of medication upon initialization of the microdosing system, when the pressure sensor, as described above, senses that the pressure within the cartridge is within the predetermined range.
- the initialization processhelps ensure that the microdosing system accurately measures the predetermined doses of medication.
- the predetermined pressure rangemay depend upon the cartridge or medication used, but preferably is between 600 mbar and 1000 mbar.
- the processormay be configured to execute programmed instructions stored in the memory to cause the microdosing system to move from an initialization position to a dosing position, such that medication may be delivered to the wearer.
- Microdosing system 410is configured to provide for more accurate dosing and to reduce the noise from the delivery of the medication.
- Microdosing system 410preferably is coupled to an inflow needle, which may extend from the cartridge to microdosing system 410 , and an outflow needle, which may extend from microdosing system 410 to the cannula.
- Coupled between the inflow and outflow needleis a dosing tube configured to receive the medication, the dosing tube having a flattened portion including a reservoir portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication.
- the reservoir portionmay comprises one or more welded portions that help ensure that a predetermined volume of medication is delivered to the wearer.
- Microdosing system 410further may include a cam, which is configured to rotate, and lever system 414 , which is configured to contact the dosing tube and release the predetermined dose of medication into the outflow needle upon interaction with the cam.
- the cammay be circular in shape to reduce the overall size of the cam and/or to permit two microdoses with a full 360 degree turn of the cam, although other shapes may be suitable.
- Lever system 414may include one or more levers, each lever configured to be independently movable such that the movement of a first lever does not affect the position of a second lever.
- the cammay include cam shaft 412 , which is oriented in a first plane, and cam plate 416 , which is coupled to cam shaft 412 and oriented in a second plane, the second plane preferably orthogonal to the first plane.
- the cam platemay be circular in shape to reduce the overall size of the cam plate and/or to permit two microdoses with a full 360 degree turn of the cam plate, although other shapes may be suitable.
- Cam plate 416may include a top surface having one or more raised surfaces that are configured to interact with one or more levers of lever system 414 upon rotation of cam shaft 412 such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer.
- the raised surface(s)may extend away from the circular portion of cam plate 416 , such as in a direction generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the cam.
- Lever system 414further may include magnet 428 , which is configured to be used to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway.
- Microdosing system 410further may include tabs 430 , which are configured to rotate upon actuation by the motor.
- Tabs 430preferably are disposed at the end of cam shaft 412 such that tabs 430 may extend towards and interact with the pump.
- tabs 430may be configured to function as a locking mechanism.
- tabs 430may interact with the mechanical coupling of the pump such that the cap remains locked to the pump.
- the patch pumpmay be configured to remain locked until the pusher of the pump is reset in a home position and until the battery is sufficiently charged.
- microdosing system 410preferably remains in an initialization position, wherein cam plate 416 is disposed in a lowered position, as shown in FIG. 25 B .
- cam plate 416is separate from and not coupled to lever system 414 such that movement of cam plate 416 does not cause movement of lever system 414 .
- cam shaft 412is configured to rotate in a first direction while the pusher is advanced into the cartridge, causing the pressure within the cartridge to increase.
- Cam plate 416may be configured to remain in the initialization position until the pressure within the cartridge is within a predetermined pressure range. To transition cam plate 416 to the dosing position, the direction of rotation may be reversed to a second direction, opposite of the first direction. Cam plate 416 may have a lower portion disposed below the top surface of cam plate 416 , the lower portion comprising an outer shaft that surrounds a lower shaft (e.g., cam shaft 412 ). One or more wings may be disposed on the outer shaft such that wings 420 extend outwards at a slight angle, similar to a thread.
- wings 420interact with components of microdosing structure 418 such that cam plate 416 is prevented from transitioning from the lowered, initialization position to a raised, dosing position to contact lever system 414 .
- the components of microdosing structure 418may include spring 422 , dampers 424 , and mating surfaces 426 .
- Spring 422may be disposed on the top surface of microdosing structure 418 and may apply an upward force on cam plate 416 .
- Dampers 424may include a plastic material that is configured to minimize the noise from the rotation of the circular cam. Dampers 424 also may act as a gripping mechanism on wings 420 when cam plate 416 transitions from the initialization position to the dosing position.
- Mating surfaces 426may be configured to be positioned on microdosing structure 418 at a slight angle, similar to a thread, such that wings 420 may only transition to the dosing position when cam plate 416 rotates in a particular direction.
- cam shaft 416is rotated in a first direction, as depicted in FIG. 25 C .
- Spring 422applies an upwards force on cam plate 416 such that wings 420 contact dampers 424 and mating surfaces 426 but the circular cam remains in a non-gripping position.
- the direction of rotation of the circular camis reversed to a second direction, as depicted in FIG. 25 D .
- the circular camis transitioned to a gripping position wherein wings 420 are gripped between dampers 424 and mating surfaces 426 .
- cam plate 416shifts to the dosing position such that cam plate 416 contacts lever system 414 , as depicted in FIG. 25 F .
- the circular cammay be configured such that the transition from the initialization position to the dosing position is permanent and, once in the dosing position, the circular cam cannot return to the initialization position.
- Microdosing structure 418may be configured to hold the circular cam in an initialization position until the pressure within the cartridge is within a predetermined range.
- Microdosing structure 418may include dampers 424 and mating surfaces 426 , which are configured to interact with and grip the wings of the cam plate when the circular cam transitions from the initialization position to the dosing position.
- Mating surfaces 426preferably are configured to have an angled interface that functions as a thread when the wings rotate upwards towards the lever system.
- Microdosing structure 418also may be configured to minimize the noise from the rotation of the circular cam.
- dampers 424may be made from a flexible plastic material that is designed to minimize the sound from the contact between microdosing structure 418 and the top surface of cam plate 416 .
- Microdosing system 410is configured to move a predetermined dose of medication towards an outflow needle and into the wearer's skin and may include a dosing tube, lever system 414 configured to contact the dosing tube, and a circular cam configured to rotate.
- the circular campreferably includes a cam shaft and cam plate 416 , which, upon rotation of the cam shaft, is configured to interact with lever system 414 and deliver the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.
- Lever system 414may be coupled to lever spring system 413 having one or more springs that are configured to keep the levers of lever system 414 in a lowered position.
- microdosing system 410may include first lever spring 432 coupled to a first lever, middle lever spring 434 coupled to a middle lever, and second lever spring 436 coupled to a second lever.
- Lever spring system 413may be a single structure comprising one or more levers or may include separate structures, each structure comprising a lever.
- FIG. 27 Cdepicts the microdosing system with the lever system spaced apart to reveal the dosing tube.
- the lever springsare configured to provide a force on the lever system such that the levers of the lever system maintain contact with the dosing tube and the pressure from the levers prevents the medication from flowing through the dosing tube until intended.
- the lever springspreferably are disposed above corresponding sections of flattened dosing tube 447 , which is coupled to dosing tube support 454 .
- Flattened dosing tube 447may include a flattened portion having three sections, dosing tube first portion 448 , dosing tube reservoir portion 450 , and dosing tube second portion 452 .
- dosing tube reservoir portion 450is a compartment between dosing tube first portion 448 and dosing tube second portion 452 , the compartment designed to hold a predetermined dose of medication.
- first lever spring 432may be disposed above dosing tube first portion 448
- middle lever spring 434may be disposed above dosing tube reservoir portion 450
- second lever spring 436may be disposed above a dosing tube second portion 452 .
- the lever systempreferably includes first lever 442 , middle lever 444 , and second lever 446 , which are configured to contact the dosing tube and act as valves to either permit or prevent medication from flowing through the respective portion of the dosing tube.
- First lever 442may be configured to be coupled to first lever spring 432 and to contact dosing tube first portion 448 .
- Middle lever 444may be configured to be coupled to middle lever spring 434 and to contact dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- Second lever 446may be configured to be coupled to second lever spring 436 and to contact dosing tube second portion 452 .
- Cam plate 416is configured to interact with lever system 414 such that, upon rotation of cam plate 416 , the levers of lever system 414 move in a series of steps and deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- Cam plate 416may include one or more rounded, raised surfaces that interact with corresponding rounded lever ramps on the levers of lever system 414 . The rounded surfaces ensure smooth movement between of the levers and may help mitigate the sound of the microdosing system.
- Each time a lever contacts the raised surfaces of cam plate 416the lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position, allowing medication to flow through the corresponding section of the dosing tube.
- Cam plate 416may include outer raised surfaces 438 and inner raised surfaces 440 , positioned radially outward of outer raised surfaces 438 .
- Outer raised surfaces 438may be configured to contact the first lever ramp of first lever 442 and the second lever ramp of second lever 446 .
- outer raised surfaces 438are sized and shaped such that the outer raised surface may be disposed between the first lever ramp and the second lever ramp without contacting either the first lever ramp or the second lever ramp.
- Inner raised surfaces 440may be configured to contact only the middle lever ramp of middle lever 444 .
- the raised surfaces on cam plate 416may be configured such that a complete 360 degree rotation of cam plate 416 delivers two predetermined doses of medication towards the wearer. For example, in FIG.
- cam plate 416includes two outer raised surfaces 438 and two inner raised surfaces 440 , the second outer and inner raised surfaces mirror images of the first outer and inner raised surfaces.
- cam plate 416may include more than two raised surfaces and may be configured such that a 360 degree rotation or a rotation of less than 180 degrees is required for delivery of a predetermined dose of medication.
- the levers of lever system 414are configured to transition between a lowered position, such that the levers sequentially contact the dosing tube to prevent medication from flowing through the dosing tube, and a sequentially raised position, to expel medication from the dosing tube to the wearer.
- Medicationis delivered first through inflow needle 406 , which is configured to extend from the cartridge to a first end of the dosing tube, next though the dosing tube, and then through outflow needle 408 , which is configured to extend from a second end of the dosing tube to the cannula inserted into the wearer.
- the first end of the dosing tubeis adjacent to first lever 442 and dosing tube first portion 448 .
- the second end of the dosing tubeis adjacent to second lever 446 and dosing tube second portion 452 .
- Inflow needle 406 and outflow needle 408preferably are coupled to the dosing tube such that the needles are disposed within the dosing tube, as shown in FIG. 29 B .
- the outer diameter of inflow needle 406 and outflow needle 408may be the same as or substantially similar to the inner diameter of the first and second ends of the dosing tube.
- FIG. 29 Cdepicts a close up of the levers and dosing tube.
- the dosing tubepreferably is disposed on dosing tube support 454 , which is configured to provide a support for the dosing tube, which includes a flattened portion having three sections.
- Dosing tube first portion 448is a first end of the flattened portion and may be disposed adjacent to first lever 442 such that, when first lever 442 is in a lowered position, medication is prevented from flowing from inflow needle 406 through dosing tube first portion 448 .
- Dosing tube second portion 452is a second end of the flattened portion and may be disposed adjacent to second lever 446 such that, when second lever 446 is in a lowered position, medication is prevented from flowing through dosing tube second portion 452 and into outflow needle 408 .
- Dosing tube reservoir portion 450is the middle portion that is substantially surrounded by one or more welded portions. Dosing tube reservoir portion 450 may be disposed adjacent to middle lever 444 such that, when middle lever 444 is lowered and second lever 446 is raised, medication is expelled from dosing tube reservoir portion 450 through dosing tube second portion 452 .
- the leversare sized and shaped to correspond with the size and shape of the dosing tube portions.
- first lever 442 and second lever 446may contact only a small section of the flattened portion of the dosing tube.
- Middle lever 444may contact a large section of the flattened portion of the dosing tube and may be sized and shaped such that, when middle lever 444 transitions from a raised position to a lowered position, substantially all the medication held within dosing tube reservoir portion 450 is expelled towards the wearer.
- Inflow needle 406preferably extends from the cartridge to the first end of the dosing tube. Inflow needle 406 may be configured to contact microdosing structure 418 and extend around connection cavity 404 of the cap housing. Outflow needle 408 preferably extends from the second end of the dosing tube, through connection cavity 404 , and into the cannula inserted into the wearer's skin.
- First lever 442may include a first extended arm having first lever ramp 456 that is configured to contact the outer raised surfaces of cam plate 416
- middle lever 444may include a middle extended arm having middle lever ramp 458 that is configured to contact the inner raised surfaces of cam plate 416
- second lever 446may include a second extended arm having second lever ramp 460 that is configured to contact the outer raised surfaces of cam plate 416 .
- Each extended armmay extend from the lever ramps to the dosing tube.
- the lever rampsare configured to maintain smooth and continuous contact with the raised surfaces of cam plate 416 such that the noise from rotation of the circular cam is minimized.
- the lever rampsmay have a rounded shape and the raised surfaces may have a corresponding rounded shape.
- FIGS. 30 A and 30 Bshow the microdosing system in a first position, wherein first lever 442 , middle lever 444 , and second lever 446 are in a lowered position such that the levers are pressing down on the corresponding portions of the dosing tube and medication cannot flow past any of the levers. In the first position, none of the lever ramps contact the raised surfaces of the cam plate.
- FIGS. 30 C and 30 Dshow the microdosing system in a second position.
- outer raised surface 438contacts first lever ramp 456 , moving first lever 442 from a lowered position to a raised position.
- Middle lever 444 and second lever 446remain in a lowered position such that medication can flow through dosing tube first portion 448 but cannot flow past dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- FIGS. 30 E and 30 Fshow the microdosing system in a third position.
- outer raised surface 438remains in contact with first lever ramp 456 such that first lever 442 remains in a raised position and inner raised surface 440 contacts middle lever ramp 458 , moving middle lever 444 from a lowered position to a raised position.
- Second lever 446remains in a lowered position such that medication can flow through dosing tube first portion 448 and into dosing tube reservoir portion 450 but cannot flow past dosing tube second portion 452 .
- dosing tube reservoir portion 450is configured to fill and expand with the predetermined dose of medication.
- FIGS. 30 G and 30 Hshow the microdosing system in a fourth position.
- outer raised surface 438moves to a position between first lever ramp 456 and second lever ramp 460 such that outer raised surface 438 is not in contact with either first lever ramp 456 or second lever ramp 460 .
- Inner raised surface 440remains in contact with middle lever ramp 458 such that middle lever 444 remains in a raised position.
- First lever 442moves from a raised position to a lowered position and second lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is held within dosing tube reservoir portion 450 and is unable to flow past dosing tube second portion 452 .
- FIGS. 301 and 30 Jshow the microdosing system in a fifth position.
- outer raised surface 438contacts second lever ramp 460 , moving second lever 446 from a lowered position to a raised position, and inner raised surface 440 remains in contact with middle lever ramp 458 such that middle lever 444 remains in a raised position.
- First lever 446remains in a lowered position such that medication can flow through dosing tube second portion 452 to outflow needle 408 , but cannot flow back through dosing tube first portion 448 .
- FIGS. 30 K and 30 Lshow the microdosing system in a sixth position.
- outer raised surface 438remains in contact with second lever ramp 460 such that second lever 446 remains in a raised position and inner raised surface 440 moves to a position past middle lever ramp 456 such that middle lever 444 moves from a raised position to a lowered position such that middle lever 444 applies pressure to dosing tube reservoir portion 450 , forcing the predetermined dose of medication past dosing tube second portion 452 and into outflow needle 408 .
- This stepensures the accuracy of the medication delivery and that all of the predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer such that no medication remains in dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- FIG. 31provides a schematic depiction of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.
- the lever systemincludes lever ramps, which are configured to move the levers between a lowered position and a raised position upon contact with raised surfaces on the cam plate.
- Each leveris configured to contact a different portion of the dosing tube.
- first lever 442contacts dosing tube first portion 448
- middle lever 444contacts dosing tube reservoir portion 450
- second lever 446contacts dosing tube second portion 452 .
- first lever 442 , middle lever 444 , and second lever 446are in a lowered position and contact the corresponding portions of the dosing tube such that the medication cannot flow through the dosing tube or past any of the levers.
- first lever 442moves to a raised position and middle lever 444 and second lever 446 remain in a lowered position such that medication may only flow through dosing tube first portion 448 .
- first lever 442In the third position, first lever 442 remains in a raised position, middle lever 444 moves to a raised position, and second lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that medication may flow into dosing tube reservoir portion 450 , but not past second lever 446 .
- first lever 442moves to a lowered position, middle lever 444 remains in a raised position, and second lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is measured within dosing tube reservoir portion 450 and cannot flow past either first lever 442 or second lever 446 .
- first lever 442In the fifth position, first lever 442 remains in a lowered position, middle lever 444 remains in a raised position, and second lever 446 moves to a raised position such that predetermined dose of medication may flow from dosing tube reservoir portion 450 and through dosing tube second portion 452 .
- first lever 442In the sixth position, first lever 442 remains in a lowered position, middle lever 444 moves to a lowered position, and second lever 446 remains in a raised position such that the all of the predetermined dose of medication is forced out of dosing tube reservoir portion 450 and through dosing tube second portion 452 towards the wearer. Following this step, the microdosing system returns to the first position wherein all of the levers are in a lowered position.
- an exemplary system for detecting an occlusion in the dosing pathway, from cartridge 500 to the location medication is delivered within the skin of the weareris described.
- An occlusion in the dosing pathwaymay occur within the dosing tube, within outflow needle 408 , or within the cannula.
- Fast detection of an infusion anomaly (e.g., an occlusion) in the dosing pathwayallows the microdosing system to monitor the accuracy of the microdosing system and mitigates the risk that the wearer fails to receive a proper dose of medication.
- Pump 300may include sensor 316 , which may be configured to confirm the accuracy of the microdosing system and that the predetermined dose of medication was delivered to the wearer.
- Sensor 316preferably is configured to sense displacement of one or more levers, which may be indicative of whether there is an occlusion disposed within the dosing tube, within outflow needle 408 , or within the cannula.
- Sensor 316may be electrically coupled to a controller such that sensed signals are sent to the controller for processing and detecting an occlusion. The controller may sense an occlusion if the sensed displacement is outside a threshold range, the determination based on the proximity of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor over time.
- the controllermay be configured to monitor whether the measured Hall-effect sensor values are within predetermined Hall-effect sensor value ranges that are expected for each step of the dosing cycle or if the measured Hall-effect sensor values change at a time it should remain the same.
- the controllermay determine there is an occlusion based on one or more sensed signals. For example, detection of an occlusion may be based on sensed signals over more than one dosing cycles.
- Sensor 316may also be used to determine whether the microdosing system is in the initialization position. For example, the controller may sense that the microdosing system is in the initialization position if the sensor does not sense any displacement of the one or more levers over a predetermined period of time. Further, sensor 316 may be used to determine whether the cap is coupled to the pump. The controller may confirm that the cap and pump are properly coupled together if sensor 316 senses that the one or more levers is disposed in a predetermined position.
- information sensed by sensor 316may be used to determine a status of the cap, for example, whether the cap is “new” or “used.” For example, the when the cam plate moves from the initialization position to the dosing position, the magnet coupled to the lever system may move slightly towards the pump. Information from sensor 316 may be used to determine that the microdosing system has completed the initialization process and therefore the cap is “used.” Information sensed by sensor 316 may be used to determine if the cap is coupled to the pump. For example, if a magnetic field is not sensed by sensor 316 , the controller indicates that the cap is not coupled to the pump because the magnet in the cap is not being sensed. As such, the controller will not activate pumping until the cap is coupled to the pump.
- the position of the magnet within the capmay indicate the status of the cap. For example, if the magnetic field is within a predetermined range, the controller will indicate that the cap is in the initialization position. If the magnetic field is within a second predetermined range, the controller will indicate that the cap is in the dosing position.
- the strength of the magnetic fieldis weaker when the cap is in the initialization position because the magnet is further from the pump. As the cap moves from the initialization position to the dosing position, the magnet is moved closer to the cap, thereby increasing the strength of the sensed magnetic field.
- the second predetermined rangemay be higher than the first predetermined range to indicate that the pump is in the dosing position, as determined by the controller.
- FIGS. 32 A and 32 Bshow a simplified view of the microdosing system in two positions.
- sensor 316 and cartridge 500Disposed within pump 300 is sensor 316 and cartridge 500 , which may be coupled to inflow needle 406 .
- Inflow needle 406may be coupled to the dosing tube and the dosing tube may be coupled to outflow needle 408 .
- the lever systemmay include middle lever spring 434 , which may apply a force on middle lever 444 such that middle lever 444 remains in a lowered position adjacent to dosing reservoir portion 450 .
- magnet 428may be disposed. Magnet 428 may be positioned such that when middle lever 444 moves from a lowered position to a raised position, in FIG. 32 B , magnet 428 moves closer to sensor 316 .
- Sensor 316preferably is a Hall-effect sensor that is configured to detect a magnetic field of a magnet disposed on the lever system.
- the dosing tube reservoir portion 450is in a compressed state, such that no medication is disposed within dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- middle lever 444In the compressed state, middle lever 444 is positioned in a lowered position such that magnet 428 is disposed farther away from sensor 316 . The farther magnet 428 is away from sensor 316 , the smaller the Hall-effect value will be.
- FIG. 32 Bwhen dosing tube reservoir portion 450 is in an expanded state, medication is disposed within dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- middle lever 44is positioned in a raised position such that magnet 428 is disposed closer to sensor 316 such that the Hall-effect value is greater than the Hall-effect value when dosing tube reservoir portion 450 is in the compressed state.
- first lever 442 and middle lever 444are in a raised position such that medication may flow into dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- second lever 446moves to a raised position.
- middle lever 444 and magnet 428may move a slightly farther away from the pump and sensor.
- middle lever 444moves to a lowered position such that a force is applied to dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- dosing tube reservoir portion 450is forced into the outflow needle and middle lever 444 and magnet 428 move to a lowered position.
- middle lever 444 and magnet 428move to the farthest position away from the pump and sensor.
- FIGS. 33 A and 33 Bprovide schematic depictions of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and the dosing pathway is occluded, are illustrated.
- FIG. 33 Ais similar to FIG. 30 , described above, and also includes arrows A and B pointing to two steps of the microdosing process.
- Arrow Ais pointing to the sixth position of the microdosing system wherein middle lever 444 is configured to have moved from a raised position to a lowered position, thus forcing the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.
- Arrow Bis pointing to the second position of the microdosing system wherein, first lever 442 is configured to have moved from a lowered position to a raised position, thus permitting medication to flow through dosing tube first portion 448 into dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- FIG. 33 Adepicts proper operation of the microdosing system
- FIG. 33 Bdepicts a scenario in which there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway.
- the blockmay be disposed near dosing tube second portion 452 and outflow needle 408 such that medication can flow through a portion of the dosing tube but cannot reach the wearer.
- the blockmay be disposed within the cannula.
- arrow Ais pointing to the sixth step, wherein middle lever 444 is configured to have moved to a lowered position such that predetermined dose of medication flows towards the wearer.
- first lever 442is configured to move to a raised position and middle lever 444 and second lever 446 are configured to remain in a lowered position.
- middle lever 444is finally able to move to the lowered position, pushing the predetermined dose of medication back into the inflow tube.
- FIGS. 33 C and 33 Dillustrate the position of the magnet disposed on the middle lever of the microdosing system, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and wherein the dosing pathway is occluded.
- magnet 428changes positions when the medication is delivered to the outflow needle.
- middle lever 444is not able to move to the lowered position and thus magnet 428 does not significantly change positions.
- the sensorBy monitoring the value of a parameter(s) (e.g., the Hall-effect value), the sensor is able to determine the position of magnet 428 and middle lever 444 , these values indicating whether there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway. For example, if the magnet does not move at least a predetermined distance relative to the pump (e.g., away from the pump) during each microdosing cycle, the controller is able to determine an occlusion in the fluid flow path. In FIG. 33 D , the magnet does not move at least the predetermined distance away from the pump during a microdosing cycle, thereby indicating an occlusion. As such, the patch pump ensures real-time monitoring of each micro-dosing cycle resulting in ultrafast occlusion detection.
- a parameter(s)e.g., the Hall-effect value
- FIG. 34a graph showing Hall-effect sensor values over time when the dosing pathway is not occluded and when the dosing pathway is occluded is illustrated, and corresponds to the two situations presented in FIGS. 33 A and 33 B .
- the middle leverwould move to a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication was forced out of the dosing tube reservoir portion.
- the magnet disposed at the end of the middle levermoves farther away from the hall-effect sensor and therefore the Hall-effect sensor value decreases.
- the outflow needle, or the cannula, middle leverwould not be able to move to a lowered position and the position of the magnet would not either.
- the Hall-effect sensor valuetherefore would remain substantially the same.
- the middle leverwould have remained in a lowered position while the dosing cycle was beginning again. However, if the predetermined dose of medication was unable to deliver the medication from the dosing tube reservoir portion, the middle lever would have started in a raised position. As the first lever is moved to a raised position, the middle lever is able to move to the lowered position, forcing medication within the dosing tube reservoir portion to flow back into the inflow tube. Therefore, in an occluded system, at point B, the magnet disposed at the end of the middle lever moves farther away from the Hall-effect sensor such that the Hall-effect sensor value decreases.
- a controllermay be operatively coupled to the sensor and may be configured to determine whether there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway. For example, the controller may be configured to monitor whether the measured Hall-effect sensor values are within predetermined Hall-effect sensor value ranges that are expected for each step of the dosing cycle or if the measured Hall-effect sensor values change at a time it should remain the same. If there is an occlusion, at point A, the measured Hall-effect sensor value may exceed the predetermined Hall-effect sensor value range for that step. At point B, the measured Hall-effect sensor value decreases while the predetermined Hall-effect sensor value remains the same. The controller may determine there is an occlusion based off of the measurements at point A, point B, or both point A and point B.
- FIGS. 35 A- 35 Dan exemplary system configured to determine the position of the circular cam is described, wherein FIG. 35 E is a graph showing signal strength over time as the circular cam rotates.
- FIG. 35 Eis a graph showing signal strength over time as the circular cam rotates.
- Another way to validate that the predetermined doses of medication are properly delivered to the wearer and to ensure that the dosing cycle is fully completedis by determining the position of the cam plate. Monitoring of the position of the cam plate also helps the controller determine the absolute stopping position for each dosing cycle such that the controller can ensure that the patch pump remains locked, as described above.
- a ferromagnetic blade having teethmay be coupled to the cam plate and, upon rotation, may generate an oscillation of a signal that can be used to count the teeth on the ferromagnetic blade. The generated oscillations may be used as an incremental sensor to determine the position of a cam plate and accordingly whether the dosing cycle is complete.
- pump 300includes circuit board 314 having sensor 344 disposed on one side of circuit board 314 and magnet 396 disposed on the other side of circuit board 314 and adjacent to sensor 344 .
- Pump 300further may include gearbox 324 having ferromagnetic blade 323 .
- Ferromagnetic blade 323may have a plurality of teeth and the plurality of teeth may include one or more gaps 325 .
- Gaps 325may be spaced equally around ferromagnetic blade 323 and preferably align with the end of a dosing cycle. For example, one 360 degree rotation of cam plate 416 may complete two doses cycles.
- Ferromagnetic blade 323may include two gaps 325 disposed opposite of each other and configured to align with the end of a dosing cycle.
- Sensor 344preferably is electrically coupled to a controller such that sensed signals are sent to the controller for determining the position of cam plate 416 .
- Gaps 325may create longer (dT1>dT2) and stronger (A1>A2) oscillations, as shown in FIG. 35 E .
- the controlleris able to determine the absolute stopping position for each dosing cycle. This determination also may help the controller ensure that the patch pump remains locked, as described above.
- the dosing tubepreferably is made from a flexible polymer such that the levers of the lever system may apply pressure to the dosing tube, causing the dosing tube to deflect and prevent the medication from flowing through the dosing tube.
- the dosing tubepreferably includes dosing tube reservoir portion 450 , which is designed to slightly expand such that the predetermined dose of medication is accurately measured. By monitoring the pressure within the cartridge and by measuring the predetermined dose of medication by volume, the accuracy of the dose is increased.
- Dosing tube reservoir portion 450also may include welded portions that are configured to increase the accuracy of the volume within the reservoir.
- Tube flattening system 800is configured to flatten dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- Tube flattening system 800provides advantages over the methods of the prior art wherein the tube is blow molded and then flattened.
- One of the key benefits of this systemis that it reduces the risk that the tubing walls within dosing tube reservoir portion 450 do not have a constant thickness and rigidity. Uniformity along the tubing walls helps ensure that each manufactured dosing tube reservoir portion 450 expands to the same size, thus ensuring that the predetermined doses of medication are similar among different devices.
- Tube flattening system 800may include two or more raised portions 802 that are spaced apart such that unflattened dosing tube 466 may fit between a first and second raised portion without significant excess space remaining.
- Tube flattening system 800further may include press 806 , which is configured to apply pressure onto unflattened dosing tube 466 to create a flattened dosing tube including dosing tube reservoir portion 450 , which is designed to hold a predetermined dose of medication.
- press 806moves from a raised position such that press 806 does not contact unflattened dosing tube 466 to a lowered position such that press 806 presses on unflattened dosing tube 466 until it reaches thickness guide 804 .
- Thickness guide 804preferably is disposed on either side of unflattened dosing tube 466 and protrudes above lower portion 808 of tube flattening system 800 to a height that is substantially the same as the preferred thickness of dosing tube reservoir portion 450 .
- dosing tube reservoir portion 450may include welded portions 468 , which help define a specific volume to be filled with medication. Welded portions 468 also may increase the efficiency of the watertightness such that the levers can provide less pressure on the dosing tube while still preventing the medication from flowing towards the wearer. Welded portions 468 may be disposed on the outer portions of dosing tube reservoir portion 450 such that the medication may still flow through the dosing tube.
- the dosing tubeis welded onto dosing tube support 454 via laser welding.
- the dosing tubemay be transparent to a laser and dosing tube support 454 may not be transparent to the laser.
- Dosing tube support 454is configured to provide a support for the dosing tube during welding and also is configured to help position the dosing tube within the patch pump during assembly.
- the locking mechanismspreferably are configured such that the cap remains secured to the pump and the patch pump remains secured to the pad throughout the wearer's daily motions.
- the patch pumpmay include a pump having pump housing 302 and a cap having cap housing 402 and may be configured to house cartridge 500 .
- Cap housing 402may include cap lock 470 and pump housing 302 may include pump housing lock 398 , configured to interact with cap lock 470 .
- the capmay be configured to couple to the pump via a twisting motion. For example, the cap may be placed onto the pump in a first position such that the inflow needle of the cap pierces the cartridge cap of cartridge 500 . The cap may then be rotated until cap lock 470 couples to pump housing lock 398 .
- cap housing 402further may include pad interface 472 at a different edge of cap housing 402 .
- Cap lock 470 and pad interface 472may be configured to interact with corresponding features of pad skeleton 104 .
- FIG. 38 Cdistortion that may occur if the pump-cap assembly and pad are not locked together is described.
- cap housing 402may deform, causing the cap to uncouple from the pump. This unlocking could cause serious consequences for the wearer, and thus must be prevented.
- One way to prevent the unlockingis to lock the patch pump to the pad, as in FIG. 38 B .
- the cap and pumpfurther may include a rotational locking mechanism disposed between pump housing 302 and cap housing 402 .
- This locking mechanismensures that the wearer cannot uncouple the cap from the pump during delivery of medication.
- the capmay be placed onto the pump in an open, unlocked position such that the inflow needle of the cap pierces the cartridge cap of cartridge 500 .
- the pumpmay include tabs 430 , which are coupled to the microdosing system, and the cap may include mechanical coupling 322 , which is coupled to the gearbox.
- Both tabs 430 and mechanical coupling 322are configured to rotate upon actuation of the gearbox.
- tabs 430are configured to be disposed within mechanical coupling 322 such that rotation of mechanical coupling 322 causes rotation of tabs 430 , which causes rotation of the circular cam described above.
- tabs 430 and mechanical coupling 322may be disposed in a vertical position, perpendicular to the skin-facing side of the patch pump.
- tabs 430are configured to protrude from cap housing 402 such that tabs 430 must be in the vertical position in order to either couple or uncouple the cap from the pump.
- tabs 430may be configured to move through channel 303 of pump housing 302 .
- channel 303is sufficiently narrow such that tabs 430 cannot travel through channel 303 when tabs 430 are in a horizontal position.
- the controllermay be configured to rotate mechanical coupling 322 such that mechanical coupling 322 and tabs 430 are in a locked position, as in FIG. 39 D .
- tabs 430are in an unlocked position and a locked position, respectively.
- a microdosing systemis disposed within the cap and is configured to measure and deliver a predetermined dose of medication.
- the microdosing systemmay include a dosing tube, circular cam, configured to rotate, and a lever system, configured to contact the dosing tube and release the predetermined dose of medication into an outflow needle.
- the circular cammay include a cam shaft and a cam plate coupled to the cam shaft.
- the cam plateincludes a top surface having one or more raised surfaces configured to interact with one or more levers of the lever system upon rotation of the cam shaft.
- Tabs 430may be disposed at the end of the cam shaft such that tabs 430 may extend towards and interact with the pump.
- the motorWhen the motor interacts with the gearbox, it causes both the pusher to move towards the plunger of the cartridge and mechanical coupling 322 to rotate, causing rotation of tabs 430 , which causes the microdosing system to deliver medication to the wearer.
- a 180 degree rotation of mechanical coupling 322delivers one dose of medication.
- Each dosing cyclemay occur within a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.5 seconds) such that mechanical coupling 322 and tabs 430 are in the vertical position for a very limited amount of time such that the risk that the wearer may uncouple the cap and pump is reduced.
- tabs 430are permitted to travel through channel 303 in a range of + ⁇ 10 degrees from the vertical position.
- the skin detectordoes not detect the skin and the controller stops the pump such that mechanical coupling 322 and tabs 430 are disposed in a locked position and the wearer cannot unlock the pump-cap assembly.
- the patch pumpmay be configured to remain locked even after cartridge 500 is empty. Preferably, mechanical coupling 322 and tabs 430 remain in a locked position until the pusher of the pump is reset to the home position and until the battery is sufficiently charged.
- the controllermay be configured to monitor the battery level of the patch pump and unlock the pump and cap if both the battery level is at a sufficient level and a sensor senses that the contacting blade of the pusher is in contact with the contacting pins.
- the capSurrounding the cartridge, the cap may include one or more locking protrusions and the pump may include one or more corresponding locking receptacles configured to receive the locking protrusions.
- the locking protrusions and receptaclesare configured to lock the cap to the pump such that the continuous force that the pusher places onto the cartridge does not uncouple the cap from the pump. Because the cartridge must remain pressurized in order to ensure accurate dosing, the cartridge may apply a considerable amount of force on the cap.
- Cap 400may include one or more locking protrusions 476 configured to surround the region of cap 400 where inflow needle 406 pierces the cartridge cap of cartridge 500 .
- Pump 300preferably includes one or more corresponding locking receptacles 399 , each locking receptacle 399 configured to engage a locking protrusion 476 .
- Locking protrusions 476 and locking receptacles 399may be radially spaced surrounding the inflow needle, may be various sizes and shapes, and may be configured to lock to each other upon rotation of the cap from an open position to a closed position.
- cap 400includes at least three locking protrusions 476 and pump 300 includes at least three corresponding locking receptacles such that torque is minimized.
- Locking protrusions 476may be configured to prevent the cap from rotating greater than 90 degrees.
- At least one locking protrusion 476may include a first portion having a wide engagement slit and a second portion having a narrower engagement slit.
- the cap and pumpmay be designed such that the material of the pump housing has a greater creep resistance than the material of the cap housing. Therefore, if the force from the cartridge becomes too great, the cap may be designed to fail, or deform, before the pump fails or deforms.
- the material of pump housing 302may be different than the material of cap housing 402 . Additionally or alternatively, the material of pump housing 302 may have a greater thickness than the material of cap housing 402 .
- the same principlemay apply to the pad. Because the pad preferably is configured to be disposable and the pump preferably is configured to be reusable, the pad and pump may be designed such that the material of the pump housing has a greater creep resistance than the material of the pad skeleton.
- the patch pumpmay include a pre-filled cartridge that is configured to be inserted into the patch pump.
- Cartridge 500may be filled during manufacturing or may instead be filled by the wearer prior to inserting cartridge 500 into the pump.
- the wearermay pre-fill several cartridges configured to last one month and store the pre-filled cartridges in the fridge until the cartridge are to be used.
- the wearermay insert the pre-filled cartridges into the patch pump directly after removal from the fridge and need not wait a certain period of time (e.g., 20 minutes) before inserting the cartridge.
- the pre-filled cartridgeincludes a movable end that is configured to interact with the pusher of the pump and a cap that is configured to interact with the inflow needle of the cap.
- the wearermay insert cartridge 500 into the pump.
- Cartridge 500may be sized and shaped such that when the pump and cap are coupled together, forming the patch pump, cartridge 500 is completely enclosed by the patch pump.
- cartridge 500contains insulin and is pre-filled with an amount of insulin that is sufficient for the wearer for at least three days.
- Cartridge 500may be a commercially available insulin container such as the NovoRapid PumpCart available from Novo Nordisk A/S of Bagsv ⁇ rd, Denmark.
- Cartridge 500further may include cartridge cap 504 , which may be disposed at a first end of cartridge 500 .
- Cartridge cap 504may be configured to be inserted within the patch pump such that the inflow needle of the cap pierces cartridge cap 504 when the cap is coupled to the pump.
- Cartridge 500further may include plunger 502 , which may be disposed at a second end of cartridge 500 , the second end opposite the first end, and may be configured to be inserted within the patch pump such that plunger 502 is disposed adjacent to the cartridge contactor of pusher.
- plunger 502Upon movement of the cartridge contactor, plunger 502 preferably is configured to move towards cartridge cap 504 such that the medication with cartridge 500 is pushed into the inflow needle and towards the microdosing system of the cap.
- the pushermay reset to an initial, home position and cartridge 500 may be removed and replaced with another pre-filled cartridge.
- charging system 600suitable for use with the pumps of the present invention is described and may be used to charge one or more batteries within the pump.
- charging system 600charges the battery via an inductive coil disposed within the housing of charger 602 and the pump.
- Charger 602may be plugged into a conventional socket. via cable 606 or a cord with an AC or DC power converter.
- Charging system 600also may include charger support frame 604 , which is configured to hold the pump while charging.
- Charger support frame 604may be have a similar size and shape as the pad skeleton.
- the patch pumpmay be configured to communicate data to or from a mobile device running software application 700 such that the user may review the data and may activate the pump.
- Software application 700may be a dedicated application or “app” and may be downloaded from an online store such as iTunesTM (Apple, Inc., Cupertino, Calif.), the App Store (Apple, Inc.), GoogleTM Play (Google, Inc., Mountain View, Calif), the AndroidTM Marketplace (Google, Inc.), WindowsTM Phone Store (Microsoft Corp., Redmond, Wash.), or BlackBerryTM World (BlackBerry, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada).
- software application 700need only be downloaded once, although updates also may be downloaded.
- interface 702permits the user to select which of various pumps to control, with one or more icons depicting a type of pump.
- the wearermay choose the icon identifying the pump that the wearer is using.
- software application 700may display activation interface 704 , as in FIG. 43 C .
- Activation interface 704may include an “activate”, “go”, “run”, “start”, or other similar button or icon that the wearer may press to activate the pump.
- the pumpmay complete an initialization process to increase the pressure within the cartridge until it is within a predetermined range, as described above.
- the wearermay view the status of the initialization process on initialization interface 706 , as in FIG. 43 D .
- Software application 700may display testing interface 708 , as in FIG. 43 E , which may include an icon that may be pressed by the wearer.
- Software application 700may communicate with the pump that a delivery test should be run.
- the delivery testmay include delivery of one microdose of medication.
- the pumpmay communicate with software application 700 that the test was either successful or unsuccessful. If the pump ran properly during the test, test successful interface 710 will be displayed, as shown in FIG. 43 F , indicating that there were no issues. If the pump detected one or more issues during the test, test unsuccessful interface 712 will be displayed, as in FIG. 43 G .
- Testing interface 708 and interfaces 710 and 712also may include icons allowing the wearer to choose the type of alarm that the pump may emit. For example, the wearer may choose a vibrate mode such that the pump silently alerts the wearer or the wearer may choose an audible mode.
- Software application 700also may allow the user to input information regarding the type of cartridge that is inserted into the patch pump.
- the cartridges that may be inserted into the patch pumpmay have different concentrations of medication.
- Each cartridgemay have identification information such as concentration, volume, and/or manufacturer information that is readable by software application 700 .
- the usermay scan the identification information on the cartridge (e.g., QR code, RFID, color recognition) using the device's camera.
- Software application 700may process an image obtained from the device's camera using, for example, image recognition software to determine the identification information on the cartridge and then may transmit this information to the controller.
- the patch pumpmay automatically identify information on the cartridge (e.g., cartridge type, concentration, etc.) without user intervention.
- the patch pumpmay automatically scan the identification information on the cartridge upon insertion of the cartridge into the pump using an optical sensor.
- the controllermay use the identification information of the cartridge to modify the delivery of the medication.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/652,463, filed Feb. 24, 2022, now U.S. Pat. No. 11,712,514, which claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/195,564, filed Jun. 1, 2021, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The technology relates to systems and methods for delivering medication such as insulin to a user, for example, wearable insulin pumps having a patch-style form factor for adhesion to a user's body surface and accessories for applying and managing the same.
- Wearable insulin pumps are known for providing a Type I Diabetes Mellitus patient with small doses of short acting insulin continuously (basal rate). The device also is used to deliver variable amounts of insulin when a meal is consumed (bolus). The basal insulin rates are usually programmed in a pump by a physician, and one or multiple basal settings may be programmed in the pump based on the patient's needs. The patient may program the amount of insulin for mealtime bolus directly on the pump. Most pumps also include bolus calculators to help the patient determine the amount of insulin the patient may need at mealtime based on the patient's glucose levels and the amount of carbohydrates the patient may consume. The objective is to control the patient's blood glucose level within a desired range. Some such insulin pumps are coupled to an adhesive patch that permits the pump to be directly adhered to a user's body surface, for example the abdomen, and are referred to as “patch pumps.” In addition, some previously known systems were configured to interface wirelessly with a continuous glucose monitor, which typically also may be disposed on a patch designed to be adhered to the user's body. Other previously known systems employ still further modules designed to monitor user activity and report that activity to a controller associated with the patch pump to titrate the insulin delivery in accordance with the user's activity level.
- WO 02/20073 describes an ambulatory patch pump for delivering insulin to manage diabetes. The pump is part of a system that includes the fluid delivery device, a separate, remote control device, and accessories for transcutaneous delivery of fluid medications.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,879,026 describes an infusion pump that is designed to be wearable, e.g., on a user's belt, and is coupled to an infusion cannula that extends through and is fixed to a user's skin using an adhesive patch. The infusion pump may include an accelerometer or other motion sensor to detect the user's activity level, the output of which may be used to automatically adjust a rate of insulin infusion to the user based at least in part on a detected activity level of the user.
- U.S. Pat. No. 9,735,893 describes a patch system for in-situ therapeutic treatment wherein a plurality of biological parameter monitoring devices may be disposed on separate stretchable patches designed to adhere to a user's skin. The monitoring devices communicate with each other, and other therapeutic devices, via short-range wireless, such as Bluetooth. The patent describes that patch-based monitoring devices may be configured to communicate to a belt-worn insulin pump, and that one patch-based monitoring device may include pulse oximetry electronics for measuring blood volume. The patent does not describe a patch-based insulin pump and requires intercommunication between its various components, providing a potential failure mode.
- U.S. Patent App. Pub. No. 2018/0339102, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, assigned to the assignee of the instant application, describes a self-contained patch pump having a motor-actuated syringe together with a microdosing pump chamber.
- WO 2019/110839, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference, assigned to the assignee of the instant application, describes a drug delivery device comprising a pumping system and a liquid reservoir fluidly connected to a delivery system outlet. The liquid reservoir has an elastic plunger sealingly slidable within a container wall of the liquid reservoir for expelling liquid out of the reservoir.
- There exists a need for systems and methods for delivering medication such as insulin that are user-friendly, environmentally-friendly, lower cost, discreet, less prone to errors, and/or that deliver precise, repeatable doses of medication.
- Provided herein are systems and methods for delivering medication, such as insulin, that are user-friendly, environmentally-friendly, lower cost, discreet, less prone to errors, and/or that deliver precise, repeatable doses of medication, as well as accessories for applying and managing the same. In a preferred embodiment, the system includes a wearable insulin pump having a patch-style form factor for adhesion to a user's body surface.
- In accordance with one aspect, a medication infusion system is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin). For example, the doses of medication may be delivered from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The transcutaneous portion may include a cannula and/or needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cartridge. The patch pump may include a pump housing configured to house a controller, a rechargeable battery, and/or a pump motor configured to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion. Further, a cap may be included that is configured to be removably coupled to the pump housing. The cap and cartridge may be disposable after the doses of medication are delivered from the pre-filled cartridge while the patch pump may be reusable with additional caps and pre-filled cartridges.
- The medication infusion system may include a charging station configured to charge the rechargeable battery when the patch pump is coupled to the charging station. The pump housing may include a first inductive coil coupled to the rechargeable battery and the charging station may include a second inductive coil. In some embodiments, the second inductive coil emits power to the first inductive coil. The medication infusion system may include a wireless communication chip within the pump housing configured to wirelessly communicate data to and from the patch pump.
- The medication infusion system may include an adhesive pad configured to be removably adhered to the wearer's skin to couple the patch pump to the wearer. The adhesive pad may include one or more pad clips holes and the pump and cap assembly (e.g., at lateral sides of the cap) may include one or more cap clips sized and shaped to fit within the one or more pad clips holes. In this manner, the pump and cap assembly may be locked to the adhesive pad for secure coupling of the patch pump to the wearer's skin. The cap further may include one or more unclipping buttons coupled to the one or more cap clips. When pressed, the unclipping buttons, may deflect the one or more cap clips such that the one or more cap clips uncouple from the one or more pad clips holes. Thus, the pump and cap assembly may be easily unlocked from the adhesive pad by the wearer in a user friendly manner.
- The patch pump and the cap may not include a reservoir to hold multiple doses of medication separate from the pre-filled cartridge. Advantageously, in such embodiments, there is no need to inject/introduce medication from an insulin cartridge into a reservoir in the patch pump like some commercially available devices. Instead, the patch pump works seamlessly with a pre-filled cartridge, which is easier on the user. The pump housing and the cap, when coupled together, may completely encase the pre-filled cartridge.
- The transcutaneous portion may include a cannula configured to extend into the wearer's skin. The cannula may have one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication. The transcutaneous portion may include a needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cannula.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion system may include a pump motor disposed within a pump housing, the pump motor configured to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion system further may include a sensor configured to sense a parameter, a vibration motor separate from the pump motor, and a controller operatively coupled to the sensor and the vibration motor. The sensor may be disposed in a housing separate from the pump housing.
- The controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate to alert the wearer based on the parameter sensed by the sensor, for example, when the sensed parameter falls outside a predetermined threshold. The controller further may be configured to determine that an error has occurred associated with operation of the patch pump based on the sensed parameter to cause the vibration motor to vibrate based on the determination of the error.
- For example, the sensor may be configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the pressure within the cartridge falls outside a predetermined pressure range. The medication infusion system further may include a dosing tube disposed within the pump housing and the dosing tube may be configured to receive medication from the cartridge. The sensor may be configured to detect an occlusion within the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the sensor detects information indicative of an occlusion within the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion. Alternatively, the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate only when the sensor detects repeated occlusions.
- The sensor may be configured to monitor glucose levels of the wearer and the controller may configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the wearer's glucose level falls outside a predetermined glucose level range. Alternatively, the sensor may be a photoplethysmographic module configured to sense at least one of the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the at least one of the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters fall outside a predetermined photoplethysmographic threshold. In another embodiment, the sensor may be an accelerometer and the sensed parameter may be associated with the wearer's activity level. The controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the wearer's activity level is outside a predetermined threshold. In another embodiment, the sensor may be configured to detect a temperature within the patch pump and the controller may be configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the temperature falls outside a predetermined range.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device further may include a pusher and a pump motor disposed within a pump housing and a sensor. The pump motor may be coupled to the pusher and may be configured to move the pusher to move the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- The sensor may be configured to sense a position of the pusher within the pump housing to indicate a state of the patch pump. The position of pusher may also indicate that the pusher transitioned to a first position such that the cartridge is permitted to be removed and exchanged for a subsequent cartridge. The sensor may be a contact sensor that senses the position of the pusher based on contact with a component of the pusher.
- The medication infusion device further may include a controller disposed within the pump housing and operatively coupled to the pump motor and the sensor. The controller may execute instructions, which indicate that a battery within the patch pump is charged to a power level sufficient to empty the medication from the cartridge based on the position of the pusher sensed by the sensor. The controller further may be configured to cause the component to move in an opposite direction after sensing contact with the component, for example, to a home position.
- The medication infusion device further may include a cap configured to be locked to the pump housing during delivery of the doses of medication. The position of the pusher may indicate that the cap is permitted to be unlocked from the pump housing for removal of the cartridge. In addition, a level of battery charge further may indicate that the cap is permitted to be unlocked. The medication infusion device may include a second sensor configured to monitor the level of battery charge.
- In accordance with another aspect, a component for use in a medication infusion device, is provided. The component may be a cap configured to be removably coupled to a pump housing of the patch pump. The component may be configured to measure and deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. The component may include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion, and a circular cam. The circular cam may include a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane, the first and second plane may be orthogonal. The circular plate may be coupled to the shaft and may include surfaces configured to move the plurality of levers in a series of steps upon rotation of the shaft. The rotation of the shaft may deliver the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.
- The plurality of levers may include a first lever disposed on a first portion of the dosing tube, a second lever disposed on a second portion of the dosing tube, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to a reservoir portion (e.g., a compartment) between the first portion and the second portion. The reservoir portion may be configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication. The first portion, second portion, and reservoir portion of the dosing tube are disposed on a flattened portion of the dosing tube. The reservoir portion of the dosing tube may include one or more welded portions that are configured to increase the accuracy of the volume within the reservoir.
- The plurality of levers may be independently movable and configured to sequentially transition from a raised position to a lowered position. The raised position may permit medication to flow from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion and the lowered position may position the plurality of levers in contact with the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- The plurality of levers may move in a predetermined sequence of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. The first lever may be configured to move to a raised position, the middle lever may be configured to move to a raised position, and, after the middle lever moves to the raised position, the first lever may be configured to move to a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is disposed within the reservoir portion. After the first lever moves to the lowered position, the second lever may be configured to move to a raised position, the middle lever may be configured to move to a lowered position, and the second lever may be configured to move to a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered towards the wearer.
- The first lever may include a first extended arm having a first ramped portion, the second lever may include a second extended arm having a second ramped portion, and the middle lever may include a middle extended arm having a middle ramped portion. The first, second, and middle ramped portions may be configured to contact the surfaces of the circular cam, which may include a first surface and a second surface. The first lever may transition from a lowered position to a raised position when the first ramped portion contacts the first surface of the circular cam, the second lever may transition from a lowered position to a raised position when the second ramped portion contacts the first surface of the circular cam, and the middle lever may transition from a lowered position to a raised position when the middle ramped portion contacts the second surface of the circular cam.
- The first surface may be sized and shaped such that the first surface is disposable between the first ramped portion and the second ramped portion without contacting the first ramped portion or the second ramped portion. The first second surface of the circular plate and the first, second, and middle ramped portions of the plurality of levers may include rounded edges such that the noise from rotation of the circular cam is minimized.
- The first surface of the circular cam may be positioned radially outward of the second surface of the circular cam. The surfaces on the circular plate may include a third surface and a fourth surface that mirror the first surface and the second surface, respectively. During a 360 degree rotation of the circular cam, contact between the first and second surfaces and the plurality of levers may move the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. Contact between the third and fourth surfaces and the plurality of levers may move a second predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. A 180 degree rotation of the shaft may deliver the predetermined dose of medication and another 180 degree rotation of the shaft may deliver a second predetermined dose of medication having the same volume of medication as the predetermined dose.
- The transcutaneous portion may include a cannula configured to extend into the wearer's skin. The cannula may have one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication. The transcutaneous portion may include a needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cannula. The needle may be configured to extend from the dosing tube to the cannula.
- A method for delivering doses of medication is also provided, the method including providing a patch pump having a dosing tube, a plurality of levers, and a circular cam, as described above, and rotating the shaft of the circular cam. Rotating the shaft may cause the circular cam to rotate such that the surfaces contact the plurality of levers during rotation to cause the plurality of levers to move in a predefined pattern to selectively open and close sections of the dosing tube to deliver the predetermined dose of medication transcutaneously to the wearer. Rotating the shaft further may cause at least one lever of the plurality of levers to transition from a lowered position to contact the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion to a raised position such that medication flows from the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion.
- The plurality of levers may include a first lever disposed on a first portion of the dosing tube, a second lever disposed on a second portion of the dosing tube, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to a reservoir portion between the first portion and the second portion, the reservoir portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication. The first lever may include a first extended arm having a first ramped portion, the second lever may include a second extended arm having a second ramped portion, and the middle lever may include a middle extended arm having a middle ramped portion. The first, second, and middle ramped portions may be configured to contact the surfaces of the circular cam.
- Rotating the shaft may cause the first lever to transition to the raised position, the middle lever to transition to the raised position, and, after transitioning the middle lever to the raised position, the first lever to transition to the lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is disposed within the reservoir portion. Rotating the shaft further may cause, after transitioning the first lever to the lowered position, the second lever to transition to the raised position, after transitioning the second lever to the raised position, the middle lever to transition to the lowered position, and the second lever to transition to the lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered transcutaneously to the wearer.
- The surfaces on the circular plate may include a first surface and a second surface such that rotating the shaft further causes the first ramped portion to contact the first surface of the circular cam such that the first lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position, the second ramped portion to contact the first surface of the circular cam such that the second lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position, and the middle ramped portion to contact the second surface of the circular cam such that the middle lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position.
- The surfaces on the circular plate may include a third surface and a fourth surface that mirror the first surface and the second surface, respectively, such that rotating the
shaft 360 degrees causes the first and second surfaces to contact the plurality of levers such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer and the third and fourth surfaces to contact the plurality of levers such that a second predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer. Further, rotating the shaft 180 degrees may deliver a predetermined dose of medication and rotating the shaft another 180 degrees may deliver a second predetermined dose of medication having the same volume of medication as the predetermined dose. - In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The patch pump may include a pump housing and a cap housing configured to be locked together to hold the cartridge. The medication infusion device further may include a rechargeable battery disposed within the pump housing and a controller configured to monitor battery life of the rechargeable battery. The controller may be configured to unlock the pump housing from the cap housing based on determining that the battery life has been charged to a predetermined state.
- The medication infusion device further may include a pusher disposed within the pump housing. The pusher may be configured to push medication out of the cartridge during pumping. The controller, upon determining that the battery life has been charged to a state below full charge, may cause the pusher to move from an empty position to a full position within the pump housing. The state below full charge may be a predetermined time before battery life sufficient to empty the medication from the cartridge.
- The pusher may include a component that, in the full position, contacts a contact sensor. The component of the pusher may include a nut configured to move along a thread of a screw. After contacting the contact sensor, the component of the pusher may move to a home position wherein the pusher does not contact the contact sensor. The controller may be configured to only unlock the pump housing from the cap housing if the controller determines that the patch pump is in the home position.
- The cap housing may include a tab and the pump housing may include a mechanical coupling sized and shaped to receive the tab. The mechanical coupling and the tab may be configured to rotate upon movement of the pusher and may be oriented in a first direction when the pump housing is locked to the cap housing. The mechanical coupling and the tab may be oriented in a second direction, different from the first direction, when the pump housing is unlocked to the cap housing.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device further may include a pump motor disposed within a pump housing, a sensor, and a controller operatively coupled to the pump motor and the sensor. The pump motor may be configured to pump the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion. The sensor may be configured to detect the wearer's skin, for example, by measuring capacitance, and to generate information to indicate detection of the wearer's skin. The controller may be configured to cause the pump motor to activate only if the information indicates detection of the wearer's skin.
- The sensor may be disposed on a first side of the pump housing and may be configured to detect the wearer's skin on the first side. The medication infusion device further may include a second sensor disposed on a second side of the pump housing, the second side different from the first side. The second sensor may be configured to detect the wearer's skin on the second side. The controller may cause the pump motor to activate only if the second sensor does not detect the wearer's skin. By ensuring that only one sensor detects the wearer's skin, this ensures that the patch pump does not deliver medication while the wearer is holding the patch pump.
- The medication infusion device further may include a photoplethysmography module. The controller may be configured to cause the pump motor to activate only if both the sensor and the photoplethysmography module detect the wearer's skin. The sensor may be incorporated in a photoplethysmography module.
- In accordance with another aspect, a component for use in a medication infusion device including a patch pump is provided. The component may be configured to complete an initialization process such that delivery of medication to the wearer is prevented until the pressure within the cartridge reaches a predetermined pressure range. The component may include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion, and a cam configured to move from an initialization position to a dosing position. In the initialization position, the cam may not be coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam does not cause movement of the plurality of levers and, in the dosing position, the cam may be coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam causes movement of the plurality of levers in a predetermined manner to generate the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- The cam may include a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane. The cam further may include a spring configured to apply an upward force on the circular plate in the initialization position. The shaft may include an outer shaft and an inner shaft disposed within the outer shaft. The outer shaft may include at least one wing configured to transition to a position above the spring when the cam moves to the dosing position. The component further may include a microdosing structure configured to house at least a portion of the inner shaft and the outer shaft in the initialization position. The microdosing structure may include at least one damper configured to interact with the at least one wing such that noise from movement of the cam is reduced.
- The cam may be configured to move from an initialization position to a dosing position when the cam is moved in a first direction. In the dosing position, the cam may be configured to move the plurality of levers when the cam is moved in a second direction, different from the first direction. During initialization, prior to moving from the initialization position to the dosing position, the cam may be configured to move in the second direction. Movement of the cam in the second direction may prevent the cam from transitioning from the initialization position to the dosing position. Movement of the cam in the first direction may transition the cam from the initialization position to the dosing position permanently without the ability to move back to the initialization position.
- The patch pump may include a sensor configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge and a controller operatively coupled to the sensor. The controller may be configured to cause the cam to move from the initialization position to the dosing position when the pressure within the cartridge reaches a predetermined value, for example, a value between 600 mbar and 900 mbar.
- The transcutaneous portion may include a cannula configured to extend into the wearer's skin. The cannula may have one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication. The transcutaneous portion may include a needle configured to be fluidically coupled to the cannula. The needle may be configured to extend from the dosing tube to the cannula. A distal end of the needle may be configured to pierce a septum at a proximal region of the cannula and reside below the septum such that the septum fluidically seals the proximal region of the cannula around the needle.
- A method for initializing a patch pump in preparation for transcutaneously delivering doses of medication from a cartridge via the patch pump is also provided. The method may include adhering the patch pump having a dosing tube and a plurality of levers, as described above, to a wearer's skin to permit transcutaneous delivery of the doses of medication. The method further may include moving a cam within the patch pump in an initialization position wherein the cam is not coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam does not cause movement of the plurality of levers. The method further may include moving the cam from the initialization position to a dosing position and moving the cam in the dosing position wherein the cam is coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam causes movement of the plurality of levers in a predetermined manner to generate the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The patch pump may include a pump housing and cap housing configured to be removably coupled to the pump housing. The medication infusion device further may include a dosing tube disposed within the cap housing and configured to be fluidically coupled to the cartridge to receive the medication and to be fluidically coupled to the transcutaneous portion, a pump motor disposed within a pump housing and configured to pump the medication in the cartridge towards the dosing tube and the transcutaneous portion, a sensor, and a controller operatively coupled to the pump motor and the sensor. The sensor may be configured to generate information indicative of pressure within the cartridge.
- The controller may be configured to cause the pump motor, in an initialization position, to activate to increase pressure within the cartridge while the dosing tube is closed such that the medication cannot travel to the transcutaneous portion. The controller further may be configured to determine that the pressure within the cartridge is above a predetermined threshold based on the information from the sensor. For example, the predetermined threshold may be 600-900 mbar. The predetermined threshold may be selected such that the cartridge is pressurized to eliminate bubbles and the formation of bubbles in the medication. After the determination, the controller may be configured to transition the patch pump from the initialization position to a dosing position to permit the dosing tube to open for medication to travel to the transcutaneous portion.
- The medication infusion device further may include a plurality of levers and a cam. The plurality of levers may be configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion. The cam may be configured to move from the initialization position to the dosing position. In the initialization position, the cam may not coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam does not cause movement of the plurality of levers. In the dosing position, the cam may be coupled to the plurality of levers such that movement of the cam causes movement of the plurality of levers in a predetermined manner to generate the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer.
- The pump motor may be activated to pump in the initialization position an amount of pumping greater than required for 10 doses of medication. The medication infusion device further may include a pusher coupled to the pump motor and the cartridge. Responsive to activation of the pump motor, the pusher may push on the cartridge to increase the pressure within the cartridge to the predetermined threshold in the initialization position. The pusher may push on the cartridge in the dosing position for a predetermined dose of medication to be delivered to the wearer.
- A method for initializing a patch pump in preparation for transcutaneously delivering doses of medication from a cartridge via the patch pump is also provided. The method may include adhering the patch pump to permit transcutaneous delivery of the doses of medication. The patch pump may include a dosing tube configured to receive the medication and a pump motor disposed within a pump housing and configured to pump the medication in the cartridge towards the dosing tube. The method further may include activating the pump motor, in an initialization position, to increase pressure within the cartridge while the dosing tube is closed such that the medication cannot travel to the transcutaneous portion. The method further may include sensing information indicative of pressure within the cartridge using a sensor and determining that the pressure within the cartridge is above a predetermined threshold based on the information from the sensor. Only after determining that the pressure within the cartridge is above the predetermined threshold, the patch pump may be transitioned from the initialization position to a dosing position to permit the dosing tube to open for medication to travel to the transcutaneous portion.
- The patch pump further may include a cam and a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion. The method further may include causing the cam to move from the initialization position to the dosing position, as described above. The pump motor may be activated, in the initialization position, to increase pressure within the cartridge comprises pressurizing the cartridge to reduce bubbles and the formation of bubbles in the medication.
- The patch pump further may include a pusher coupled to the pump motor and the cartridge. The method may include causing the pusher to push on the cartridge to increase the pressure within the cartridge to the predetermined threshold in the initialization position. The method further may include causing the pusher to push on the cartridge in the dosing position for a predetermined dose of medication to be delivered to the wearer.
- In accordance with another aspect, a method of making a component for use in a medication infusion device is provided. The component may be a flattened dosing tube that may be used to measure a predetermined dose of medication. The method may include selecting a polymer tube sized for receiving a dose of medication, flattening a portion of the polymer tube, selecting a support, and welding the flattened portion of the polymer tube to the support. Welding the flattened portion may include laser welding and may create a reservoir sized for generating the dose of medication with a predetermined volume selected for delivery to the wearer, for example, 0.08-1 uL, 0.2-0.6 uL, or 0.2-0.3 uL.
- The polymer tube may be transparent to a laser and the support may not be transparent to the laser. The flattened portion may include a tube wall having a uniform thickness. The flattened portion may be flexible such that when the medication has a predetermined pressure, the reservoir is sized to hold the predetermined volume of medication, when the medication has a pressure greater than the predetermined pressure, the reservoir is sized to hold a greater volume than the predetermined volume of medication, and when the medication has a pressure less than the predetermined pressure, the reservoir is sized to hold a lesser volume than the predetermined volume of medication.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device further may include a pump housing configured to hold a pump and a controller and to receive the cartridge. The medication infusion device further may include a cap housing configured to be locked to the pump housing to lock the cartridge therebetween. The cap housing may include at least three protrusions radially spaced around a portion of the cap housing configured to receive the cartridge. The at least three protrusions may be configured to engage corresponding receptacles in the pump housing to lock the cap housing to the pump housing.
- The protrusions and receptacles may engage in a manner to resist a continuous pushing force on the cap housing from the cartridge and to remain locked. The at least three protrusions may prevent a rotation greater than 90 degrees. The at least three protrusions may include a first protrusion that has a first portion having a wide engagement slit and a second portion having a narrower engagement slit.
- The pump housing may be reusable and the cap housing may be disposable. The pump housing may include a first material and the cap housing may include a second material. The first material may have a greater creep resistance and/or a greater thickness than the second material. The pump housing may be designed to have a greater creep resistance such that the cap housing fails, or deforms, before the pump housing fails or deforms.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device further may include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion, a sensor configured to sense position of one or more of the plurality of levers, and a controller operatively coupled to the sensor. The sensor further may be configured to sense displacement of one or more of the plurality of levers. The controller may be configured to sense an infusion anomaly (e.g., an occlusion) associated with medication delivery from the dosing tube based on the sensed displacement from the sensor. This method of monitoring the dosing tube provides fast occlusion detection within the patch pump. Alternatively, the pump may be configured to house the sensor, a cap may be configured to house the plurality of levers, and the controller may configured to sense whether the pump is coupled to the cap based on the sensed position of the one or more of the plurality of levers.
- The dosing tube may include a flattened portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication. The plurality of levers may include a first lever disposed on a first side of the flattened portion, a second lever disposed on a second side of the flattened portion, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to the flattened portion. The plurality of levers may be configured to sequentially transition from a raised position such that medication can flow from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion to a lowered position to contact the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion.
- The sensor may include a hall-effect sensor configured to detect movement of a magnet coupled to one of the plurality of levers. For example, the hall-effect sensor may be configured to detect movement of a magnet coupled to the middle lever. The controller may sense the infusion anomaly if the sensed displacement is outside a threshold range as determined based on proximity of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor over time. The controller further may sense the infusion anomaly using an algorithm based on the displacement of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor during an injection cycle. The controller may be configured to cause the medication infusion device to vibrate to alert the wearer based on the sensed infusion anomaly. Alternatively, the controller may sense that the medication infusion device is not delivering medication if the sensor does not sense a displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers. The sensor may further be configured to sense information indicative of the presence or absence of the cap and/or to determine a status of the cap. For example, the information from the sensor may be used to determine whether cap has been used or whether the cap is new. The information may be based on the strength of the magnetic field from a magnet within the cap, as the strength of the field will change based on the position of the magnet in the cap. In some embodiments, the magnet changes position in the cap from the initialization position to the dosing position.
- A method for monitoring transcutaneous delivery of doses of medication is also provided, the method including delivering doses of medication using a patch pump adhered to a wearer's skin. The patch pump may include a dosing tube configured to receive the medication responsive to pumping and a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube. The patch pump further may include a transcutaneous portion fluidically coupled to the dosing tube. The dosing tube may include a flattened portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication and the plurality of levers may include a first lever disposed on a first side of the flattened portion, a second lever disposed on a second side of the flattened portion, and a middle lever disposed adjacent to the flattened portion. Delivering doses of medication may include sequentially transitioning one or more of the plurality of levers from a raised position such that medication can flow from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion to a lowered position to contact the dosing tube such that medication is prevented from flowing from the cartridge to the transcutaneous portion.
- The method further may include sensing displacement of one or more of the plurality of levers during the pumping and determining an infusion anomaly associated with medication delivery from the dosing tube has occurred based on the sensed displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers. Sensing displacement of one or more of the plurality of levers may include detecting movement of a magnet coupled to one of the plurality of levers. Determining that the infusion anomaly has occurred may include determining that the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion is occluded.
- In some embodiments, a magnet may be coupled to the middle lever. The method may include determining if the sensed displacement is outside a threshold range as determined by the proximity of the magnet to the sensor over time. Sensing the infusion anomaly may include using an algorithm based on displacement of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor during an injection cycle. The method further may include sensing that the patch pump is not delivering medication if the sensor does not sense a predetermined displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers.
- The patch pump further may include a pump configured to house the sensor and a cap configured to house the plurality of levers. The method may include sensing whether the pump is coupled to the cap based on the sensed displacement of the one or more of the plurality of levers and/or detecting the status of the cap, for example, whether the cap is new or used.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device further may include a pump housing, a pump motor disposed within the pump housing, at least one sensor disposed within the pump housing, one or more processors, and a wireless communication chip disposed within the pump housing.
- A first processor may be disposed within the pump housing and configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in a first memory to cause the pump motor to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion and to monitor sensed parameter generated by the at least one sensor. A second processor may be disposed within the pump housing and configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in a second memory to communicate data to and from the patch pump via the wireless communication chip. The first processor may be configured such that it cannot receive data from outside the patch pump, enhancing the security of the medication infusion device. The first programmed instructions may include class C software and the second programmed instructions may include class B software. The first processor may be an autonomous, real time state machine.
- At least one sensor may be configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge or to detect an occlusion within the transcutaneous portion. The at least one sensor may include a sensor disposed on a first side of the pump housing and configured to detect the wearer's skin. The first processor further may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to cause the pump motor to push the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion only when the sensor detects the wearer's skin.
- The patch pump further may include a pump housing and a cap housing configured to be locked together to hold the cartridge. A rechargeable battery may be disposed within the pump housing. The first processor further may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to monitor battery life of the rechargeable battery and to cause the pump housing to unlock from the cap housing when the first processor determines that the battery life has been charged to a predetermined state.
- In another embodiment, at least one sensor is configured to sense the position of the pusher to indicate that the cartridge is permitted to be removed and exchanged for a subsequent cartridge. The first processor further may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to cause a position of a pusher coupled to the pump motor to move to a home position and to cause the pump housing to unlock from the cap housing only when the first processor determines that the pusher is in the home position.
- In another embodiment, the at least one sensor may be configured to sense a position of a circular cam including a shaft configured to rotate to deliver a predetermined dose of medication. The sensed position may indicate that a dosing cycle is complete. The first processor further may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in the first memory to cause the shaft to stop rotating when the sensor indicates that the dosing cycle is complete.
- The second processor may be configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in a second memory to communicate data to and from the patch pump via the wireless communication chip. The data may be indicative of battery life of a rechargeable battery disposed within the pump housing. Alternatively, the data may be indicative of at least one of the wearer's heart rate and physiologic parameters. The second processor may configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in the second memory to calculate when to deliver the doses of medication and/or to adjust the calculation based on the data received.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device further may include a pusher configured to be coupled to a plunger of the cartridge and a pump motor coupled to the pusher and configured to move the pusher towards the plunger of the cartridge. The pusher may be configured to deform the plunger of the cartridge to move the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion to cause a predetermined volume of medication to be moved out of the cartridge.
- The pusher may be coupled to a dosing system comprising a dosing tube configured to receive medication. The dosing tube may have a reservoir sized for generating a predetermined dose of medication with the predetermined volume selected for delivery to the wearer. The plunger may be flexible and configured to deform when a force is applied. The plunger may include a first end coupled to the pusher and a second end, opposite the first end and configured to contact the medication within the cartridge. The pusher may be configured to cause the first end of the plunger to move a first distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when a pressure within the cartridge is a first pressure, to deliver a first dose of medication. The pusher further may be configured to cause the first end of the plunger to move a second distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when the pressure within the cartridge is a second pressure, the second pressure greater than the first pressure, to deliver a second dose of medication. The first distance may be the same as the second distance.
- The pusher may be configured to cause the second end of the plunger to move a third distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when the pressure within the cartridge is the first pressure, to deliver the first dose of medication. The pusher further may be configured to cause the second end of the plunger to move a fourth distance relative the transcutaneous portion, when the pressure within the cartridge is the second pressure, to deliver the second dose of medication. The third distance may be greater than the fourth distance. Further, the third distance may less than the first distance and the fourth distance may be less than the second distance.
- The volume of the first dose of medication and the volume of the second dose of medication may be the same ±5%. The predetermined volume of the predetermined dose of medication may be 0.08-1 uL, 0.2-0.6 uL, 0.2 to 0.3 uL, or 0.25 uL±5%. The pusher may apply a force on the plunger of the cartridge to maintain pressure within the cartridge between 250 mbar to 2000 mbar, between 400 mbar to 1200 mbar, or between 600 mbar to 900 mbar.
- The pusher may include a screw (e.g., a worm screw), a nut configured to move along the screw, a bendable rod coupled to the nut, and a cartridge contactor coupled to the nut and configured to deform the plunger. The dosing system further may include a plurality of levers configured to contact the dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of medication towards the transcutaneous portion and a circular cam including a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane. The circular plate may be coupled to the shaft and may include surfaces configured to move the plurality of levers in a series of steps upon rotation of the shaft. The rotation of the shaft may deliver the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer. The shaft may be configured to rotate upon rotation of the screw. The plurality of levers may be configured such that at least one lever is configured to be in a lowered position to close a portion of the dosing tube during the entire time the pump motor moves the pusher.
- In accordance with another aspect, a medication infusion device is provided that includes a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a cartridge (e.g., a pre-filled cartridge) through a transcutaneous portion. The medication infusion device may include a first pumping system including a pusher configured to be coupled to a plunger of the container and a pump motor coupled to the pusher and configured to move the pusher towards the plunger of the container such that medication is moved out of the container. The medication infusion device further may include a second pumping system configured to receive the medication pumped out of the container by the first pumping system, the second pumping system disposed between the container and the wearer's skin. The second pumping system may include a plurality of levers configured to contact a dosing tube to move a predetermined dose of the medication towards the transcutaneous portion. The plurality of levers may be configured such that at least one lever is configured to be in a lowered position to close the flow between the container and the wearer's skin at all times. The at least one lever may be configured to be in the lowered position at all times to maintain pressure in the container at all times. The second pumping system may be configured to inject a volume of medication that varies slightly around a predetermined volume (e.g., 0.2-0.3 uL) according to its input pressure.
- The plunger may be flexible and configured to deform when a force is applied. The plunger may include a first end coupled to the pusher and a second end, opposite the first end and configured to contact the medication within the cartridge. The pusher may apply a force on the plunger of the container to maintain pressure within the container between 600 mbar and 900 mbar. The pusher may include a screw, a nut configured to move along the screw, a bendable rod coupled to the nut, and a container contactor coupled to the nut and configured to deform the plunger. Alternatively or additionally, the pusher may include a screw, a nut configured to move along the screw, a bendable rod coupled to the nut, and a container contactor coupled to the nut and configured such that the pusher incorporates a certain strain.
- The second pumping system further may include a dosing tube configured to receive medication, the dosing tube having a reservoir sized to hold the predetermined dose of medication for delivery to the wearer. The second pumping system further may include a circular cam having a shaft oriented in a first plane and a circular plate oriented in a second plane. The circular plate may be coupled to the shaft and may include surfaces configured to move the plurality of levers in a series of steps upon rotation of the shaft, wherein rotation of the shaft delivers the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer. The shaft may be configured to rotate upon rotation of the screw.
- In accordance with another aspect, an applicator for use with a medication infusion device is provided. The applicator may be configured to be removed from the wearer's skin after application and prior to delivery of the doses of medication. The applicator may include an applicator needle configured to be positioned within a lumen of a cannula in a pre-deployment state, a link coupled to the applicator needle, an actuator. The actuator may be configured to, upon actuation, cause the link to rotate about an axis to advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin. The actuator further may be configured to fully withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula in a deployment state such that at least a portion of the cannula remains in the wearer's skin. The link may rotate in a single direction to advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin and to fully withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula.
- The applicator may include a biasing member configured to bias the link to cause the link to rotate about the axis upon actuation. The applicator further may include a stopping zone configured to clamp the link and the applicator needle to reduce the noise of the link and the applicator needle. The link and the applicator needle may stop rotation when the biasing member is fully unloaded. The link and the applicator needle may stop rotation without contacting a hard stopping surface. The link may include a first interface and the cannula may include a second interface configured to contact the first interface and to permit rotational movement during insertion of the cannula into the wearer's skin.
- The applicator further may include a channel comprising at least one ledge. The cannula may include at least one clip disposed at a proximal end. Upon actuation, the at least one clip of the cannula may be configured to slide along the at least one ledge of the channel such that the cannula moves along a substantially straight path. The actuator may be configured to, upon actuation, cause the cannula to be inserted below the derma layer of the wearer's skin, for example, at an angle of 40-50 degrees from the surface of the wearer's skin.
- In another embodiment, the applicator for inserting a cannula into a wearer's skin may include an applicator needle, a link, and an actuator, as described above, as well as a biasing member coupled to the link. The biasing member may be configured to bias the link to cause the link to rotate about the axis upon actuation. The biasing member further may be configured to transition from a biased position to an unbiased position upon actuation. In the pre-deployment state, the biasing member may be configured to interact with a blocking mechanism such that the biasing member is fixed in a biased state and, upon actuation, the blocking mechanism may be configured to transition to release the biasing member such that the biasing member transitions from the biased state to the unbiased state. The link may configured to rotate in a single direction to advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin and to fully withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula.
- The applicator further may include a channel having at least one ledge and/or at least one guiding arm. The cannula may have at least one clip disposed at a proximal end and/or at least one wing disposed at the proximal end. Upon actuation, the at least one clip of the cannula is configured to slide along the at least one ledge of the channel such that the cannula moves along a substantially straight path and the at least one wing of the cannula is configured to slide along the at least one guiding arm in order to minimize rotation of the cannula around the longitudinal axis of the cannula
- A method for inserting a cannula for delivering doses of medication to a wearer's skin is also provided, the method including selecting an applicator including an applicator needle, a link, and an actuator, as described above, and actuating the actuator to cause the applicator to rotate the link about an axis, advance the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin, and withdraw the applicator needle from the cannula in a deployment state. Actuating the actuator further may cause the applicator to transition a biasing member, as described above, from a biased state to an unbiased state, which may cause rotation of the link and then withdrawal of the applicator needle from the cannula. The applicator further may include at least one stopping zone configured to slow the rotation of the link about the axis, for example, during withdrawal of the applicator needle from the cannula.
- In the pre-deployment state, the biasing member may be configured to interact with a blocking mechanism such that the biasing member is fixed in a biased state. Actuating the actuator further may cause the applicator to transition the blocking mechanism to a position wherein the biasing member does not interact with the blocking mechanism such that the biasing member transitions from the biased state to the unbiased state.
- Advancing the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin may include advancing the applicator needle and the cannula along a channel having at least one ledge. The cannula may have at least one clip disposed at a proximal end and configured to slide along the at least one ledge of the channel such that the cannula moves along a substantially straight path. The channel further may include at least one guiding arm and the cannula may have at least one wing disposed at the proximal end such that advancing the applicator needle and the cannula into the wearer's skin includes sliding the wings along the at least one guiding arm in order to minimize rotation of the cannula around the longitudinal axis of the cannula.
- In accordance with another aspect, a system for use with a medication infusion device is provided. The system may include a pad configured to be adhered to the wearer's skin and an applicator configured to be locked to the pad during placement of the pad on the wearer's skin. The applicator may include a housing configured to house a cannula therewithin during a pre-deployment state and an actuator. The actuator may be configured to, upon actuation, cause the cannula to be advanced to lock the cannula to the pad and unlock the applicator from the pad such that at least a portion of the cannula is advanced into the wearer's skin in a deployment state wherein the pad remains adhered to the wearer's skin and the applicator, once unlocked, is removable from the pad.
- The applicator further may include at least one attachment pad coupler configured to lock the applicator to the pad in a pre-deployment state. The cannula may include at least one clip disposed at a proximal end and configured to lock the cannula to the pad in a deployment state. The actuator may be configured to, upon actuation, cause the at least one clip of the cannula to be advanced such that the at least one attachment pad coupler of the applicator is moved to unlock the applicator from the pad.
- In accordance with another aspect, a cannula for use with a medication infusion device is provided. The cannula may include an elongated shaft, a tip, and a cannula head. The elongated shaft may have a lumen extending therethrough and one or more apertures for medication infusion. The one or more apertures may include a proximal aperture oriented away from a skin surface of the wearer. The elongated shaft may have a conical shape configured to limit kinking during deployment of the cannula. The tip may be disposed at a distal end of the elongated shaft and may be configured to be inserted into the wearer's skin. The tip may be cut with an angle and oriented to avoid unintentional piercing of a wall of an applicator.
- The cannula head may be disposed at a proximal end of the elongated shaft and may include one or more clips oriented relative to the one or more apertures to axially orient the one or more apertures relative to a target infusion area within the wearer. The one or more clips may include one or more protrusions configured to protrude outwardly from the cannula head. The cannula head further may include one or more wings that protrude towards the wearer's skin. The wings may be configured to further axially orient the one or more apertures relative to the target infusion area within the wearer. The cannula head further may include one or more interfaces to couple with an applicator during deployment of the cannula. The one or more interfaces may permit rotational movement during deployment of the cannula and may include first and second rounded interfaces. The first rounded interface may be convex and the second rounded interface may be concave.
- The elongated shaft, the tip, and the cannula head may be integrally formed from a single piece of material. For example, the cannula may be injection molded from a single piece of material. The cannula further may include self-sealing septum disposed within the cannula head and one or more knife blades at the tip configured to extend outwardly from the elongated shaft.
- A method for deploying a transcutaneous device for use with a medication infusion device for delivering doses of medication is also provided, the method including providing a cannula including an elongated shaft, a tip, and a cannula head having clips, as described above, inserting the tip into a wearer's skin, and guiding the one or more clips during cannula insertion such that the one or more apertures are axially oriented relative to a target infusion area within the wearer when the cannula is transcutaneously deployed. The method further may include delivering doses of the medication transcutaneously into the lumen of the cannula and out the one or more apertures to the target infusion area.
- After inserting the tip into the wearer's skin, the cannula may be coupled to an adhesive pad. Coupling the cannula to the adhesive pad may include inserting the one or more clips into one or more pad attachments disposed on the adhesive pad. The cannula head further may include one or more wings that protrude towards the wearer's skin. Coupling the cannula to the adhesive pad further may include inserting the one or more wings between two pad attachments of the one or more pad attachments such that rotation of the cannula is reduced. To further reduce rotation of the cannula, the tip of the cannula may include one or more knife blades that extend outwardly from the elongated shaft.
- In accordance with another aspect, a system for orienting a cannula is provided. The system may include a cannula for use with a medication infusion device configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication transcutaneously and an adhesive pad configured to be removably adhered to the wearer's skin. The cannula may include an elongated shaft, a tip, and a cannula head, as described above. The cannula may be configured to couple to the adhesive pad, which may have one or more pad attachments. One or more clips of the cannula may be sized and shaped to fit within the one or more pad attachments.
- The cannula may be configured such that the cannula is oriented a particular way upon insertion, for example, such that a proximal aperture of the one or more apertures of the cannula is oriented away from a skin surface of the wearer. The tip of the cannula may be cut with an angle and oriented to avoid unintentional piercing of a wall of an applicator. Further, the cannula head may include one or more wings that protrude towards the wearer's skin. The wings may be sized and shaped to fit between two pad attachments of the one or more pad attachments and may be configured to further axially orient the one or more apertures relative to the target infusion area within the wearer.
- In accordance with another aspect, a cannula for use with a medication infusion device is provided. The cannula may include an elongated shaft having a lumen extending therethrough and one or more apertures for medication infusion and a tip at a distal end of the elongated shaft configured to be inserted into the wearer's skin. The cannula further may include a biodegradable material disposed in or adjacent to at least one of the one or more apertures to block delivery of medication therethrough in an initial state. The biodegradable material may be configured to biodegrade within the wearer over a period of time (e.g., 2-3 days or 4-6 days) to unblock the at least one aperture to permit delivery of medication therethrough. The use of biodegradable materials expands the insulin infusion area and volume over time.
- At least one of the one or more apertures may be unblocked in the initial state to permit delivery of medication therethrough. The at least one aperture unblocked in the initial state may be a distal-most aperture. Alternatively, the at least one aperture unblocked in the initial state may be a proximal-most aperture.
- The cannula further may include a second biodegradable material disposed at least one of the one or more apertures to block delivery of medication therethrough in a second state, the second biodegradable material configured to biodegrade within the wearer over a second period of time, different from the period of time, to unblock the at least one aperture to permit delivery of medication therethrough. The one or more apertures may include a proximal aperture and a distal aperture. The biodegradable material may be disposed in or adjacent to the proximal aperture and the second biodegradable material may be disposed in or adjacent to the distal aperture such that the proximal aperture and the distal aperture are unblocked at different times. The period of time may be 2-3 days and the second period of time may be 4-6 days.
- The cannula further may include a tip aperture disposed at the tip of the cannula. The biodegradable material may be disposed within the lumen such that the tip aperture is blocked. Alternatively, the biodegradable material may be disposed within the one or more apertures such that the tip aperture is unblocked.
- These and other features, aspects, and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following description, appended claims, and the accompanying exemplary embodiments shown in the drawings, which are briefly described below.
FIG.1 illustrates an exemplary medication infusion system having a patch pump for delivering medication in accordance with the principles of the present invention.FIG.2 is a diagram showing exemplary attachment zones for the patch pump and an external sensor such as a continuous glucose monitoring sensor.FIGS.3A and3B are, respectively, perspective and exploded views of an exemplary pad and applicator for attaching a pad and inserting a cannula.FIGS.4A and4B are cross-sectional perspective and side views of the applicator and pad.FIG.5A is a perspective view of exemplary internal components of the applicator ofFIG.4 in a pre-assembled state andFIG.5B is a perspective view of the internal components of the applicator in an assembled state.FIG.6 is a perspective view of the internal components and mechanism for inserting the cannula.FIGS.7A-7D are plan views of the mechanism and steps for inserting the cannula.FIG.8 is a cross-sectional side view of a lower stopping portion of the applicator showing needle retraction.FIGS.9A and9B are perspective views of an exemplary pad for attaching the pump to a wearer.FIGS.10A and10B are plan views of the applicator and pad during insertion of the cannula.FIG.10C is a cross-sectional perspective view of the cannula and applicator during insertion of the cannulaFIGS.10D-10F are plan, perspective, and side views of the cannula coupled to the pad after the applicator is removed.FIG.11A is a cross-sectional side view of the applicator, pad, and cannula showing the cannula inserted into the wearer.FIG.11B is a cross-sectional side view of the pad, cannula, and assembled pump showing how the microdosing tubing couples to the cannula to deliver microdoses of medication transcutaneously.FIGS.12A and12B are perspective views of an exemplary cannula for delivering medication.FIGS.13A and13B are perspective views of alternative embodiments of the distal end of the cannula.FIG.14A is a cross-sectional side view of the cannula and multiple exemplary apertures.FIGS.14B-14E are cross-sectional side views of alternative embodiments of the cannula comprising biodegradable materials.FIGS.15A and15B are perspective views of an exemplary patch pump with a pump-cap assembly.FIG.16 is a perspective view of the skin-facing side of the pump-cap assembly.FIG.17 is an exploded view of the pump.FIG.18 is a perspective view of the skin-facing side of the patch pump, with a portion of the pump housing and the cap housing removed.FIGS.19A and19B are plan views of the upper and lower sides of an exemplary circuit board disposed within the pump.FIG.20A is a cross-sectional plan view of the patch pump when the cartridge is full.FIG.20B is a cross-sectional plan view of the patch pump when the cartridge is empty.FIG.20C is a cross-section plan view of the wet and dry zones within the patch pump.FIG.21A is a perspective view of exemplary internal components of the patch pump.FIGS.21B and21C are, respectively, perspective and plan views of the internal components of the patch pump, with certain electrical components removed.FIG.22A is a cross-sectional perspective view of an exemplary contact sensor disposed within the pump.FIGS.22B and22C are, respectively, cross-sectional side views of the contact sensor in a contacting and non-contacting position.FIG.23A is a perspective view of an exemplary gearbox within the pump.FIG.23B is a cross-sectional side view of an exemplary pressure sensor disposed within the pump.FIG.24A is a graph showing the relationship between pressure and volume of medication within the cartridge and microdosing unit.FIGS.24B and24C , are, respectively, graphs showing the relationship between the number of dosing cycles and the amount of medication delivered per cycle, without and with initialization.FIG.24D is a graph showing the accuracy of the pump with and without the microdosing system.FIG.24E is a graph showing a comparison of the percentage error of flow for the patch pump and other commercially available pumps.FIG.24F is a schematic depiction of an exemplary pusher and microdosing system.FIG.25A is an exploded view of an exemplary cap.FIG.25B is a side view of an exemplary microdosing system disposed within the cap, wherein an exemplary circular cam is in an initialization position.FIG.25C-25F are side views of the microdosing system wherein the circular cam is in a non-gripping position, a gripping position, a sliding position, and a dosing position.FIGS.26A and26B are, respectively, perspective views of exemplary dampers and mating surfaces.FIGS.27A and27B are perspective views of an exemplary microdosing system that may be incorporated in the cap.FIG.27C is a perspective view of the microdosing system, wherein an exemplary lever system is spaced apart from the tube of the microdosing system.FIG.27D is a cross-sectional side view of the microdosing system with the lever system in an assembled position.FIGS.28A and28B are, respectively, perspective views of an exemplary circular cam and lever system that may be used in the microdosing system.FIGS.29A-29C are, respectively, cross-sectional perspective and cross-sectional side views of the lever system and exemplary dosing tube.FIG.29D is a perspective view of the microdosing system, wherein the exemplary lever system and lever springs are removed.FIGS.30A,30C,30E,30G,30I, and30K are side views of the microdo sing system over an exemplary series of steps configured to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.FIGS.30B,30D,30F,30H,30J, and30L are cross-sectional side views of the microdosing system over the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.FIG.31 is a schematic depiction of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.FIGS.32A and32B are, respectively, schematic depictions of an exemplary system configured to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway.FIG.32C is a schematic depiction of the position of a lever of the microdosing system during a dosing cycle, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded.FIGS.33A and33B are, respectively, schematic depictions of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and wherein the dosing pathway is occluded.FIGS.33C and33D are, respectively, schematic depictions of the position of a lever of the microdosing system during a dosing cycle, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and wherein the dosing pathway is occluded.FIG.34 is a graph showing hall-effect sensor values over time when the dosing pathway is not occluded and when the dosing pathway is occluded.FIGS.35A-35D are plan views of the circular cam and an exemplary system configured to determine the position of the circular cam.FIG.35E is a graph showing signal strength over time as the circular cam rotates.FIGS.36A and36B are, respectively perspective views of an exemplary tube flatting system before and after the dosing tube is flattened.FIG.37 is a perspective view of an exemplary welded dosing tube used in the microdosing system for precise medication dosing.FIG.38A is a cross-sectional side view of the pump-cap assembly when the pump and cap are locked together.FIG.38B is a cross-sectional side view of the pump-cap assembly when the pump-cap assembly and pad are locked together.FIG.38C is a cross-sectional side view of a distortion that may occur if the pump-cap assembly and pad are not locked together.FIGS.39A and39B are, respectively, perspective and cross-sectional side views of the pump-cap assembly in an open, unlocked position.FIGS.39C and39D are, respectively, cross-sectional side views of the pump-cap assembly in closed, unlocked and locked positions.FIGS.39E and39F are, respectively, perspective views of the pump-cap assembly in open, unlocked, and locked positions.FIG.40A is a perspective view of exemplary locking protrusions disposed on the cap.FIG.40B is a perspective view of exemplary locking receptacles on the pump.FIG.41 is a perspective view of an exemplary cartridge that may be used and replaced in the system described herein.FIG.42 is a perspective view of the charging system for charging the battery in the reusable pump.FIG.43A-43G are screenshots of an exemplary software application that may be used in the systems described herein.- Provided herein are systems and methods for delivering fluid to a patient. For example, medication such as insulin may be delivered transcutaneously using patch pumps that are user-friendly, environmentally-friendly, lower cost, discreet, less prone to errors, and/or that provide precise, repeatable doses of medication. As another example, the patch pump may incorporate components for rapid occlusion detection. Accessories for applying the patch pump to the patient's skin and managing the patch pump also are provided. In a preferred embodiment, the system includes a wearable insulin pump having a patch-style form factor for adhesion to a user's body surface.
- The systems and methods described herein may be used to deliver medication including, but are not limited to, insulin, antibiotics, nutritional fluids, total parenteral nutrition or TPN, analgesics, morphine, hormones or hormonal drugs, gene therapy drugs, anticoagulants, analgesics, cardiovascular medications, AZT or chemotherapeutics. The types of medical conditions that the systems and methods might be used to treat include diabetes, cardiovascular disease, pain, chronic pain, cancer, ADDS, neurological diseases, Alzheimer's Disease, ALS, Hepatitis, Parkinson's Disease or spasticity. Preferably, the systems and methods are optimized for transcutaneous delivery of insulin to users with diabetes including Type I Diabetes Mellitus patients.
- Referring to
FIG.1 , an exemplary medication infusion system including a patch pump for delivering medication is described. InFIG.1 , components of the system are not depicted to scale on either a relative or absolute basis.Medication infusion system 10 may includeapplicator 100,cannula 200, pump300,cap 400,cartridge 500, chargingsystem 600, and/orsoftware application 700. Preferably,applicator 100,cannula 200,cap 400, andcartridge 500 are disposable components that may be replaced approximately every 3-10 days and/or once the pre-filled cartridge is empty, whilepump 300 is reusable and may last for an extended period of time, e.g., approximately 2-4 years. As such, pump300 may be used with many different applicators, cannulas, caps, and pre-filled cartridges. Such a configuration is expected to promote sanitary use of the system, as the components exposed to the patient and the insulin are disposable, while reducing costs for components containing more expensive electronics, e.g., pump300, chargingsystem 600, and/orsoftware application 700, which may be used repeatedly. In a preferred embodiment,system 10 includes a second pump, such that the wearer may charge the second pump while using the first pump and vice versa. In this manner, the wearer will always have a pump that is charged and ready to be used once the cartridge of the pump in use is empty. Further, this system is designed to reduce waste while reducing the number of times the wearer is required to insert a new cannula.Medication infusion system 10 may be used to applycannula 200 and a pad to a wearer and to deliver medication throughcannula 200 via a patch pump coupled to the pad. Applicator 100 is configured to apply an adhesive pad to the wearer and, upon actuation, to insertcannula 200 into the wearer. The pad is configured to be secured to the wearer for a period of time, e.g., at least 3 days, 7-10 days, and then may be replaced by a similar pad using a similar applicator. The pad may include a pad skeleton having one or more locking mechanisms that are configured to couple the pad toapplicator 100 for insertion ofcannula 200 or to the assembled pump for delivery of medication.Applicator 100 may include an internal component configured to support an insertion mechanism designed to insertcannula 200 through the skin of the wearer via rotational movement and to guide and orientcannula 200 during insertion.- Preferably,
applicator 100 is designed to suppress noise during insertion. The insertion mechanism may include an applicator needle configured to pierce the wearer's skin and a biasing member, which may be coupled to one or more links configured to interact withcannula 200 and the applicator needle. Upon actuation by the wearer, the insertion mechanism preferably rotates and applies a distal force oncannula 200 and the applicator needle withincannula 200, such thatcannula 200 is inserted through the wearer's skin.Cannula 200 may include a proximal cannula head configured to couple to one or more locking mechanisms on the pad skeleton and, at the same time, uncoupleapplicator 100 from the pad skeleton. The insertion mechanism further may be configured to continue rotating to withdraw the applicator needle fromcannula 200 and to store the applicator needle within the applicator aftercannula 200 is inserted. Cannula 200 is designed to receive medication doses from a patch pump and to deliver the medication through one or more apertures. The one or more apertures may be disposed at the distal tip and/or along the elongated shaft ofcannula 200 such that the medication is delivered along the length of elongated shaft. Preferably, the apertures are arranged and oriented such that the medication is delivered only below the derma layer of skin.Cannula 200 may include a cannula head having a self-sealing septum configured to support and guide the applicator needle during insertion ofcannula 200 and the outflow needle ofcap 400 during delivery of medication. In some embodiments,cannula 200 may be designed to change the location at which medication is delivered to the patient via the aperture(s) over time without repositioningcannula 200 in the patient's skin. Such a design is expected to extend the life ofcannula 200 within the patient, allowing transcutaneous implantation for around 10 days or more. Further, such design may reduce the risk of cannula occlusion. In some embodiments,cannula 200 may include one or more biodegradable materials disposed within the lumen and/or the apertures ofcannula 200 that are configured to dissolve over a period of several days, thereby opening new apertures over time through which medication is delivered via the cannula.Pump 300 is designed to pump medication fromcartridge 500 through the microdosing system, through a transcutaneous portion, and into the wearer. The transcutaneous portion preferably includes a cannula inserted into the wearer's skin, the cannula configured to be fluidically coupled to a needle and having one or more apertures beneath the outer skin layer for delivery of the dose of medication.Pump 300 is designed to be removably coupled to cap400 and the pad to form a patch pump, which is configured to deliver doses of medication throughcannula 200 transcutaneously to the patient. The pump-cap assembly advantageously provides precise, repeatable microdoses of medication to the wearer. Pump300 preferably is designed to be used for an extended period of time, e.g., over 1 year and more preferably up to 2-4 years, and may be manufactured to include a minimal number of parts. For example, in order to lower the cost of the patch pump, pump300 may include less than 15 parts. After a cartridge of medication is used, a battery withinpump 300 is charged and, after charging, the cartridge and cap may be removed and discarded, leavingpump 300 ready to be used again with a new cartridge and a new cap. Pump300 may include a motor disposed within the pump housing and may be configured to move a pusher towards a plunger ofcartridge 500 such that insulin is advanced through an inflow needle ofcap 400 and to a microdosing system designed to measure and deliver predetermined doses of medication.- Pump300 preferably includes a controller disposed within the pump housing for controlling operation of
pump 300. For example, the controller may store instructions that, when executed,cause pump 300 to perform the operations described herein. In some embodiments, the controller ofpump 300 may include a two processor architecture to, for example, to enhance the security of the pump. The first processor may control pumping while the second processor communicates data to and from the pump via a wireless chip. - Advantageously, the first and second processors may be operatively de-coupled such that communication of data from outside the pump, handled by the second processor, does not interfere with the pump-related workings executed by the first processor. By isolating the pump processing from the external communication processing, security of the pump is enhanced.
- Pump300 further may include one or more sensors designed to sense information associated with operation of
pump 300 and/or physiological information associated with the wearer. The controller receives information from the sensor(s) and may adjust the algorithms associated with the pump based on such information. Additionally or alternatively, the controller may cause an alert based on the information from the sensor(s) to be issued. In some embodiments, pump300 includes one or more skin sensors that detect skin of the wearer. The controller may cause the pump motor to activate only if a skin sensor on the skin-facing side of the pump housing detects skin. Pump300 further may include a locking mechanism to lockpump 300 to cap400 and the controller further may only unlock the pump afterpump 300 reaches a predetermined state (e.g., the battery is charged and/or the pusher is reset to a home position). The controller further may monitor one or more sensors disposed within, on, or separate from the pump housing and alert the wearer via a vibration motor, an LED(s) of a user interface of the pump housing, a sound generator, or a mobile application based on the information sensed by the sensors. - The sensors may include a contact sensor configured to detect a position of pumping components within the pump housing, a sensor configured to monitor the function of
cap 400, (e.g., to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway, such as within the microdosing system ofcap 400 or within the cannula), a position sensor configured to detect a position of a cam plate within the microdosing system ofcap 400, a pressure sensor configured to detect the pressure withincartridge 500, a photoplethysmography sensor configured to detect a wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters, an accelerometer, a temperature sensor, a pressure sensor, a humidity sensor, an optical sensor to detect the insulin concentration in the cartridge via a specific marking on the cartridge that indicates the insulin concentration, and/or a continuous glucose monitoring sensor. Cap 400 preferably receives medication fromcartridge 500 moved into tubing ofcap 400 as a result of pumping bypump 300. Further,cap 400 may deliver predetermined doses of the medication through an outflow needle, intocannula 200, and to the wearer.Cap 400 preferably is designed to be replaced after the cartridge is empty or when the temperature sensor detects a temperature exceeding a predetermined temperature threshold, the temperature indicating that the insulin was damaged due to long exposure at a high temperature. Preferably,cap 400 is also manufactured to include a minimal number of parts, such as 15 parts, in order to lower the cost ofcap 400.Cap 400 may include a microdosing system configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication. The microdosing system may be configured to only deliver the predetermined dose of medication upon initialization of the microdosing system, for example, once the controller determines, based on information from the sensor, that the pressure withincartridge 500 is within a predetermined range. The microdosing system may include a dosing tube having a flattened portion configured to hold the predetermined dose, a cam plate coupled to a cam shaft, the cam plate having one or more raised surfaces, and/or a lever system configured to transition between a raised position and a lowered position upon contact with the raised surfaces of the cam plate when the cam shaft is rotated.Cap 400 further may include locking mechanisms configured to lockcap 400 to pump300 and/or to the pad skeleton.Cartridge 500 is an enclosed container designed to hold the medication for infusion into the patient.Cartridge 500 may be a commercially available insulin container such as the NovoRapid PumpCart available from Novo Nordisk A/S of Bagsværd, Denmark.Cartridge 500 preferably is pre-filled with a plurality of doses of medication such as insulin. The patch pump is designed such that whencartridge 500 is inserted into the pump patch, thecartridge 500 is completely encased bypump 300 andcap 400.Cartridge 500 may include a cartridge cap through which is disposed an inflow needle ofcap 400.Cartridge 500 further may include a flexible plunger configured to be advanced towards the cartridge cap, responsive to pumping bypump 300. As the plunger is displaced, insulin is delivered to a microdosing system ofcap 400, which in turn delivers predetermined doses of medication to the wearer one at a time. Oncecartridge 500 is empty, it may be replaced by a similar pre-filled cartridge.Charging system 600 is configured to charge one or more batteries withinpump 300, e.g., via respective inductive coils disposed within the housing of a charger and pump300. The charger is delivered with a USB-C to USB-A cable. The cable may be plugged into a standard USB-A socket (e.g. on an adapter put into a conventional wall electrical socket, on a computer, or in public transport), for charging components within the charger to permit chargingpump 300.Software application 700 is designed to cause a computer (e.g., smartphone, laptop, desktop, tablet, smartwatch, etc.) to communicate data withpump 300 and display information on the pump to a wearer in a user-friendly manner.Software application 700 may cause the computer to securely exchange data between two or more pumps that are used by a single wearer.Software application 700 preferably receives data from the second processor ofpump 300 and may cause the computer to transmit such data to a second pump whilepump 300 is charging.Software application 700 further may cause the computer to transmit to the patch pumps data indicative of the wearer's activity level and this data may be used to modify how the wearer is alerted and/or when the doses of medication are delivered.- Referring now to
FIG.2 , exemplary attachment zones for the patch pump and an optional external sensor, such as a continuous glucose monitoring sensor are illustrated.Attachment zones 12 illustrate several locations on the wearer's body where the applicator may attach the adhesive pad and insert the cannula and to which the patch pump is secured. For example, the patch pump may be secured to the upper arms, abdomen, or thighs of the wearer. As will also be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the patch pump may be secured to other locations on the wearer. - The patch pump also may be operatively coupled to an optional continuous glucose monitoring sensor, which may transmit data to a controller of the patch pump, which data may be used to adjust the time of insulin delivery or the amount of each dose. Preferably, the patch pump receives data from continuous
glucose monitoring sensor 14, which is configured to be attached withinattachment zones 12. Exemplary continuous glucose monitors include sensors commercially available from DexCom, Abbott, Eversense, Indigo, or Biolinq. - The sensed glucose levels may be used to adjust the dosing cycles. For example, the patch pump may include an algorithm configured to determine when to deliver insulin to the wearer. The algorithm may recalculate the time of delivery depending upon the sensed glucose level such that the wearer's glucose level remains within a safe range. For example, if the wearer's glucose levels fall below a predetermined threshold, the controller may cause the patch pump to stop delivering insulin for a period of time. Or, if the wearer's glucose levels rise above a certain level, the controller may cause the patch pump to deliver a microdose of insulin. In addition, responsive to the sensed glucose levels, the algorithm may adjust the amount of insulin in the dose. For example, a standard dose of insulin may include the amount of insulin delivered over eight dosing cycles. If the wearer's glucose levels fall below a predetermined threshold, the controller may cause the patch pump to deliver a smaller dose of insulin than the standard dose, for example by permitting only 4 dosing cycles or 0 dosing cycles (stopping the pump).
- Further, as described above,
software application 700 may receive information from the continuous glucose monitoring sensor or other monitoring systems, for example, sensed glucose levels, information about patient food intake, and/or information about patient's activity levels (e.g., due to exercising, playing sports). This information may be transferred to the patch pump via the communication circuitry and the processor of the pump and the patch pump may respond to the transferred information, causing the patch pump to adjust the timing and/or amount of each dose. In this manner, the pump is modular and interchangeable with many continuous glucose monitoring sensors or other monitoring systems, making the pump “universal.” Advantageously, the patch pump described herein may be used with a minimal amount of external monitoring while still being effective at delivering accurate microdoses of medication at levels to treat the wearer. The inclusion of sensors within the patch pump, such as the PPG sensor and a sensor for determining activity level, may result in less external monitoring systems, which can be beneficial for the wearer. For example, in one embodiment, the patch pump may only be used with a commercially available CGM sensor. - Referring now to
FIGS.3A and3B , perspective and exploded views of an exemplary pad and applicator are described.Applicator 100 may transcutaneously apply a cannula, upon actuation by a user, which is designed to deliver doses of medication (e.g., insulin) from a patch pump configured to be removably coupled to the cannula. Advantageously,applicator 100 further may apply a pad that is adhered to the wearer's skin and then coupled to the patch pump. For example, actuation ofapplicator 100 may both insert the cannula and cause the cannula to be locked to the adhesive pad in a single actuation. Further,applicator 100 may include internal components designed to minimize noise during the actuation process. For example,applicator 100 may avoid clicks and/or hard stops that make audible noises during insertion of the cannula. - In a pre-actuation state,
applicator 100 may be coupled to pad102 as shown inFIG.3A . For example,applicator 100 may be coupled to pad102 viapad skeleton 104 of pad, which is disposed on a first surface ofpad 102. Skin-safe pad adhesive105 may be disposed on a second, skin-facing surface ofpad 102 such that the pump-pad assembly may be attached to a wearer for a period of time, for example, 3-5 days, 3-10 days, or 10 days or more. One ormore release liners 103 may be attached to pad adhesive105 untilpad 102 is ready to be secured to the wearer.Pad skeleton 104 may be a frame with a shape designed to surround the pump-cap assembly so as to securely couple the adhesive pad to the pump-cap for wearing by the patient.Pad skeleton 104 may be designed to removably couple portions ofpad 102 toapplicator 100 in the pre-actuation state. For example,pad skeleton 104 may have one or more attachment mechanisms to lockpad 102 toapplicator 100 and unlock upon actuation ofapplicator 100. Advantageously, the attachment mechanisms also may lock the cannula to pad102 after actuation. As depicted inFIG.3A ,pad skeleton 104 may havepad attachments 106 at a first end ofpad 102 and pad backclip 108 at a second end ofpad 102.Pad attachments 106 and pad backclip 108 may interact withapplicator 100 or a patch pump to lock the pad toapplicator 100 or the patch pump.Pad attachments 106 may include at least two arms that protrude upwards from the pad and away from the skin surface of the wearer. Each arm may have an opening (e.g., slot) to receive extensions from the applicator during pre-actuation and extensions from the cannula post-actuation. Thus, the arms, which may have a U-shape, and openings may be used to lock to both the applicator and the cannula.Pad skeleton 104 may also include pad clips holes107 disposed on the sides ofpad skeleton 104. Pad clips holes107 may be a hole or receptacle sized and shaped to interact with a corresponding feature of the pump-cap assembly such that the pump-cap assembly may be locked to the pad. Further,pad 102 may includepad opening 109 to allow direct sensing of the wearer's skin by one or more sensors of the pump. For example, the skin sensor(s) and/or the PPG sensor(s) may be positioned atpad opening 109 when the pump is coupled to the pad. Applicator 100 may includeapplicator housing 110 andactuator 112.Applicator housing 110 is configured to house the mechanisms for inserting the cannula. After insertion of the cannula,internal component 114 is designed to withdraw and safely store the needle used to pierce the wearer's skin.Actuator 112, upon actuation, causes the cannula to be transcutaneously inserted into the wearer's skin. Actuation ofactuator 112 also may unlockapplicator 100 frompad 102. Actuation ofactuator 112 also may lock the transcutaneously inserted cannula intopad 102. For example, actuation ofapplicator 100 may insert the cannula transcutaneously, unlock the applicator from the pad, and lock the cannula to the pad in a single actuation.Actuator 112 may release the internal mechanism disposed withinapplicator housing 110 when actuated by the wearer, thus causing the cannula to advance through the wearer's skin.Actuator 112 may be a button configured to be pressed by the wearer as illustrated, or may be a lever, snap, knob, or the like. The mechanism for inserting the cannula may includeinternal component 114, biasingmember 116, andlinks applicator housing 110, and are configured to advancecannula 200 throughpad 102 and into the wearer's skin. The mechanism may further includeapplicator needle 150, which is configured to be disposed withincannula 200 during insertion and withdrawn fromcannula 200 after insertion. Self-sealingseptum 224 may be disposed within the cannula head ofcannula 200 in order to support and guideapplicator needle 150 and minimize backflow out ofcannula 200.- Referring now to
FIGS.4A and4B , cross-sectional perspective and side views of the applicator and pad are described.Applicator 100 may include one or more attachment mechanisms that are configured to interact with corresponding features ofpad skeleton 104 to lockapplicator 100 to pad102. These locking mechanisms may help retainapplicator 100 locked to pad102 whencannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer. For example,applicator 100 may include one or moreback pad couplers 122, which may be coupled to pad backclip 108 at the second end ofpad 102.Back pad couplers 122 may be extensions that extend out from the applicator housing to couple with the pad skeleton. As described further below,applicator 100 also may be coupled to pad102 viapad attachments 106 and may be uncoupled frompad 102 at the same time that cannula200 is fully inserted into the wearer and locked to pad102. Internal component 114 supports the insertion mechanisms for inserting the cannula and, after insertion, withdrawing the needle disposed within the cannula.Internal component 114 may be coupled toapplicator housing 110 at an angle. Preferably,internal component 114 is disposed at the angle (e.g., 30-60° angle, 40-50° angle, 45° angle) such thatcannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer at the same angle.Internal component 114 may be configured to position the tip ofcannula 200 nearpad 102, betweenpad attachments 106, in a pre-deployed state, as shown inFIG.4B . The insertion mechanisms supported by internal component may include biasingmember 116 andlinks Biasing member 116 may be disposed at the proximal end ofinternal component 114 and preferably is a spring that may be coupled to one or more links that interact withcannula 200. For example, as described further with respect toFIGS.7A-7D , biasingmember 116 may be coupled to link118, link118 may be coupled to link120, and link120 may be coupled tocannula 200.Actuator 112 may be disposed aboveinternal component 114, such that, whenactuator 112 is pressed towards the skin by the wearer, a force also is applied tointernal component 114.Actuator 112 may include one ormore activation ribs 113, which are configured to engage with correspondingprotrusions 115 disposed on the top of a lower portion ofinternal component 114.Activation ribs 113 preferably are curved such that when a force is applied toactuator 112 by the wearer, the force applied tointernal component 114 is perpendicular to the angle at whichinternal component 114 is disposed withinapplicator housing 110.Activation ribs 113 reorient the force to be perpendicular to the internal component, such that friction is reduced, providing smoother insertion of the cannula without a stick-slip effect.Activation ribs 113 also allow a longer stroke upon activation, which results in more reliable insertion of the cannula.- Referring now to
FIGS.5A and5B , the internal components of the applicator are described.Internal component 114 may be injection molded to form a single piece of material and may be configured to fold in half, as depicted inFIG.5B , such that the internal component is sized and shaped to fit within the applicator housing.Internal component 114 may includeupper portion 132 andlower portion 134 connected viahinge 136. This configuration reduces the number of parts of the applicator, which contributes to a reduction in costs. Internal component 114 preferably includes a channel and one or more guiding mechanisms that are configured to help guide the cannula during insertion. An accurate location of insertion helps ensure that insulin is only delivered below the dermal layer of the wearer's skin.Upper portion 132 may include an upper portion ofchannel 126 andlower portion 134 may include a corresponding lower portion ofchannel 126 such that, whenupper portion 132 is folded on top oflower portion 134, the upper and lower portions ofchannel 126 form a complete channel.Channel 126 preferably is sized and shaped such that the cannula can move through the channel toward the wearer's skin. To ensure accurate control of the cannula as it moves throughchannel 126, additional guiding mechanisms may guide the cannula on its insertion path. For example, the lower portion ofchannel 126 further may include one ormore ledges 128 configured to interact with corresponding features of the cannula when the cannula is advanced in a distal direction. Advantageously,such ledges 128 ensure that cannula is inserted into the wearer's skin at a particular orientation, which may be helpful for aligning radially spaced apertures in the cannula within the wearer's skin. Further, the guiding mechanisms may extend intochannel 126 to contact and guide cannula on the insertion path during insertion. For example, the cannula further may be guided by guidingarm 140 disposed onupper portion 132 and guidingarm 138 disposed onlower portion 134. As described in further detail below, the cannula may have clips and wings sized and shaped to interact withledges 128 and guidingarms - Internal component114 (e.g., at lower portion134) further may include blocking
mechanism 130, which is configured to interact with the biasing member and links such that, in an initial state, blockingmechanism 130 prevents rotation of the links.Attachment pad couplers 124 may interact with corresponding locking mechanisms of the pad skeleton to lock the applicator to the pad. For example,attachment pad couplers 124 may be coupled to the pad attachments at the first end of the pad.Attachment pad couplers 124 may be extensions (e.g., arms) that extend toward the pad. Further,attachment pad couplers 124 preferably are flexible such that contact from the cannula movesattachment pad couplers 124 away from the position that locks the applicator to the pad during cannula delivery. - Referring now to
FIG.6 , operation of the internal component and mechanism for inserting the cannula is described. InFIG.6 ,internal component 114 is shown in a pre-assembled state.Lower portion 134 may includeaxis 146 around which link118 is designed to rotate.Biasing member 116 extends around and alongaxis 146.Biasing member 116 biases link118 to rotate aboutaxis 118. Prior to actuation,blocking mechanism 130 contacts and holds link118 in place. Upon actuation by the wearer, blockingmechanism 130 moves relative to link118 such thatblocking mechanism 130 no longer contacts link118, thereby allowing force applied by biasingmember 116 to cause one or more links to rotate and advance the cannula and needle distally, through the skin of the wearer.Link 118 may be coupled to biasingmember 116 such that link118 cannot move relative to biasingmember 116. In a pre-deployed state, biasingmember 116 may be biased in a direction (e.g., clockwise) such that link118 applies a force to blockingmechanism 130 in a different direction (e.g., opposite, counterclockwise).Link 120 may be coupled to link118 via joint142 andapplicator needle 150 may be coupled to link120 viajoint 144. In a pre-deployed state, joint144 may be disposed adjacent tocannula interface 148 andapplicator needle 150 may be positioned within a lumen ofcannula 200.Applicator needle 150 may be sized and shaped such that the distal end ofapplicator needle 150 extends past the distal end ofcannula 200.Applicator needle 150 may have an angled tip that is configured to minimize the risk of hittingpad skeleton 104 orapplicator housing 110 during insertion ofcannula 200.Cannula 200 may be disposed withinchannel 126 and may be configured to slide in a distal direction alongledges 128, throughchannel 126, and through the skin of the wearer. - Referring now to
FIGS.7A-7D , operation of the mechanism and steps for inserting the cannula are described. The applicator is configured to insertcannula 200 via rotational movement of the insertion mechanism of the applicator. This rotational movement provides several benefits over the mechanisms employed in previously known devices, including, for example, minimizing hard stops, thus reducing the noise of the applicator.FIG.7A depicts the applicator in a pre-deployed state.Pad 102 is partially cut near the location of insertion ofcannula 200 inFIGS.7A-7D to better show how cannula200 andapplicator needle 150 are deployed.Biasing member 116 is biased in a clockwise direction andblocking mechanism 130 is disposed in a position that preventslink 118, which is coupled to biasingmember 116, from moving in a counterclockwise direction. As will also be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, biasingmember 116 may instead be biased in a counterclockwise direction such that, upon actuation, link118 rotates in a clockwise direction. - The applicator may include a needle configured to pierce the skin of the wearer, and to provide a path for
cannula 200 to advance through the skin. Alternatively, as described further below, a portion ofcannula 200 may instead be used to pierce the wearer's skin.Applicator needle 150 may be disposed within the lumen ofcannula 200 and may extend fromcannula head 204, throughelongated shaft 202, andpast cannula tip 218. In the pre-deployed state,cannula head 204 preferably is disposed at the proximal end ofchannel 126 such thatcannula 200 is disposed entirely withinapplicator housing 110.Cannula 200 may include one ormore clips 206 disposed oncannula head 204, which are configured to guidecannula 200 in a substantially linear direction.Clips 206 may extend outward from cannula and may be two wings disposed on either side ofcannula head 204 and sized and shaped to slide alongledges 128. Preferably, in the pre-deployed state,cannula tip 218 is disposed nearpad 102, betweenpad attachments 106, such thatclips 206 may be coupled to padattachments 106 advancement ofcannula 200. FIG.7B depicts the applicator in a partially-deployed state, whereincannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer, butapplicator needle 150 is not yet withdrawn. Upon actuation ofactuator 112, a downward force is applied tointernal component 114, which causeslower portion 134 to deflect. The downward force on blockingmechanism 130transitions blocking mechanism 130 to a position beneathlink 118 such that link118 is able to freely rotate. Because biasingmember 116 is biased in a clockwise direction and is coupled to link118, link118 then rotates aboutaxis 146 in a counter-clockwise direction. The rotation oflink 118 causes link120, which is coupled to link118 via joint142, to move distally and apply a distal force toapplicator needle 150 andcannula 200.Applicator needle 150 andcannula 200 are configured to move in a distal direction throughchannel 126 such that the distal end ofapplicator needle 150 pierces the skin of the wearer and at least a portion ofcannula 200 is inserted. Preferably, clips206 are disposed oncannula head 204 such that clips206 slide alongledges 128, guidingcannula 200 andapplicator needle 150 in a substantially linear direction.- As described further below, when
cannula 200 is inserted, the proximal end ofcannula 200 preferably is coupled to one or more pad attachments disposed on the pad skeleton in order to lockcannula 200 to the pad. At the same time that cannula200 is coupled to the pad skeleton, the applicator may be uncoupled from pad skeleton in a single actuation. - In
FIG.7C , the applicator is depicted in a fully-deployed state, whereincannula 200 is inserted into the skin of the wearer andapplicator needle 150 is withdrawn. Aftercannula 200 is inserted, biasingmember 116 may continue to apply a force to link118 such that link118 continues to rotate in a counter-clockwise direction, forcinglink 120 to move in a proximal direction. Preferably,cannula 200 remains coupled to the pad skeleton andapplicator needle 150 remains coupled to link120 via joint144 such thatcannula 200 andapplicator needle 150 are separated. Aslink 120 moves in a proximal direction,applicator needle 150 is withdrawn fromcannula 200 and into the applicator, at least a portion ofcannula 200 remaining in the wearer's skin. The withdrawal ofapplicator needle 150 into the applicator ensures the needle is stored in a safe, remote place. - Referring to
FIG.7D , the applicator is depicted in a fully-deployed state, whereinapplicator needle 150 is stored withinapplicator housing 110, biasingmember 116 is completely unloaded, and the rotation oflink 118 is stopped.Links applicator needle 150 may stop rotating without contacting any surfaces.Internal component 114 may include one or more stopping zones that are configured to allow slowing of the rotation oflinks internal component 114 may include upper stoppingzone 152 and lower stoppingzone 154. Upper stoppingzone 152 may be positioned at the proximal end ofinternal component 114, where joint142 is configured to stop rotating when biasingmember 116 is completely unloaded. Lower stoppingzone 154 may be distal to upper stoppingzone 152, where joint144 is configured to stop rotating when biasingmember 116 is completely unloaded. - Referring now to
FIG.8 , operation of the lower stopping portion when the applicator withdraws the needle is described. To further reduce the noise from inserting the cannula, lower stoppingportion 154 may clamp joint144 between two surfaces to help slow the rotation oflink 120 andapplicator needle 150. As shown inFIG.6 , the biasing member, links118 and120, andapplicator needle 150 are disposed betweenupper portion 132 andlower portion 134.Upper portion 132 andlower portion 134 may each have a sloped section that narrows the space between the upper and lower portion. When joint144 reaches lower stoppingportion 154, joint144 becomes clamped betweenupper portion 132 andlower portion 134, such thatlink 120 andapplicator needle 150 are prevented from continuing to rotate. - With respect to
FIGS.9A and9B , an exemplary pad for attaching the pump to a wearer is described.Pad 102 is attached to the wearer and is configured to support the applicator, the patch pump, and the cannula.Pad 102 comprises a first surface, on whichpad skeleton 104 is attached, and a second, skin-facing surface that includes pad adhesive105 that is safe to apply to skin.Pad adhesive 105 is configured to secure the pad to the wearer for a period of at least 3-10 days and preferably is strong enough to hold the patch pump on the wearer during the wearer's normal, daily motions including showering, swimming, and other outdoor activities. One ormore release liners 103 may be attached to pad adhesive105 untilpad 102 is ready to be secured to the wearer.FIG.9B showsrelease liners 103, which have been partially cut at the location of cannula insertion.Pad skeleton 104 is configured to couplepad 102 to the applicator for insertion of the cannula and to the patch pump for delivery of the medication.Pad skeleton 104 may include one or more locking mechanisms configured to lock the applicator, the pump-cap assembly, and/or the cannula to padskeleton 104. For example,pad skeleton 104 may includepad attachments 106 at a first end ofpad 102, pad backclip 108 at a second end ofpad 102, and one or more pad clips holes107 at one or more sides ofpad 102. - Referring now to
FIGS.10A-10F , further details of the applicator, pad, and cannula are described. The applicator and pad may be configured to both insert the cannula and cause the cannula to be locked to the pad in a single actuation. Preferably,pad 102, which is shown as partially cut inFIGS.10A,10B, and10D to better show how cannula200 andapplicator needle 150 are deployed, includes one or more locking mechanisms that may be configured to lock to either the applicator, cannula, and/or the pump-cap assembly. For example, pad102 may includepad attachments 106, as described above, and the applicator may include flexibleattachment pad couplers 124, which are configured to fit within one or more slots ofpad attachments 106. In the pre-deployed state,attachment pad couplers 124 are disposed within the slots ofpad attachments 106 such that the applicator is coupled to pad102 viapad skeleton 104, as shown inFIG.10A . - Upon actuation by the wearer, the cannula is configured to advance distally, through the skin of the wearer. As shown in
FIG.10C ,cannula 200 may include one ormore clips 206 disposed oncannula head 204 and configured to interact withchannel 126 of the applicator and guidecannula 200 in a substantially linear direction during insertion.Cannula head 204 may further include onemore wings 207 configured to protrude towards the wearer's skin and to interact with guidingarm 138 to order to preventcannula 200 from rotating around the longitudinal axis ofcannula 200 during and after insertion. As described below with respect toFIGS.12A and12B , control of the orientation of the cannula in the wearer's skin is important to ensure precise delivery of medication through the aperture(s). Clips 206 preferably are also configured to function as a locking mechanism. For example, clips206 may be one or more protrusions disposed on a first and second side ofcannula head 204. In the deployed state, clips206 may be disposed within the slots ofpad attachments 106 such that the cannula is coupled to pad102 viapad skeleton 104, as shown inFIG.10B . This single actuation both locks the cannula to pad102 and pushesattachment pad couplers 124 away from the slots ofpad attachments 106, unlocking the applicator to pad102. Once theattachment pad couplers 124 are uncoupled to padattachments 106, the applicator may be removed from the wearer's skin, leavingpad 102 and the cannula in place, as shown inFIGS.10D-10F .- In order to maintain the proper orientation of the cannula,
wings 207 are preferably sized and shaped to fit between twopad attachments 106, as shown inFIG.10E , and clips206 are preferably sized and shaped to fit within the slots ofpad attachments 106, as shown inFIG.10F .Pad skeleton 104 may further includeangled interface 101, which may be disposed betweenpad attachments 106 and shaped to have an interface at the angle the cannula is inserted such thatangled interface 101 engages withcannula head 204 in the deployed state. Ensuring a proper fit ofcannula 200 to padskeleton 104 prevents rotation or other movement of the cannula after insertion, resulting in accurate delivery of medication. After the applicator is removed, the pump-cap assembly may be coupled to the pad-cannula assembly via pad clips holes107. - Referring now to
FIG.11A , further aspects of the applicator, pad, and cannula are described. InFIG.11A , the applicator is depicted in a partially-deployed state, wherein the cannula is inserted into the skin of the wearer, butapplicator needle 150 is not yet withdrawn. The distal end ofapplicator needle 150 may be disposed distal tocannula tip 218 and the proximal end ofapplicator needle 150 may be coupled to link120.Applicator needle 150 preferably is inserted through the septum of the cannula and extends past the distal end of the cannula.Septum 224 is a self-sealing material designed to seal the proximal region of the cannula, such as silicone, and minimizes backflow out of the cannula.Septum 224 may be disposed withincannula head 204 and supports and guidesapplicator needle 150 such that the needle is withdrawn in a substantially linear direction.Applicator needle 150 may be coupled to link120, which interacts withapplicator interfaces cannula head 204 and configured to provide smooth and continuous contact withlink 120 during insertion of the cannula. After the cannula is inserted,cannula head 204 of the cannula may be locked to padattachments 106, as shown inFIG.10B .Elongated shaft 202 of the cannula extends frompad attachments 106,past pad skeleton 104, throughpad 102, and into the skin of the wearer. Depending on the type of medication inserted (e.g., insulin), the cannula may be inserted such thatapertures cannula tip 218 are disposed below the dermal layer of skin. - With respect to
FIG.11B , interengagement of the pad and an exemplary patch pump is described. After the cannula is deployed and is coupled to pad102 viapad attachments 106, as shown inFIG.10B , the applicator is removed frompad 102. A patch pump constructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention, which preferably includes a disposable cap and a reusable pump, is coupled to pad102 to deliver medication via the cannula. For example, the patch pump may include a housing that is configured to lock to padskeleton 104 such that the patch pump is secured to the wearer during the wearer's normal, daily motions. The patch pump may includeoutflow needle 408, which is in fluid communication with the cannula and to deliver a predetermined dose of medication from a cartridge to the cannula responsive to pumping at the patch pump.Outflow needle 408 preferably is configured to pierceseptum 224 ofcannula head 204 such that the distal end ofoutflow needle 408 is disposed belowseptum 224 and medication flows intoelongated shaft 202, rather than back into the patch pump, for transcutaneous delivery to the wearer via one or more apertures of the cannula. Further, as illustrated, the entirety ofcannula head 204 may be designed to stay above the skin line and remain external to the patient whileelongated shaft 202 is transcutaneous. - Referring now to
FIGS.12A and12B , an exemplary cannula for delivering medication is described.Cannula 200 may be injection molded from a single piece of material, which is preferable to extrusion in order to reduce the risk of kinking ofcannula 200.Cannula 200 preferably is made from a material that is insulin compatible and flexible and includescannula head 204,cannula tip 218, andelongated shaft 202.Cannula head 204 is disposed at the proximal end ofcannula 200 and configured to interact with the applicator needle and the needle through which the medication is delivered.Cannula tip 218 is disposed at the distal end ofcannula 200 and may includedistal aperture 216 for delivering medication.Elongated shaft 202 may extend betweencannula head 204 andcannula tip 218 and may include one or more apertures for delivery of medication.Elongated shaft 202 may increase in diameter towardscannula head 204 and the wearer's skin surface, to mitigate the risk that the delivered medication travels proximally along the outside surface of the cannula to the dermal layer or the surface of the skin. This conical shape may also reduce the risk of kinking ofcannula 200. Elongated shaft 202 also may have one or more apertures disposed along the elongated shaft in any configuration. Preferably the apertures are disposed such that medication is delivered only below the dermal layer of the skin. As depicted inFIG.12A ,cannula 200 may includeaperture 210 andaperture 214, disposed distal toaperture 210, which are oriented towards the skin surface of the wearer. As shown inFIG.12B ,cannula 200 also may includeaperture 208 andaperture 212, which are oriented away from the skin surface of the wearer. As will also be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the cannula may be configured such that the apertures are axially oriented relative to a different target infusion area within the wearer.Cannula head 204 may include one or more applicator interfaces that are configured to interact withlink 120 to permit rotational movement of the cannula during insertion of the cannula into the skin of the wearer. For example,applicator interface 220 may be disposed on the side ofcannula head 204 that is farthest away from the skin surface of the wearer.Applicator interface 220 may be a rounded, convex protrusion, which interacts with a corresponding rounded, concave receptacle oflink 120.Cannula head 204 also may includeapplicator interface 222, which may be disposed on the opposite side of the cannula head, the side closest to the skin surface of the wearer.Applicator interface 222 may be a rounded, concave receptacle, which interacts with a corresponding rounded, convex protrusion oflink 120. The rounded shapes ofapplicator interfaces link 120 are designed such thatlink 120 maintains smooth and continuous contact withcannula head 204 during insertion ofcannula 200 into the wearer's skin.Cannula head 204 also may include one ormore clips 206 configured to guidecannula 200 in a substantially linear direction.Clips 206 may be any component ofcannula head 204 that is configured to interact with the channel of the internal component of the applicator during insertion ofcannula 200 into the wearer's skin. For example, clips206 may be one or more wings disposed on a first and second side ofcannula head 204 and sized and shaped to slide along the ledges of the channel.Clips 206 alternatively may be receptacles disposed oncannula head 204 and configured to slide along corresponding protrusions of the channel.Cannula head 204 may further includewings 207, which may be configured to interact with the guiding arm to order to preventcannula 200 from rotating around the longitudinal axis ofcannula 200 during and after insertion. Preferably,wings 207 are configured to protrude towards the wearer's skin and the guiding arm and are sized and shaped such that the guiding arm fits between the two wings.Clips 206 andwings 207 are designed to control orientation of the cannula during delivery and insertion. Because the apertures along the shaft of the cannula may be radially and longitudinally offset from one another, control of the orientation of the cannula in the wearer's skin is important to ensure precise delivery of medication through the aperture(s). Thus, clips206 andwings 207 ensure axial orientation in a target direction of the apertures.- Referring to
FIGS.13A and13B , alternative embodiments of the distal end of the cannula are described. InFIG.13A ,cannula tip 218 has an angled tip for inducing curvature in the cannula during insertion. Preferably, the cannula is curved towards the surface of the skin, which permits the cannula to have a greater length without being inserted too deep within the wearer's skin. The greater the length of the cannula, the more apertures that may be positioned alongelongated shaft 202, which may extend the life of the cannula. Further, the angled tip may be oriented such that the distal portion of the angled tip is configured to be oriented nearer the skin surface than the proximal portion of the angled tip. FIG.13B depicts an alternative embodiment of the distal end of the cannula, which includes one ormore knife blades 226, which are configured to reduce the pain from insertion of the cannula and maintain the preferred axial orientation of the cannula during and after insertion.Knife blades 226 may extend proximally fromcannula tip 218 along a portion ofelongated shaft 202.Knife blades 226 have sharpened edges to facilitate piercing the skin and insertion of the distal end of the cannula. Preferably, two knife blades disposed on opposing sides of the cannula shaft, adjacent to the distal end, may be employed.- Turning to
FIG.14A , an embodiment of a cannula having multiple apertures is described. The apertures are preferably arranged in a configuration that ensures the medication is delivered to the appropriate location within the wearer's skin. The multiple apertures also may be arranged such that medication is delivered along the length ofelongated shaft 202. The cannula may includecannula head 204,cannula tip 218, andelongated shaft 202.Cannula head 204 may includeseptum 224, which is configured to both support the applicator needle during insertion of the cannula into the wearer's skin and to support the needle of the patch pump during delivery of the medication. The applicator needle is disposed throughseptum 224 during the insertion of the cannula into the wearer's skin. - The cannula may have several apertures for delivery medication, such that medication is delivered only below the dermal layer of skin.
Distal aperture 216 may be disposed atcannula tip 218 and four apertures may be disposed alongelongated shaft 202.Apertures elongated shaft 202 oriented away from the skin surface of the wearer andapertures elongated shaft 202 oriented towards to the skin surface of the wearer.Aperture 208 may be the proximal most aperture such that medication delivered throughaperture 208 is delivered in the direction away from the skin surface of the wearer. This configuration of apertures mitigates the risk of delivering medication into the derma layer of the wearer's skin. Delivery below the dermal layer of skin is particularly important for insulin delivery in order to ensure stable absorption. As described above, clips206 andwings 207 may be used to ensure a desired orientation of cannula shaft during and after insertion to align the apertures in the desired manner. - With respect to
FIGS.14B-14E , alternative embodiments of cannula comprising biodegradable materials are described. The use of biodegradable materials within the cannula expands the insulin infusion area and volume over time. One of the main issues with previously known cannula is the risk of occlusion, which occurs when insulin reacts with fat. The typical life of a cannula with a single aperture at the distal end (e.g., distal aperture216) is about 3-4 days. The addition of biodegradable materials that dissolve to open additional apertures over time may extend the life of the cannula to at least 7-10 days. The greater the life of the cannula, the fewer times the wearer is required to insert a new cannula into their skin at a different location and the less waste created from used cannulas. - The biodegradable materials may either be disposed within the lumen of the cannula (“lumen plug”) or within the apertures of the cannula (“aperture plug”) such that medication may still travel through the lumen and
distal aperture 216. The biodegradable materials preferably have fast degradation rates, e.g., several days. Exemplary biodegradable materials include: polysaccharide-based materials; salt; silk; hyaluronic acid (HA); polyethylene glycol (PEG); saturated aliphatic polyesters:poly(lactic acid) (PLA), polyglycolide (PGA), combination thereof (poly(lactide-co-glycolide), PLGA); polyanhydrides. - The cannula of
FIG.14B includes two types of lumen plugs in an initial state. Firstbiodegradable material 230 and secondbiodegradable material 232 may be disposed withinelongated shaft 202 and block one or more apertures. Firstbiodegradable material 230 may have a shorter dissolution time than secondbiodegradable material 232. For example, firstbiodegradable material 230 may have a dissolution period of 2-3 days and secondbiodegradable material 232 may have a dissolution period of 4-6 days. Firstbiodegradable material 230 preferably is disposed distal to the proximal-most aperture (e.g., aperture208) such that, in the initial state, medication may be delivered through the proximal-most aperture. Firstbiodegradable material 230 may block one or more apertures along elongated shaft. For example, firstbiodegradable material 230 preferably blocksaperture 210 but does not blockapertures distal aperture 216. - As shown in
FIG.14C , after firstbiodegradable material 230 dissolves,aperture 210 is opened and secondbiodegradable material 232 remains disposed within the lumen of the cannula. Secondbiodegradable material 232 may be disposed distal to firstbiodegradable material 230 and preferably blocksapertures distal aperture 216. After secondbiodegradable material 232 dissolves, all of the apertures of the cannula may be opened. Over time, the apertures through which medication is initially delivered may become occluded due to the reaction between the delivered insulin and the fat. However, the dissolution of the biodegradable materials at varying times mitigates this issue by periodically opening new apertures. - In the cannula plug embodiment of
FIGS.14B and14C , a modified applicator needle and method for inserting the cannula may be necessary. For example, the applicator needle may be shortened such that it does not extend through any biodegradable material. If the applicator needle does not extend past thedistal tip 218, the distal-most cannula plug, secondbiodegradable material 232, preferably is configured to have a sharp distal end that is configured to pierce the wearer's skin. - With respect to
FIGS.14D and14E , a cannula having two types of aperture plugs in an initial state is described. Thirdbiodegradable material 234 and fourthbiodegradable material 236 may be disposed within the apertures onelongated shaft 202 such that medication may still travel through the lumen anddistal aperture 216, which remains unblocked. Thirdbiodegradable material 234 may have a shorter dissolution time than fourthbiodegradable material 236. For example, thirdbiodegradable material 234 may be similar to firstbiodegradable material 230 and may have a dissolution period of 2-3 days. Fourthbiodegradable material 236 may be similar to secondbiodegradable material 232 and may have a dissolution period of 4-6 days. Thirdbiodegradable material 234 preferably is disposed withinapertures biodegradable material 236 preferably is disposed withinapertures distal aperture 216 andapertures biodegradable material 236 will dissolve, openingapertures - As will also be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the cannula may include only one biodegradable material or may include more than two biodegradable materials. In the lumen plug embodiment, the biodegradable materials may be configured to block one or more apertures. In the aperture plug embodiment, the biodegradable materials may be configured to block different apertures than illustrated. As will also be understood, biodegradable materials may have a dissolution period of 0-10 days, and the choice of biodegradable material may depend upon the configuration of the biodegradable materials and the number of different types of biodegradable materials incorporated into the cannula.
- Referring now to
FIGS.15A and15B , perspective views of an exemplary patch pump and pump-cap assembly constructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention are described. The patch pump is configured to attach to the adhesive pad secured to the wearer and to deliver doses of medication through the inserted cannula. The patch pump preferably includes a reusable pump, a disposable cap, a disposable pre-filled cartridge of medication, and a pad. The pump is configured to be used for several years, thus reducing waste as well as the cost of the system. The user preferably may own two reusable pumps, which allows the user to recharge the first pump while wearing and receiving medication from the second pump. As described above, the first pump may communicate data to or from the second pump, so as to provide continuity of insulin infusion when one pump is changed out for the other pump. The wearer may alternative using two pumps such that one pump is the center of the configuration data system controlling, among other things, the insulin delivery process, the heart rate measurement process, the glucose measurement process, the authentication of the pumps to each other, and the authentication of the user's smartphone, the authentication of the user, and the authentication of the physician. At any given time no or only one pump is active. The pumps share their configuration data when possible, either directly with the other pump or via a file temporarily stored in the patient's smartphone. The data may be secured by encryption and authenticated by a signature, both operations using the best standards in the field. The data may be transferred from the active pump to the non-active pump. Preferably, only the active pump can change the configuration via instructions given by the wearer or the physician. - The patch pump may include pump300 preferably designed to be used for an extended period of time (e.g., 2-4 years), and cap400 preferably designed to be replaced after a much shorter period of time (e.g., 3-5 days). The patch pump also may include a pre-filled cartridge of medication, such as
cartridge 500, which may be filled during manufacturing or by the wearer prior to insertingcartridge 500 into the pump. For example, the wearer may pre-fill several cartridges configured to last one month and store the pre-filled cartridges in the fridge until the cartridge are to be used. The patch pump may be configured such that the pre-filled cartridges may be inserted into the patch pump as soon as the cartridges are removed from the fridge. For example, the patch pump may complete an initialization process, described further below, which reduces the formation of bubbles within the cartridge. Preferably, the wearer need not wait a certain period of time (e.g., 20 minutes) before inserting the cartridge into the patch pump.Cartridge 500 may include a cartridge cap through which an inflow needle ofcap 400 is disposed and a plunger, disposed at the opposite end and configured to be advanced toward the cartridge cap to deliver insulin.Cartridge 500 is configured to be inserted into the patch pump such thatcartridge 500 is completely enclosed within the patch pump. For example,cartridge 500 may be inserted first intopump 300 such that a portion ofcartridge 500 remains outside ofpump housing 302.Cap 400 then may be coupled tocartridge 500 such that an inflow needle disposed withincap 400 pierces the cartridge cap ofcartridge 500. While still maintaining inflow needle withincartridge 500,cap 400 then may be rotated relative to pump300 to lockcap 400 to pump300, thereby coupling the cap-pump assembly to the pad and the pump. - Pump300 may include a motor disposed within
pump housing 302, the motor configured to move a pusher coupled to the plunger ofcartridge 500 such that insulin is advanced through an inflow needle ofcap 400 and to a microdosing system designed to measure and deliver predetermined doses of medication. The same motor may simultaneously activate the plunger of the cartridge and the microdosing system, for example, via a gearbox. Doses of medication may be delivered to the user responsive to operation of a processor, in accordance with programming stored in memory associated with the processor or specifically when requested by the user, e.g., using a suitable wireless application on the user's smartphone. The processor may be configured to monitor one or more sensors and modify operation ofpump 300 or alert the wearer based on information sensed by one or more sensors. Cap 400 is configured to receive medication fromcartridge 500 and deliver predetermined doses of the medication through an outflow needle, intocannula 200, and to the wearer.Cap 400 preferably includes a microdosing system configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication.Cap 400 further may include locking mechanisms configured to lockcap 400 to pump300 such thatcartridge 500 is completely enclosed withinpump housing 302 andcap housing 402 in a closed and locked position.Cap 400 may include additional locking mechanisms configured to lock the pump-cap assembly to the pad. For example,cap 400 may include one or more cap clips403, which may be sized and shaped to fit within one or more pad clips holes disposed on the pad skeleton. The pump-cap assembly may be unlocked from the pad by pressing unclippingbuttons 405, which preferably are configured to deflectcap clips 403 such that cap clips403 may be removed from the pad clips holes. This method of locking and unlocking the pump-cap assembly to the pad ensures that the patch pump will remain in place during the wearer's daily motions and is convenient for the wearer to secure and remove the pump-cap assembly. For example, the wearer preferably can clip/unclip the pump-cap assembly from the pad using one hand, even if the patch pump is secured to a difficult to reach area of the body, such as the back of the arm.- Referring to
FIG.16 , the lower side of the assembled patch pump is described. The patch pump includespump housing bottom 305, which is the lower side, or skin-facing side, of the pump that is oriented toward the wearer's skin. Pumphousing bottom 305 may be coupled to pumphousing 302, which is an upper side of the pump that is oriented away from the wearer's skin. Pumphousing bottom 305 may have a slight concavity such that the patch pump maintains contact with the wearer's skin. The patch pump preferably includesreusable pump 300 havingpump housing 302 anddisposable cap 400 havingcap housing 402, which are coupled together with the pad to form the patch pump.Cap 400 further may includeconnection cavity 404, sized and shaped to receive the pad attachments and cannula head, which protrude from the pad and lock the cannula to the pad, when the patch pump is locked to the pad.Connection cavity 404 may house an outflow needle that is configured to interact with the cannula.Cap 400 may include one or more cap clips403, which may be coupled to one ormore unclipping buttons 405 that may be pressed to unlock the pump-cap assembly from the pad. Preferably, the cap includes two unclippingbuttons 405 disposed on each side of the cap, eachunclipping button 405 having twocap clips 403 that are sized and shaped to fit within the pad clips holes disposed on the pad skeleton, thereby allowing lateral clipping. - Pump300 may include a photoplethysmography sensor configured to determine the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters, which may be used to adjust the delivery of medication from
pump 300 to the wearer, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 11,241,530 to Fridez et al. and PCT International Application No. PCT/IB2021/060766, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference. For example, using physical activity level, or a determination that the wearer is sleeping or awake, a small change may be made in an algorithm that controls an amount or rate of insulin injection, which could significantly influence blood glucose level. The patch pump controller also could use heart rate, as determined by the photoplethysmography sensor, to implement a sport mode, for example, that permits a slightly higher glucose target to decrease the risk of hypoglycemia after physical exertion. - The photoplethysmography sensor may be electrically coupled to a circuit board disposed within
pump 300 and may be disposed withinphotoplethysmography sensor frame 304, which is disposed on the skin-facing side ofpump housing 302.Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 may extend through a pad opening in the pad attached to the wearer. The skin-facing side ofpump housing 302 preferably is configured to include one or more protrusions such that the photoplethysmography sensor maintains contact with the wearer's body surface during motion, while also reducing cross talk between emitters and detectors and from ambient light impinging upon the photoplethysmography sensor. For example, the skin-facing side ofpump housing 302 may includeoptional rib 308, configured to protrude frompump housing 302 to block light.Rib 308 may surroundbump 310, which houses the photoplethysmography sensor. Bump310 preferably protrudes farther frompump housing 302 thanrib 308, such thatbump 310 maintains contact with the wearer's skin while ensuring that the contact force ofbump 310 does not apply excessive pressure to the wearer's skin or cause tissue necrosis. - The photoplethysmography sensor is designed to generate a strong photoplethysmography signal suitable for heart rate monitoring and pulse oximetry and may include one or more LEDs and one or more detectors. The photoplethysmography sensor may include an exemplary multi-chip photoplethysmography package suitable for use in the patch pump, for example, the SFH 7072 BIOFY® Sensor device commercially available from OSRAM Opto Semiconductors GmbH, Regensburg, Germany. The multi-chip photoplethysmography package may include red, infrared, and green LEDs, an infrared cut detector to detect reflected light from green LEDs, and a broadband detector to detect reflected light from red and infrared LEDs. Preferably, the red LED has a centroid wavelength of 655 nm, the infrared LED has a centroid wavelength of 940 nm and the green LEDs have a centroid wavelength of 530 nm. The LEDs and detectors are set in a ceramic package that includes one or more light barriers configured to reduce optical crosstalk between the LEDs and detectors.
- As is well known in the photoplethysmography art, green LEDs are commonly used in monitoring heart rate in wearables in view of their good signal-to-noise ratio and resistance to motion artifact, while the combination of red and infrared LEDs provides accurate monitoring of blood oxygen saturation. Suitable algorithms are known in the art for processing photoplethysmographic signals generated with red and infrared LEDs and green LEDs to reduce the effects of motion noise, including frequency domain analysis and Kalman filter analysis techniques. Alternatively, infrared-red LEDs may be used, instead of the green LEDs, to compute heart rates for wearers having darker skin complexions. As will also be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, more or fewer LEDs advantageously could be employed in the photoplethysmography sensor.
Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 preferably includes one or moretransparent windows 306 and a layer, formingbump 310.Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 may comprise a sturdy biocompatible plastic or rubber material that may have one or more openings.Windows 306 may consist of a clear plastic material having low absorptivity for light at the wavelengths of the LEDs and may be configured to mate with the openings ofphotoplethysmography sensor frame 304 to provide a smooth exterior surface forbump 310. The layer preferably is a closed cell foam or similar compressible material against which the photoplethysmography sensor is urged against the layer into contact withwindows 306.Photoplethysmography sensor frame 304 and the layer preferably are matte black or gray to reduce light scattering of light reflected from tissue throughwindows 306.Window 306 may be a single thin window <0.5 mm thick or, alternatively may include more than one window.- Heart rate signals generated by the photoplethysmography sensor may be used by the controller to modulate infusion of insulin from the patch pump. Preferably, the photoplethysmography sensor periodically measures the wearer's heart rate, e.g., once every minute, 2½ minutes or five minutes, and computes a heart rate and a quality measure for the computed heart rate. The quality measure may be used to determine whether to adjust insulin delivery to better maintain the stability of the wearer's blood glucose level.
- In addition, the heart rate data may be used to compute an activity intensity level, similar to that employed in physical activity monitors, such as resting, passive behavior, and low, medium and high levels. Such an activity level could be used to adjust parameters of the insulin delivery algorithm to permit a “sport mode” that adjusts insulin delivery to reduce the risk of hypoglycemia during, and especially after, engaging in vigorous or sports activities. The heart rate also could be evaluated to determine whether the wearer is asleep or awake. For example, when a wearer is asleep, the parameters of the infusion algorithm used in the controller could be switched to a sleep mode. This sleep mode may allow fine-tuning of the wearer's glucose level to allow provide better sleep well and improve time in a targeted glucose range. Such adjustments are expected to be possible because while sleeping, the wearer does not eat, is not physically active, and is not physically or emotionally stressed.
- Determination that a wearer is asleep or awake additionally could be based on, or confirmed by, data from an accelerometer. Accelerometer outputs also could be analyzed to assess where the patch pump is being worn by the user, and to determine body orientation. The sleep/wake information also may be analyzed to provide a quality measure of the measurement, and thus allow the infusion algorithm employed by the controller to have a good degree of confidence regarding its insulin delivery adjustments. The output of the photoplethysmography sensor also may be used to validate that the patch pump is adequately adhered to the wearer's skin to allow insulin injection, as described further below. If, for example, patch pump includes a capacitive circuit for continuously detecting that the pump is adhered to a wearer's skin, the photoplethysmography sensor could provide confirmation that the pump is located on the wearer's skin.
- Referring now to
FIG.17 , internal components of an exemplary pump are described. For example, pump300 may include withinpump housing 302 and pumphousing bottom 305 the following components:coil 312,circuit board 314,sensor 316,battery 318,sensor 320,mechanical coupling 322,gearbox 324,sound generator 326,pump motor 328,vibration motor 330,cartridge holder 332, and/or pusher335 (which may includescrew 334,nut 336,bendable rod 338, and/or cartridge contactor340). - Pump300 may include housing having one or more separate pieces that are configured to couple together to enclose the internal components of the pump. Preferably, pump300 includes a minimal number of parts such that the cost of the pump is reduced. For example, pump300 may include pump
housing 302 coupled to pumphousing bottom 305, which may includephotoplethysmography sensor frame 304.Pump housing 302 preferably has a cavity to receive a portion of a pre-filled cartridge. When coupled to the cap housing, the combined housings preferably fully enclose the cartridge.Pump housing 302 may includeplethysmography sensor frame 304 and pump housing back342, which may be disposed on the end ofpump housing 302 that does not lock with the cap.Pump housing 302 also may include a dry zone seal and/or one or more dry zone vents, which are configured to separate wet and dry zones of the pump such that the electrical components in the dry zone are isolated from the wet zone and do not contact any fluid and/or to permit humidity and gas to escape the housing such that pressure may equilibrate. In addition,cartridge holder 332 may separate the protected wet zone from the dry zone and may include one or more O-rings to seal off the zones when a cartridge is disposed within the pump-cap assembly. Coil 312 is electrically coupled tobattery 318.Coil 312 may include a magnetic shielding and preferably receives energy fromoutside pump housing 302 to chargebattery 318 ofpump 300. For example, a corresponding coil in chargingsystem 600 may transfer energy tocoil 312 to chargebattery 318. The coils may be inductive coils.Circuit board 314 permits electrical connection between electrical components withinpump housing 302. Circuit board has a controller with one or more processors to execute programmed instructions stored in memory to causemotor 328 to deliver the medication to the wearer and to monitor one or more sensed parameters generated by sensors (e.g.,sensors 316 or320) disposed within or external to pumphousing 302.Sensor 316 is designed to sense information associated with operation ofmicrodosing system 410 and to send the information to the controller for processing.Sensor 316 may, for example, monitor the microdosing function and sense information indicative of the presence of a cap, the status of a cap, and/or an occlusion in the dosing pathway, as described in detail below.Battery 318 is a rechargeable battery to power the pump.Battery 318 has a capacity sufficient to permitpump 300 to pump all the medication from the cartridge to the wearer with a single charge.Battery 318 may be disposed within the housing and may be charged by a charger via a coil with the charger andcoil 312 withinpump 300.Sensor 320 is designed to sense information associated with operation ofpump 300 and to send the information to the controller for processing.Sensor 320 may, for example, sense information indicative of the pressure within the cartridge of medication, as described below.Mechanical coupling 322 is designed to couple with a corresponding portion in the cap of the patch pump to translate motion frompump motor 328 into components of the cap, for example, for microdosing.Mechanical coupling 322 further may be used for lockingpump housing 302 to the cap housing.Mechanical coupling 322 is coupled to the output fromgearbox 324 such thatmechanical coupling 322 may rotate at a reduced ratio as compared to rotation directly output bypump motor 328.Gearbox 324 may be coupled tomotor 328,pusher 335, and/ormechanical coupling 322 such that rotation of the gears withgearbox 324 causes delivery of a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. Asmotor 328 turns when activated,gearbox 324 causes a corresponding movement atmechanical coupling 322 and atpusher 335.Gearbox 324 incorporates gears to change the ratio of movement pump shaft rotations ofpump motor 328 to generated sufficient torque to drivemechanical coupling 322 andpusher 335. For example,gearbox 324 may utilize gearing that reduces movement generated bypump motor 328 to movement generated by mechanical coupling at a reduction ratio. The reduction ratio may be greater than 10:1, such as 68.42:1. Advantageously, a single pump motor may be used to both push medication out of the cartridge and move the microdosing system to generate the microdose of medication. For example, the single pump motor may simultaneously (1) advance the piston with micro-steps and (2) activate the microdosing system at every pump cycle.Sound generator 326, responsive to instructions from the controller, generates an audible sound via a buzzer to the wearer. For example,sound generator 326 may generate the audible sound if there is an error with the pump or a sensed physiological parameter is beyond a predetermined threshold.Motor 328 may be coupled tovibration motor 330, which may be operatively coupled to the controller. The controller may cause the vibration motor to vibrate to alert the wearer based on a sensed parameter by a sensor, which may be operatively coupled to the controller. Preferably the controller is configured to causevibration motor 330 to vibrate when the sensed parameter falls outside a predetermined threshold stored in memory. In addition, the controller may causevibration motor 330 to vibrate based on the controller's determination that an error has occurred associated with operation of the patch pump based on the sensed parameter. Alternatively, the controller may be configured to causevibration motor 330 to vibrate based on the time. For example, the vibration motor may vibrate once every three days to provide regular alerts to the user.- The sensors operatively coupled to the controller may include a sensor configured to sense a pressure within a cartridge, a sensor configured to detect an occlusion in a dosing pathway, a sensor configured to sense the temperature or humidity within the patch pump, a sensor configured to monitor glucose levels of the wearer, a photoplethysmography sensor configured to sense the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters, or a sensor configured to sense the wearer's activity level. These sensed parameters may indicate whether the patch pump is running properly, whether the medication is stored at a safe temperature, and whether the wearer's physiologic parameters are at a safe level. Preferably, the controller is configured to cause
vibration motor 330 to vibrate when the pressure within the cartridge falls outside a predetermined pressure range, when the wearer's glucose level falls outside a predetermined glucose level range, when the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters fall outside a predetermined photoplethysmographic threshold, and/or when the wearer's activity level is outside a predetermined threshold. The controller also may be configured to causevibration motor 330 to vibrate when the sensor detects information indicative of an occlusion or only when the sensor twice detects information indicative of an occlusion. Additionally or alternatively, the wearer may be alerted viasound generator 326, a user interface having LEDs, which also may be disposed withinpump 300, or a mobile application. Pusher 335 is designed to push, responsive to movement frompump motor 328, on an end of the cartridge. Preferably,pusher 335 pushes on a flexible plunger within the cartridge to move medication out of the cartridge during dosing.Pusher 335 also may push the plunger of the cartridge to increase pressure in the cartridge without moving medication to the wearer, for example, during pump initialization.Pusher 335 may includescrew 334,nut 336,bendable rod 338, and/orcartridge contactor 340.Screw 334 is coupled to pumpmotor 328, e.g., viagearbox 324.Screw 334 may be a worm screw. Responsive to rotational movement atpump motor 328,screw 334 rotates in a corresponding manner (e.g., at a geared ratio). Movement ofscrew 334 causesnut 336 to move alongscrew 334.Screw 334 may include a threaded screw andnut 336 may include a threaded nut that moves along the screw responsive to rotation of the screw.Bendable rod 338 is coupled tonut 336 and moves asnut 336 moves.Bendable rod 338 may curve in an approximately 180 degree angle to cause equal and opposite movements betweennut 336 andcartridge contactor 340.Cartridge contactor 340 is designed to contact the cartridge and move the plunger of the cartridge responsive to movement ofpump motor 328.Cartridge contactor 340 may have a flange that contacts an outer surface of the plunger at a non-insulin-contacting end.Cartridge contactor 340 also may have an extension with a smaller diameter than the flange that extends into the inner part of the plunger. In this manner, cartridge contactor may have a top hat shape.- Referring now to
FIG.18 , further aspects of the patch pump, are described. The skin-facing side of the patch pump is configured to interact with the pad and the cannula such that the patch pump is secured to the wearer and predetermined doses of medication are delivered to the wearer.Circuit board 314, havingphotoplethysmography sensor 346, may be disposed withinpump 300 and may be configured to cause the motor to pump the medication from the cartridge to theoutflow needle 408, which is configured to pierce the cannula.Outflow needle 408 may be disposed withinconnection cavity 404.Connection cavity 404 preferably is disposed on the skin-facing side ofcap 400 and may be sized and shaped to receive the proximal region of the cannula (e.g., cannula head) such thatoutflow needle 408 can be coupled in fluid communication with the cannula to deliver the microdoses of medication.Connection cavity 404 may be sized and shaped to receive pad attachments, which protrude from the pad and lock the cannula to the pad, when the patch pump is locked to the pad. The patch pump further may include a portion configured to hold a pre-filled cartridge of medication and preferably does not include a reservoir to hold multiple doses of medication separate from the pre-filled cartridge. - Turning to
FIGS.19A and19B , an illustrative embodiment of a circuit board is described.Circuit board 314 preferably is disposed onflexible substrate 356 that can bend and fold to fit within the pump housing.Circuit board 314 includes electrical components and permits electrical coupling between the controller and the various electrical components. One or more electrical components and/or circuits may perform some of or all the roles of the various components described herein. Although described separately, as will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, the electrical components need not be separate structural elements. For example, a processor and wireless communication chip may be embodied in a single chip. In addition, while the one or more processor is described as having memory, a memory chip may be separately provided. Circuit board 314 may includesensor 316,sensor 320,sensor connector 321,sensor 344,sensor connector 345,photoplethysmography sensor 346,sensor 348,skin detector 350,processor 352,sensor 354,flexible substrate 356,skin detector 358,controller 360,motors driver 362,processor 364,wireless communication chip 366,user interface 368,sensor 369,wireless antenna 370, battery andwireless charging management 372,accelerometer 374, and/orprogramming connectors 376.Controller 360 is disposed within the pump housing for controlling operation ofpump 300. For example, the controller may store instructions that, when executed,cause pump 300 to perform the operations described herein.Controller 360 preferably includes electrical components coupled oncircuit board 314.Controller 360 may include one or more general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any suitable combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A processor also may be implemented as a combination of computing devices, e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.- The controller may contain memory and/or be coupled, via one or more buses, to read information from, or write information to, memory. The memory may include processor cache, including a multi-level hierarchical cache in which different levels have different capacities and access speeds. The memory also may include random access memory (RAM), other volatile storage devices, or nonvolatile storage devices. The storage devices can include, for example, hard drives, optical discs, flash memory, and Zip drives.
- The processor, in conjunction with firmware/software stored in the memory may execute an operating system, such as, for example, Windows, Mac OS, Unix or Solaris 5.10. The processor also executes software applications stored in the memory. In one non-limiting embodiment, the software comprises, for example, Unix Korn shell scripts. In other embodiments, the software may be programs in any suitable programming language known to those skilled in the art, including, for example, C++, PHP, or Java.
- In some embodiments,
controller 360 may include two dedicated processors to increase the security of the patch pump.Processor 352 may manage delivery of the medication and may monitor of one or more sensors that may detect sensed parameters that effect the algorithm for delivery.Processor 364 may manage the communications to and from the patch pump. Processor 352 may be an autonomous, real time state machine that executes class C software.Processor 364 may execute class B software. Preferably,processor 352 is configured such that it cannot receive data from outside the patch pump. For example, any communication from the wearer's mobile device or from an external continuous glucose monitoring sensor must be received byprocessor 364. This configuration protectsprocessor 352, and thus the delivery of medication, from any disruption by an external device.Processor 352 may be configured to execute first programmed instructions stored in a first memory to cause the pump motor to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion, to monitor sensed parameters generated by at least one sensor, and to monitor the battery life of the battery. For example,processor 352 may monitor sensed parameters generated by a sensor configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge, a sensor configured to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway, a sensor configured to detect the wearer's skin, a sensor configured to detect the position of the pusher to indicate that the cartridge may be replaced, or a sensor configured to detect the position of the cam to indicate the status of a dosing cycle.- The first programmed instructions may cause one or more components of the pump to move based on the sensed parameters. For example, the first programmed instructions may cause the motor to push the medication in the cartridge towards the transcutaneous portion only when a sensor detects the wearer's skin on the skin-facing side of the pump. The first programming instructions also may cause the cam shaft of the microdosing system to stop rotating when a sensor indicates that a dosing cycle is complete. Further, the first programming instructions may lock or unlock the pump, for example, when a first processor determines that the pusher is in the home position or when the first processor determines that the battery has been sufficiently charged to a predetermined state.
Processor 364 may be configured to execute second programmed instructions stored in a second memory to communicate data to and from the patch pump via the wireless communication chip. The communicated data may include data indicative of a battery life of the rechargeable battery or data indicative of the wearer's hear rate and physiologic parameters, which may be detected by a photoplethysmography sensor. Preferably, the second programmed instructions also use an algorithm to calculate when to deliver the doses of medication and may adjust the calculation based on the data received.Wireless communication chip 366 is configured to transmit information, such as signals indicative of the sensed parameters, locally and/or to a remote location such as a server.Wireless communication chip 366 is configured for wireless communication over a network such as the Internet, a telephone network, a Bluetooth network, and/or a WiFi network using techniques known in the art.Wireless communication chip 366 may be a communication chip known in the art such as a Bluetooth chip and/or a WiFi chip.Wireless communication chip 366 may include a receiver and a transmitter, or a transceiver, for wirelessly receiving data from, and transmitting data to a remote computing device. In some embodiments, the remote computing device may be a mobile computing device that provides the system with a user interface; additionally or alternatively, the remote computing device is a server. In embodiments configured for wireless communication with other devices,wireless communication chip 366 may prepare data generated byprocessor 364 for transmission over a communication network according to one or more network standards and/or demodulates data received over a communication network according to one or more network standards.Wireless communication chip 366 may be coupled towireless antenna 370 for sending and receiving information.Wireless antenna 370 may include Bluetooth antenna configured to transmit or receive signals in accordance with established standards and protocols, such as Bluetooth and/or BLE. In some embodiments,wireless antenna 370 may be the only means for the patch pump to transfer data. In some embodiments, pump300 may communicate externally as described in WO 2020/008016 or WO 2020/008017, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.User interface 368 may be used to receive inputs from, and provide outputs to, the wearer. Illustratively,user interface 368 may alert the wearer when the pressure within the cartridge is outside of a predetermined range or when an occlusion is detected or when the wearer's glucose level, heart rate, or physiologic parameters are outside a predetermined range.User interface 368 may be coupled toprocessor 364.User interface 368 may include a touchscreen, LED matrix, other LED indicators, or other input/output devices for receiving inputs from, and providing outputs to, the wearer. Alternatively,user interface 368 is not provided on the patch pump, but is instead provided on a remote computing device communicatively connected to the patch pump viawireless communication chip 366.User interface 368 also may be a combination of elements on the patch pump and a remote computing device.User interface 368 may be configured to adjust the strength of the LEDs based on sensed parameters fromsensor 369.Sensor 369 may be a light sensor configured to detect whether the patch pump is disposed in a bright or dark environment. For example,processor 352 may be configured to adjustuser interface 368 such that the strength of the LED is decreased when it is dark and is increased when it is light.- Battery and
wireless charging management 372 is configured to recharge the battery within the pump and to ensure the safety of the battery. Battery andwireless charging management 372 may communicate with the charging system to charge the battery and may protect against high voltage or high current which may damage the battery. Further, battery andwireless charging management 372 may be configured to efficiently charge the battery and generate adequate electrical tension forcircuit board 314. Programming connectors 376 may be provided for installing firmware in the on-board memory of the controller attached tocircuit board 314. For example,programming connectors 376 may be used to flash the firmware of the pump and may be used during development to output the signals of the sensors to determine whethercircuit board 314 is working properly.Programming connectors 376 may be removed after programming, during the manufacturing of the pump.Motors driver 362 may be used to supply current to both the vibration motor and the pump motor. Controlling the power supply to the motors can have a significant effect on the noise, power consumption, and torque of the motors.Circuit board 314 also may include one or more sensors configured to sense conditions within the patch pump or external to the patch pump, for example, the wearer's physiologic parameters. For example,circuit board 314 may includesensors Sensor 316 is configured to sense information indicative of an occlusion in the dosing pathway, such as within the microdosing system or within the cannula.Sensor 316 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting an occlusion.Sensor 316 may be located adjacent to the microdosing system but within the pump. In some embodiments,sensor 316 is a hall-effect sensor configured detect movement of a magnet disposed on a lever of the microdosing system.Sensor 320 may sense information indicative of the pressure within the cartridge.Sensor 320 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that the sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting the pressure within the cartridge.Sensor 320 may be located adjacent to the pusher and may be coupled tocircuit board 314 viasensor connector 321.Sensor connector 321 permits electrical coupling betweensensor 320 and components oncircuit board 314, such as the controller. In some embodiments,sensor 320 is configured to detect the force applied to the pusher and includes a strain gauge configured to measure deformation, for example, by measuring a change in electrical resistance.Controller 360 processes this information to determine pressure within the cartridge.Sensor 344 may sense information indicative of the status of a dosing cycle.Sensor 344 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting whether a dosing cycle is completed.Sensor 344 may be located adjacent to the microdosing system but within the pump and may be coupled tocircuit board 314 viasensor connector 345.Sensor connector 345 permits electrical coupling betweensensor 344 and components oncircuit board 314, such as the controller. In some embodiments,sensor 344 detects oscillations of signals that are generated by a ferromagnetic blade that may be coupled to the cam plate. In some embodiments, a dosing cycle corresponds to a ½ turn of the cam sosensor 344 senses whether the ½ turn has occurred.Photoplethysmography sensor 346 is configured to sense the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters.Photoplethysmography sensor 346 preferably is electrically coupled to controller360 (e.g., toprocessor 352 of controller360) such that the sensed parameters are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting whether the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters are outside a predetermined range.Photoplethysmography sensor 346 may be located oncircuit board 314 such that is disposed on the skin-facing side of the patch pump, preferably within a window of the patch pump.Sensor 348 may sense information indicative of the position of the pusher, which may be indicative of the battery life of the rechargeable battery, whether a new cartridge may be inserted, and/or whether the patch pump may be unlocked.Sensor 348 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that the sensed position is sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting the position of the pusher. For example,sensor 348 may indicate that a component of the pusher is at the end-of-stroke.Sensor 348 may be located adjacent to the pusher. In a preferred embodiment,sensor 348 is an electrical contact sensor that senses the position of the pusher based on whether a component (e.g., nut336) of the pusher has contacted the sensor.Sensor 348 may include one or more contacting pins that are configured to contact one or more contacting blades responsive to force applied on the contacting blades by the pusher. For example, the nut of the pusher may contact the blades at the end-of-stroke, causing the blades to move to contact the contacting pins. The contacting pins may be coupled to the circuit board via a conductor (e.g., illustratively a spring) such that when the one or more contacting pins contact the one or more contacting blades, a circuit is completed, which sends an electrical signal tocontroller 360.Skin detector 350 senses information indicative of whether the patch pump is touching skin.Controller 360 may cause the motor to run only ifskin detector 350 detects skin.Skin detector 350 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting whether the patch pump is secured to a pad, held by the wearer, or not touching skin.Skin detector 350 may be located on the skin-facing side of the patch pump such that it detects whether the skin-facing side of the patch pump is touching skin. In some embodiments,skin detector 350 measures capacitance.Sensor 354 is configured to sense information indicative of the temperature and humidity in the patch pump.Sensor 354 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting whether the temperature and humidity are within respective predetermined ranges. If outside the predetermined range(s), an alert may be generated using the vibration motor, the sound generator, and/or a communication sent to the software application.- In some embodiments, the pump may include a second skin detection sensor. Similar to
skin detector 350,skin detector 358 senses information indicative of whether the patch pump is touching skin.Skin detector 358 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting whether the patch pump is secured to a pad, held by the wearer, or not touching skin.Skin detector 358 may be located on the opposite side of the patch pump such that is detects whether the opposite side of the patch pump is touching skin. In some embodiments,skin detector 358 measures capacitance.Controller 360 may cause the motor to run only ifskin detector 350 detects skin andskin detector 358 does not detect skin. If bothskin detector 350 andskin detector 358 detect skin, it may indicate that the wearer is holding the patch pump. In such a case, the patch pump should not deliver medication. Sensor 374 is configured to sense information indicative of the wearer's activity level.Sensor 374 also may be configured to sense information indicative of the location of the patch pump on the wearer's body.Sensor 374 preferably is electrically coupled tocontroller 360 such that sensed signals are sent tocontroller 360 for processing and detecting the wearer's activity level.Sensor 374 may be an accelerometer that measures the movement of the wearer.- Referring now to
FIGS.20A-20B , operation of the exemplary patch pump is described, in whichFIG.20A corresponds to positions of the pump components when the cartridge is full of medication andFIG.20B corresponds to positions of the pump components when the cartridge is empty. The pump motor may be disposed within the pump housing and may be configured to be coupled to a pusher and a cam (e.g., a circular cam) via a gearbox. Preferably, the pump motor is configured to move the pusher towards the cartridge to move the medication within the cartridge into an inflow needle within the cap. At the same time that the pusher is advancing, the cam disposed within the cap is configured to rotate to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the cannula inserted into the wearer's skin. Pusher 335 may includescrew 334, which may be coupled togearbox 324 and configured to rotate upon rotation of one or more gears withgearbox 324.Nut 336 may be coupled to screw334 such that rotation ofscrew 334 causesnut 336 to move alongscrew 334.Nut 336 may be coupled to a first end ofbendable rod 338 and a second end ofbendable rod 338 may be coupled tocartridge contactor 340, which is configured to contactplunger 502 ofcartridge 500. Upon rotation ofscrew 334 in a first direction,nut 336 is configured to move away fromgearbox 324 such thatbendable rod 338 applies a force tocartridge contactor 340, causing at least a portion ofplunger 502 to move withincartridge 500. Upon rotation ofscrew 334 in a second direction, opposite the first direction,nut 336 is configured to move towardsgearbox 324, such thatbendable rod 338 andcartridge contactor 340 move away from the cap ofcartridge 500.Bendable rod 338 may also be referred to as a curved piston.- In
FIG.20A ,pusher 335 is depicted in a home position, whencartridge 500 is full of medication. In the home position,nut 336 may be disposed adjacent to the location wherescrew 334 is coupled to thegearbox 324. InFIG.20B ,pusher 335 is depicted in a delivery position, aftercartridge 500 has delivered medication. Preferably, after all or substantially all of the medication withincartridge 500 has been delivered, the battery ofpump 300 should be recharged. Upon reaching a predetermined state in the charging cycle,pusher 335 is configured to return to the home position. For example, the controller, upon sensing that the battery has reached the predetermined state (e.g., a predetermined time before full charge, such as 20 minutes), will causepump motor 328 to rewind thereby transitioning the pump back from the empty position ofFIG.20B to the full position ofFIG.20A . In some embodiments, the pump and the cap will not unlock until the battery is sufficiently charged and the pump is in the home position.Gearbox 324 preferably rotatesscrew 334 in the second direction such that cartridge contactor moves away fromplunger 502.Nut 336 may continue moving alongscrew 334 towardsgearbox 324 until it reaches a contact sensor, as described below. Upon sensing contact withnut 336,screw 334 is configured to reverse directions to rotate in the first direction such thatnut 336 is advanced a short distance away fromgearbox 324 and a small space is created betweennut 336 and the contact sensor. Resettingpusher 335 to the home position permits a new,pre-filled cartridge 500 to be inserted into the patch pump. Plunger 502 is a movable end ofcartridge 500 and is configured to sealcartridge 500 such that medication does not leak from the cartridge.Plunger 502 preferably includes a flexible, elastomeric material that is able to deform when a substantial force is applied.Plunger 502 may be configured to flex based on the pressure withincartridge 500 such that the pressure is maintained within a predetermined range. Ensuring the pressure remains within the predetermined range helps ensure the accuracy of each dose of medication, as described below. For example,plunger 502 may be configured to compress or deform when the pressure withincartridge 500 is over 800 or 1000 mbar. For example,plunger 502 may be configured to advance into the cartridge a predetermined distance such as 3-4 um, preferably 3.7 um, after each push frompusher 335. Further,plunger 502 may include a first end that is configured to contactpusher 335 and a second end that is configured to contact the medication withincartridge 500.- A risk with using an elastomeric plunger is the “stick-slip effect,” whereby the plunger does not move due to sticking until a force applied to the first end exceeds a displacement needed for a dose of medication. Once the force overcomes the stick, the plunger may travel too far, resulting in an inaccurate dose. By pressurizing the cartridge prior to delivering microdoses, as described herein, the pump reduces the stick-slip effect by providing a counterforce via the pressurized medication on the pushing force caused by the pusher on the cartridge. As a result, the portion of the plunger of the cartridge contacting the medication does not move further than the distance needed to expel the desired volume of medication of the microdose, thereby ensuring enhanced accuracy of microdose volumes of medication. The counterforce from the pressurized medication also may cause the flexible plunger to compress while pumping a microdose. By advancing the piston a micro-step at each delivery of a dose via the microdosing system, pressure in the cartridge is maintained. This pressure within the cartridge varies only minimally due to stick-slip. Preferably, because the system is pressurized, stick-slip has minimal adverse effects on the volume of the microdoses. Advantageously, the patch pump may use this pressure to refill the microdosing system with equivalent amounts of insulin for every delivery cycle.
- For example, when the pressure within
cartridge 500 is at a first pressure,pusher 335 may be configured to cause the first end ofplunger 502 to move a first distance towards the cartridge cap and to deliver a first dose of medication.Pusher 335 also may be configured to cause the second end ofplunger 502 to move a third distance towards the cartridge cap. When the pressure withincartridge 500 increases to a second pressure,pusher 335 may be configured to cause the first end ofplunger 502 to move a second distance towards the cartridge cap to deliver a second dose of medication.Pusher 335 also may be configured to cause the second end ofplunger 502 to move a fourth distance towards the cartridge cap. - Preferably,
pusher 335 is configured to advance the same distance everytime screw 334 rotates.Plunger 502 may be configured so that each push frompusher 335 causes the first end ofplunger 502 to move the same distance. Therefore, the first distance may be the same as the second distance.Plunger 502 further may be configured so that each push frompusher 335 causes the second end ofplunger 502 to move a distance that depends upon the pressure withincartridge 500. For example, when the pressure withincartridge 500 increases, the distance that second end ofplunger 502 moves may decrease. Therefore, the third distance may be greater than the fourth distance. This adjustment byplunger 502 reduces the risk that the pressure withincartridge 500 will move outside the predetermined range of 600 mbar to 1000 mbar. Further, maintaining a consistent pressure within thecartridge 500 reduces the risk that volume of each dose of medication falls outside the predetermined volume of 0.08-1 uL, 0.2-0.6 uL, or 0.2 to 0.3 uL, preferably 0.25 uL±5%. Preferably, the volume of each dose of medication is within 5% of the volume of the other doses delivered to the wearer. - The cap of patch pump preferably includes a microdosing system configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication. Preferably,
pusher 335,plunger 502, and the microdosing system work together to ensure the accuracy of the doses of medication. At the same time that pusher335 applies a force toplunger 502, the microdosing system is configured to rotate to deliver medication to the wearer. The microdosing system may include a lever system comprising one or more levers configured to sequentially transition between a lowered position, wherein one or more levers contact a dosing tube such that medication cannot flow through the dosing, and a raised position, wherein one or more levers sequentially do not contact the dosing tube, such that medication is expelled from the dosing tube and to the wearer. The one or more levers may act as valves that either permit or prevent medication from flowing through the dosing tube. Preferably, the lever system is configured such that at least one lever is configured to be in a lowered position to close a portion of the dosing tube during the entire time the pump motor movespusher 335. - With respect to
FIG.20C , an arrangement of wet and dry zones within the patch pump is described. The patch pump may include isolated wet and dry zones to protect the electrical components from contacting any leaked medication or other fluids. The patch pump may includedry zone 378 that is configured to house the circuit board, motor, vibration motor, sound generator, battery, coil, gearbox, and one or more sensors.Dry zone 378 may be encapsulated to exclude moisture from reaching the components within the zone.Dry zone 378 may be encased in plastic and/or sealed via welding. One or more dry zone vents381 may be disposed on the plastic housing ofdry zone 378 such that humidity and gas may escape the housing and pressure may equilibrate. For example, dry zone vents381 may be made of Gore-Tex®.Dry zone 378 may be separated from protectedwet zone 380 and unprotectedwet zone 382 via one or more sealing members, for example, dry zone seals379. Protectedwet zone 380 may be configured to house the pusher and unprotectedwet zone 382 may be configured to house the cartridge and the components of the cap including the needles and microdosing system. In addition,cartridge holder 332 may separate the protected wet zone from the dry zone and may include one or more O-rings to seal off the zones when a cartridge is disposed within the pump-cap assembly. - Referring now to
FIG.21A , further details of exemplary internal components of the patch pump are described.Circuit board 314 preferably is configured to have a flexible substrate that can bend and fold to fit to surroundbattery 318,gearbox 324,motor 328, andvibration motor 330 within the pump housing. The components ofcircuit board 314 may be strategically positioned in particular locations relative to the corresponding components of the pump or cap. For example,photoplethysmography sensor 346 may be positioned on the skin-facing side of the pump patch so thatphotoplethysmography sensor 346 may detect the wearer's heart rate or other physiologic parameters.Sensor 320, which is configured to detect a parameter indicative of the pressure withincartridge 500, may be coupled togearbox 324 and/or the pusher such thatsensor 320 may detect the force applied to the pusher.Sensor 320 preferably is coupled tocircuit board 314 viasensor connector 321.Sensor 316, which is configured to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway, may be a hall-effect sensor. Preferably,sensor 316 is disposed adjacent tomicrodosing system 410 such thatsensor 316 can detect the position of a magnet ofmicrodosing system 410 based on proximity of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor.Sensor 344, which is configured to determine the position of a cam plate ofmicrodosing system 410, may be coupled togearbox 324 and disposed adjacent tomicrodosing system 410 andmagnet 396.Sensor 344 preferably is coupled tocircuit board 314 viasensor connector 345. Cartridge 500 is inserted into the patch pump such that the cartridge cap is disposed within the cap when the patch pump is locked. The longer the distance the medication must travel through before delivering the medication to the wearer, the higher the risk that an occlusion will form within the needles. Preferably,cartridge 500 is positioned as close as possible tomicrodosing system 410 andconnection cavity 404 such that the lengths ofinflow needle 406 andoutflow needle 408 are as short as possible.- With respect to
FIGS.21B and21C internal components of the pump-cap assembly are shown with certain electrical components removed.FIG.21B depicts the components within the gearbox.Motor 328,mechanical coupling 322, and screw334 are coupled to the gearbox. One or more dry zone seals379 may be disposed between the gearbox andmechanical coupling 322 and/orscrew 334. Upon rotation ofmotor 328, the gears within the gearbox rotate, causingmechanical coupling 322 to rotate.Mechanical coupling 322 is coupled to a cam shaft ofmicrodosing system 410 such that rotation ofmechanical coupling 322 causes the cam shaft to rotate, which in turn causes the lever system to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. At the same time, the gears within the gearbox also causescrew 334 to rotate. Rotation ofscrew 334 causesnut 336 to move alongscrew 334, preferably in the direction towardsplunger 502 ofcartridge 500. FIG.21C depicts another view of the system.Inflow needle 406 andoutflow needle 408 may be configured to have a short length in order to reduce the risk of occlusion.Inflow needle 406 preferably extends from the cartridge cap ofcartridge 500, aroundconnection cavity 404 and tomicrodosing system 410.Outflow needle 408 preferably extends frommicrodosing system 410 throughconnection cavity 404, and into the cannula inserted into the wearer's skin. Coupled between the inflow and outflow needle is a dosing tube configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication.- Turning now to
FIGS.22A-22C , an exemplary contact sensor is described. The pump may include a sensor configured to detect the position of the pusher within the pump, which may indicate a state of the patch pump. The sensed position may be used to determine whether the pusher is positioned within the pump such that a new, pre-filled cartridge may be inserted into the patch pump. The sensed position further may be used to make sure that, when the pusher moves in the opposite direction to return to a home position, it does not stops moving before it reaches the pump housing. The sensed position also may be used to determine the battery level of the patch pump. As described below, until a sufficient battery level is reached, the pump may remain locked to the cap, preventing replacement of the emptied cartridge. - In
FIG.22A ,exemplary contact sensor 348, which may be an electrical contact sensor, is disposed within the pump and configured to detect the position of the pusher. For example,sensor 348 may include one or more contacting pins that are configured to contact one or more contacting blades coupled to the pusher. The contacting pins may be coupled to the circuit board via a conductor such that when the one or more contacting pins contact the one or more contacting blades, a circuit is completed, which indicates that the pusher is disposed in a starting position. - The pusher may include
screw 334,nut 336 configured to move alongscrew 334 such thatbendable rod 338, which is coupled tonut 336, pushes a cartridge contactor (not shown) to contact a plunger disposed within the cartridge. Upon movement of the pusher, the plunger is configured to advance into the cartridge such that medication is moved towards the inflow needle of the cap. After the cartridge is empty, the pusher moves in an opposite direction, away from the cartridge and back to the starting position. The position of the pusher may indicate that the pusher transitioned to a first position such that the cartridge is permitted to be removed and exchanged for a subsequent cartridge. - One or more contacting
blades 390 may be coupled tonut 336.Sensor 348 preferably is disposed withinpump housing 302 and adjacent to contactingblades 390 of the pusher. For example,sensor 348 may include one or more contactingpins blade 390 when the pusher is positioned near the pump housing back such that a new, pre-filled cartridge may be inserted into the patch pump. Contactingpins conductor 384, which is configured to electrically connect contactingpins FIG.22B , the contact sensor in a non-contacting position, wherein contactingblades 390 are not connected to contactingpins FIG.22C , the contact sensor in a contacting position, wherein contactingblades 390 are connected to contactingpins Sensor 348 may be electrically coupled to a controller such that sensed signals are sent to the controller for processing and determining a state of the patch pump. For example, ifsensor 348 detects that the pusher is in contact with contactingpins sensor 348 senses contact with the pusher.- Referring now to
FIG.23A , aspects of the gearbox of the pump are described.Gearbox 324 is configured to cause simultaneous movement of the pusher and rotation of the microdosing system. One or more sensors may be disposed withingearbox 324 to determine the position of a cam plate within the microdosing system or the pressure within the cartridge. For example, as described below, the position of the cam plate may be used to validate that a dose of medication was properly delivered to the wearer or may be used to ensure that pump and cap remain locked together.Gearbox 324 may include a ferromagnetic blade that may be coupled to the cam plate and, upon rotation, may generate an oscillation of a signal that can be used to count the teeth on the ferromagnetic blade and accordingly whether the dosing cycle is complete.Gearbox 324 further may include a sensor that is configured to measure a force that is indicative of the pressure within the cartridge. - Referring now to
FIG.23B , an exemplary pressure sensor disposed within the pump is described. To ensure accurate doses of medication, the patch pump may be configured such that the pressure within the cartridge is maintained within a predetermined range. For example, the predetermined range may be between 600 mbar and 1000 mbar. A sensor may be coupled to a pusher and configured to measure the force on the pusher, which may be indicative of the pressure within the cartridge. - For example,
sensor 320 may includestrain gauge 394 configured to measure deformation, for example, by measuring a change in electrical resistance. The pusher may include screw334 having a first end, coupled togearbox 324 and disposed adjacent tostrain gauge 394, and a second end, coupled to the cartridge. As the pressure within the cartridge increases, a greater force is applied to the pusher, and the pusher applies the same force togearbox 324 atforce application point 392. The greater the force applied to the pusher, the greater the deformation ofstrain gauge 394.Sensor 320 preferably is operatively coupled to a controller that may monitor the sensed pressure. The pressure within the cartridge must be increased until it falls within the predetermined range in order to ensure that the proper dose of medication is delivered to the wearer. Further the controller may be configured to alert the wearer when the pressure falls outside the predetermined range. For example, a pressure under 600 mbar may indicate that a cartridge is not disposed within the patch pump or that a cartridge was inserted incorrectly. A pressure over 1000 mbar may indicate that there is an occlusion within the cartridge cap, the inflow needle, and/or the cannula. - In a preferred embodiment, the patch pump is configured to be “initialized” prior to pumping medication from the cartridge past the microdosing system and into the user. In this manner, the controller of the pump causes the pump to increase pressure within the cartridge into a predetermined range prior to delivering the first dose of medication from the cartridge to the wearer. By pressurizing the cartridge, the patch pump ensures that precise volumes of microdoses of medication and are consistently and predictably provided to the user, including the first dose of medication from the cartridge. Further, the initialization ensures that bubbles within the cartridge and the tubing connected thereto are reduced and that the formation of bubbles is reduced. Advantageously, the patch pumps described herein may be generally “bubble free.”
- With respect to
FIG.24A , a graph showing the relationship between pressure and volume is described, whileFIGS.24B and24C show the relationship between the number of dosing cycles and the amount of medication delivered per cycle, without and with initialization.FIG.24D shows the accuracy of the patch pump with and without the microdosing system andFIG.24E shows a comparison of the percentage error of flow for the patch pump described herein and other commercially available pumps. Accurate dosing requires that the pressure within the cartridge remains within a predetermined range. As further explained below, the patch pump may include a microdosing system that is configured to measure and deliver a predetermined dose of medication. The microdosing system preferably includes a dosing tube with a flattened reservoir portion or compartment configured to hold a predetermined dose of medication. Because the reservoir portion is flexible, as the pressure of the medication increases, the reservoir portion expands more, allowing it to hold a greater volume of medication. Accordingly, pressure variations may result in delivery of inconsistent and inaccurate doses of the medication. This relationship is depicted inFIG.24A . Preferably, the pressure within the cartridge is between 600 mbar and 1000 mbar, and the ideal pressure is 800 mbar. When the pressure is at 800 mbar, the volume of medication is 0.25 ul, which is the preferred predetermined dose of medication. - As the pusher advances towards the plunger of the cartridge, moving the plunger into the cartridge, the pressure within the cartridge builds. As the pressure builds to 800 mbar, the expected volume of the medication that would be held within the dosing tube—if the levers allowed medication to flow into the dosing tube—increases until it reaches the preferred dose of 0.25 ul. Preferably, the microdosing system is configured to complete an initialization process such that delivery of medication to the wearer is prevented until the pressure within the cartridge reaches the predetermined range (e.g., 250 mbar to 2000 mbar, 400 mbar to 1200 mbar, or 600 mbar to 900 mbar). If the microdosing system is configured to complete an initialization process such that delivery of medication to the wearer is prevented until the pressure within the cartridge reaches the predetermined range, the pressure increases at a faster rate than if the there is no initialization of the microdosing system.
FIG.24B depicts what may occur if the microdosing system is configured to deliver medication prior to initialization. The first dosing cycle would deliver a first dose of medication having a much smaller volume than the preferred volume of 0.25 ul. The second dosing cycle would deliver a second dose of medication having a larger volume than the first dose of medication, but the volume would still be less than the preferred volume of 0.25 ul. As the dosing cycles continue, the pressure would slowly increase to the predetermined range and the volume of medication delivered would slowly reach the predetermined volume. However, the first doses that the wearer would receive would be less than the predetermined dose of medication. Preferably, as inFIG.24C , microdosing is disabled until the pressure is within 600 mbar and 1000 mbar, such that the volume of each dose of medication is within 5% of 0.25 ul. As the dosing cycles continue, the volume of each dose of medication should remain within 5% of the volume of the previous dose of medication.- Referring now to
FIG.24D , a graph showing the volume pumped per two microdoses over the total volume pump is described. Each data point represents two microdoses, each microdose preferably 0.25 uL. The measurements for the patch pump without the microdosing system shows that the system delivers accurate microdoses but with limited precision. In contrast, the measurements for the patch pump including the microdosing system is both accurate and precise. - Referring now to
FIG.24E , a graph showing the percentage error of flow measurements for the patch pump with and without microdosing and the percentage error of flow measurements for other commercially available pumps is described. The percentage error of flow corresponds to the precision of the pumps, a higher percentage error of flow indicating that the volume of each microdose has a greater variance and thus the pump is less precise. For each pump, the percentage error of flow decreases with each delivery of a microdose. As shown inFIG.24E , the patch pump described herein (“Sigi”) is as precise or more precise than other commercially available pumps. - Referring now to
FIG.24F , a schematic depiction of an exemplary pusher and microdosing system is described. Medication may be delivered fromcartridge 500, throughinflow needle 406, and into flatteneddosing tube 447. Upon rotation of the microdosing system, the medication may then be forced out of flatteneddosing tube 447, delivered throughoutflow needle 408 tocannula 200, and inserted into the wearer. Preferably,microdosing system 410 andpusher 335 work together to maintain the pressure withincartridge 500 within a predetermined pressure range. For example, the strain of the plunger and the bendable rod ofpusher 335 withincartridge 500 at one end and the levers ofmicrodosing system 410 at the other end create a closed system in which the medication is disposed, the closed system helping maintain the pressure within the predetermined pressure range. The motor within the pump simultaneously advances the plunger and activatesmicrodosing system 410 at each dosing cycle. Preferably, the plunger advances in microsteps (e.g., 3-4 um, preferably 3.7 um) at each dosing cycle such that the pressure withincartridge 500 varies only minimally due to the “stick-slip”effect that occurs at the elastomeric portion of the plunger. The patch pump uses the constant pressure to refill the reservoir of flatteneddosing tube 447 with equivalent volumes of medication at every dosing cycle.Inflow needle 406,outflow needle 408, anddosing tube 447 are preferably made from materials compatible with insulin. For example, the inflow and outflow needles may be made of stainless steel anddosing tube 447 may be made of fluoropolymer tubing. Because the flow path for insulin may be directly fromcartridge 500 intoinflow needle 406, then intodosing tube 447, then into outflow needle, then into cannula200 (which is also made from insulin compatible material), all materials in contact with the insulin are insulin compatible. - With respect to
FIG.25A , an exploded view an exemplary cap is described. For example,cap 400 may include withincap housing 402 andinternal cap housing 401 the following components: cap clips403, unclippingbuttons 405,inflow needle 406,outflow needle 408,microdosing system 410,cam shaft 412,lever spring system 413,lever system 414,cam plate 416,microdosing structure 418,spring 422,magnet 428,tabs 430, flatteneddosing tube 447,dosing tube support 454, and/or prongs474. These components are described further herein. - Referring now to
FIG.25B , an exemplary microdosing system disposed within the cap, wherein an exemplary cam is in an initialization position, is described. The cap is configured to deliver medication from the cartridge to the wearer and preferably includesmicrodosing system 410 configured to measure and deliver the predetermined doses of medication. Preferably,microdosing system 410 is configured such that the insulin travels through a simple pathway designed for low shear stress, which avoids compromising the insulin.Microdosing system 410 may be configured to only deliver the predetermined dose of medication upon initialization of the microdosing system, when the pressure sensor, as described above, senses that the pressure within the cartridge is within the predetermined range. The initialization process helps ensure that the microdosing system accurately measures the predetermined doses of medication. The predetermined pressure range may depend upon the cartridge or medication used, but preferably is between 600 mbar and 1000 mbar. When the pressure sensor senses that the pressure is within the predetermined range, the processor, may be configured to execute programmed instructions stored in the memory to cause the microdosing system to move from an initialization position to a dosing position, such that medication may be delivered to the wearer. Microdosing system 410 is configured to provide for more accurate dosing and to reduce the noise from the delivery of the medication.Microdosing system 410 preferably is coupled to an inflow needle, which may extend from the cartridge tomicrodosing system 410, and an outflow needle, which may extend frommicrodosing system 410 to the cannula. Coupled between the inflow and outflow needle is a dosing tube configured to receive the medication, the dosing tube having a flattened portion including a reservoir portion configured to hold the predetermined dose of medication. The reservoir portion may comprises one or more welded portions that help ensure that a predetermined volume of medication is delivered to the wearer.Microdosing system 410 further may include a cam, which is configured to rotate, andlever system 414, which is configured to contact the dosing tube and release the predetermined dose of medication into the outflow needle upon interaction with the cam. The cam may be circular in shape to reduce the overall size of the cam and/or to permit two microdoses with a full 360 degree turn of the cam, although other shapes may be suitable.Lever system 414 may include one or more levers, each lever configured to be independently movable such that the movement of a first lever does not affect the position of a second lever. The cam may includecam shaft 412, which is oriented in a first plane, andcam plate 416, which is coupled tocam shaft 412 and oriented in a second plane, the second plane preferably orthogonal to the first plane. The cam plate may be circular in shape to reduce the overall size of the cam plate and/or to permit two microdoses with a full 360 degree turn of the cam plate, although other shapes may be suitable.Cam plate 416 may include a top surface having one or more raised surfaces that are configured to interact with one or more levers oflever system 414 upon rotation ofcam shaft 412 such that the predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer. The raised surface(s) may extend away from the circular portion ofcam plate 416, such as in a direction generally parallel to the longitudinal axis of the cam.Lever system 414 further may includemagnet 428, which is configured to be used to detect an occlusion in the dosing pathway.Microdosing system 410 further may includetabs 430, which are configured to rotate upon actuation by the motor.Tabs 430 preferably are disposed at the end ofcam shaft 412 such thattabs 430 may extend towards and interact with the pump. Additionally,tabs 430 may be configured to function as a locking mechanism. For example,tabs 430 may interact with the mechanical coupling of the pump such that the cap remains locked to the pump. The patch pump may be configured to remain locked until the pusher of the pump is reset in a home position and until the battery is sufficiently charged.- Until a predetermined pressure range is detected within the cartridge,
microdosing system 410 preferably remains in an initialization position, whereincam plate 416 is disposed in a lowered position, as shown inFIG.25B . In the initialization position,cam plate 416 is separate from and not coupled tolever system 414 such that movement ofcam plate 416 does not cause movement oflever system 414. After the cap and the pump are locked together,cam shaft 412 is configured to rotate in a first direction while the pusher is advanced into the cartridge, causing the pressure within the cartridge to increase. Cam plate 416 may be configured to remain in the initialization position until the pressure within the cartridge is within a predetermined pressure range. To transitioncam plate 416 to the dosing position, the direction of rotation may be reversed to a second direction, opposite of the first direction.Cam plate 416 may have a lower portion disposed below the top surface ofcam plate 416, the lower portion comprising an outer shaft that surrounds a lower shaft (e.g., cam shaft412). One or more wings may be disposed on the outer shaft such thatwings 420 extend outwards at a slight angle, similar to a thread. In the initialization position,wings 420 interact with components ofmicrodosing structure 418 such thatcam plate 416 is prevented from transitioning from the lowered, initialization position to a raised, dosing position to contactlever system 414. The components ofmicrodosing structure 418 may includespring 422,dampers 424, and mating surfaces426.Spring 422 may be disposed on the top surface ofmicrodosing structure 418 and may apply an upward force oncam plate 416.Dampers 424 may include a plastic material that is configured to minimize the noise from the rotation of the circular cam.Dampers 424 also may act as a gripping mechanism onwings 420 whencam plate 416 transitions from the initialization position to the dosing position. Mating surfaces426 may be configured to be positioned onmicrodosing structure 418 at a slight angle, similar to a thread, such thatwings 420 may only transition to the dosing position whencam plate 416 rotates in a particular direction.- Referring now to
FIGS.25C-25F , further details of operation of the circular cam is described. As the pressure within the cartridge is increased to an optimal pressure,cam shaft 416 is rotated in a first direction, as depicted inFIG.25C .Spring 422 applies an upwards force oncam plate 416 such thatwings 420contact dampers 424 andmating surfaces 426 but the circular cam remains in a non-gripping position. After the pressure is determined to be within the predetermined pressure range, the direction of rotation of the circular cam is reversed to a second direction, as depicted inFIG.25D . The circular cam is transitioned to a gripping position whereinwings 420 are gripped betweendampers 424 and mating surfaces426. Ascam plate 416 continues to rotate andspring 422 continues to apply an upward force,wings 420 slide upwards throughmating surfaces 426, transitioning the circular cam to a sliding position, as depicted inFIG.25E .Wings 420 continue to slide betweendampers 424 andmating surfaces 426 untilwings 420 are disposed on top ofmicrodosing structure 418. In the last step of the initialization process,cam plate 416 shifts to the dosing position such thatcam plate 416contacts lever system 414, as depicted inFIG.25F . The circular cam may be configured such that the transition from the initialization position to the dosing position is permanent and, once in the dosing position, the circular cam cannot return to the initialization position. - In
FIGS.26A and26B , the locations and functions of exemplary dampers and mating surfaces are described.Microdosing structure 418 may be configured to hold the circular cam in an initialization position until the pressure within the cartridge is within a predetermined range.Microdosing structure 418 may includedampers 424 andmating surfaces 426, which are configured to interact with and grip the wings of the cam plate when the circular cam transitions from the initialization position to the dosing position. Mating surfaces426 preferably are configured to have an angled interface that functions as a thread when the wings rotate upwards towards the lever system.Microdosing structure 418 also may be configured to minimize the noise from the rotation of the circular cam. For example,dampers 424 may be made from a flexible plastic material that is designed to minimize the sound from the contact betweenmicrodosing structure 418 and the top surface ofcam plate 416. - Referring now to
FIGS.27A and27B , details of a preferred microdosing system are described.Microdosing system 410 is configured to move a predetermined dose of medication towards an outflow needle and into the wearer's skin and may include a dosing tube,lever system 414 configured to contact the dosing tube, and a circular cam configured to rotate. The circular cam preferably includes a cam shaft andcam plate 416, which, upon rotation of the cam shaft, is configured to interact withlever system 414 and deliver the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer.Lever system 414 may be coupled tolever spring system 413 having one or more springs that are configured to keep the levers oflever system 414 in a lowered position. For example,microdosing system 410 may includefirst lever spring 432 coupled to a first lever,middle lever spring 434 coupled to a middle lever, andsecond lever spring 436 coupled to a second lever.Lever spring system 413 may be a single structure comprising one or more levers or may include separate structures, each structure comprising a lever. FIG.27C depicts the microdosing system with the lever system spaced apart to reveal the dosing tube. The lever springs are configured to provide a force on the lever system such that the levers of the lever system maintain contact with the dosing tube and the pressure from the levers prevents the medication from flowing through the dosing tube until intended. The lever springs preferably are disposed above corresponding sections of flatteneddosing tube 447, which is coupled todosing tube support 454. Flatteneddosing tube 447 may include a flattened portion having three sections, dosing tubefirst portion 448, dosingtube reservoir portion 450, and dosing tubesecond portion 452. Preferably, dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is a compartment between dosing tubefirst portion 448 and dosing tubesecond portion 452, the compartment designed to hold a predetermined dose of medication. For example,first lever spring 432 may be disposed above dosing tubefirst portion 448,middle lever spring 434 may be disposed above dosingtube reservoir portion 450, andsecond lever spring 436 may be disposed above a dosing tubesecond portion 452.- With respect to
FIG.27D , further details of the microdosing system are described. The lever system preferably includesfirst lever 442,middle lever 444, andsecond lever 446, which are configured to contact the dosing tube and act as valves to either permit or prevent medication from flowing through the respective portion of the dosing tube.First lever 442 may be configured to be coupled tofirst lever spring 432 and to contact dosing tubefirst portion 448.Middle lever 444 may be configured to be coupled tomiddle lever spring 434 and to contact dosingtube reservoir portion 450.Second lever 446 may be configured to be coupled tosecond lever spring 436 and to contact dosing tubesecond portion 452. - Referring now to
FIGS.28A and28B , details of the circular cam and lever system are described.Cam plate 416 is configured to interact withlever system 414 such that, upon rotation ofcam plate 416, the levers oflever system 414 move in a series of steps and deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer.Cam plate 416 may include one or more rounded, raised surfaces that interact with corresponding rounded lever ramps on the levers oflever system 414. The rounded surfaces ensure smooth movement between of the levers and may help mitigate the sound of the microdosing system. Each time a lever contacts the raised surfaces ofcam plate 416, the lever transitions from a lowered position to a raised position, allowing medication to flow through the corresponding section of the dosing tube. Cam plate 416 may include outer raisedsurfaces 438 and inner raisedsurfaces 440, positioned radially outward of outer raised surfaces438. Outer raisedsurfaces 438 may be configured to contact the first lever ramp offirst lever 442 and the second lever ramp ofsecond lever 446. Preferably, outer raisedsurfaces 438 are sized and shaped such that the outer raised surface may be disposed between the first lever ramp and the second lever ramp without contacting either the first lever ramp or the second lever ramp. Inner raisedsurfaces 440 may be configured to contact only the middle lever ramp ofmiddle lever 444. The raised surfaces oncam plate 416 may be configured such that a complete 360 degree rotation ofcam plate 416 delivers two predetermined doses of medication towards the wearer. For example, inFIG.28A ,cam plate 416 includes two outer raisedsurfaces 438 and two inner raisedsurfaces 440, the second outer and inner raised surfaces mirror images of the first outer and inner raised surfaces. As will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art,cam plate 416 may include more than two raised surfaces and may be configured such that a 360 degree rotation or a rotation of less than 180 degrees is required for delivery of a predetermined dose of medication.- Turning to
FIGS.29A-29C , operation of the lever system and exemplary dosing tube is described. The levers oflever system 414 are configured to transition between a lowered position, such that the levers sequentially contact the dosing tube to prevent medication from flowing through the dosing tube, and a sequentially raised position, to expel medication from the dosing tube to the wearer. Medication is delivered first throughinflow needle 406, which is configured to extend from the cartridge to a first end of the dosing tube, next though the dosing tube, and then throughoutflow needle 408, which is configured to extend from a second end of the dosing tube to the cannula inserted into the wearer. The first end of the dosing tube is adjacent tofirst lever 442 and dosing tubefirst portion 448. The second end of the dosing tube is adjacent tosecond lever 446 and dosing tubesecond portion 452.Inflow needle 406 andoutflow needle 408 preferably are coupled to the dosing tube such that the needles are disposed within the dosing tube, as shown inFIG.29B . For example, the outer diameter ofinflow needle 406 andoutflow needle 408 may be the same as or substantially similar to the inner diameter of the first and second ends of the dosing tube. FIG.29C depicts a close up of the levers and dosing tube. The dosing tube preferably is disposed ondosing tube support 454, which is configured to provide a support for the dosing tube, which includes a flattened portion having three sections. Dosing tubefirst portion 448 is a first end of the flattened portion and may be disposed adjacent tofirst lever 442 such that, whenfirst lever 442 is in a lowered position, medication is prevented from flowing frominflow needle 406 through dosing tubefirst portion 448. Dosing tubesecond portion 452 is a second end of the flattened portion and may be disposed adjacent tosecond lever 446 such that, whensecond lever 446 is in a lowered position, medication is prevented from flowing through dosing tubesecond portion 452 and intooutflow needle 408. Dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is the middle portion that is substantially surrounded by one or more welded portions. Dosingtube reservoir portion 450 may be disposed adjacent tomiddle lever 444 such that, whenmiddle lever 444 is lowered andsecond lever 446 is raised, medication is expelled from dosingtube reservoir portion 450 through dosing tubesecond portion 452.- Preferably, the levers are sized and shaped to correspond with the size and shape of the dosing tube portions. For example,
first lever 442 andsecond lever 446 may contact only a small section of the flattened portion of the dosing tube.Middle lever 444 may contact a large section of the flattened portion of the dosing tube and may be sized and shaped such that, whenmiddle lever 444 transitions from a raised position to a lowered position, substantially all the medication held within dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is expelled towards the wearer. - Referring now to
FIG.29D , further details of the microdosing system, are described. InFIG.29D , the lever system and lever springs are removed to reveal how the inflow and outflow needles are disposed within the pump housing.Inflow needle 406 preferably extends from the cartridge to the first end of the dosing tube.Inflow needle 406 may be configured to contactmicrodosing structure 418 and extend aroundconnection cavity 404 of the cap housing.Outflow needle 408 preferably extends from the second end of the dosing tube, throughconnection cavity 404, and into the cannula inserted into the wearer's skin. - Turning to
FIGS.30A-K , operation of microdosing system is described in an exemplary series of steps to deliver a predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. A predetermined dose of medication may be delivered upon rotation of the circular cam, which is configured to interact with the lever system.First lever 442 may include a first extended arm havingfirst lever ramp 456 that is configured to contact the outer raised surfaces ofcam plate 416,middle lever 444 may include a middle extended arm havingmiddle lever ramp 458 that is configured to contact the inner raised surfaces ofcam plate 416, andsecond lever 446 may include a second extended arm havingsecond lever ramp 460 that is configured to contact the outer raised surfaces ofcam plate 416. Each extended arm may extend from the lever ramps to the dosing tube. Preferably, the lever ramps are configured to maintain smooth and continuous contact with the raised surfaces ofcam plate 416 such that the noise from rotation of the circular cam is minimized. For example, the lever ramps may have a rounded shape and the raised surfaces may have a corresponding rounded shape. FIGS.30A and30B show the microdosing system in a first position, whereinfirst lever 442,middle lever 444, andsecond lever 446 are in a lowered position such that the levers are pressing down on the corresponding portions of the dosing tube and medication cannot flow past any of the levers. In the first position, none of the lever ramps contact the raised surfaces of the cam plate.FIGS.30C and30D show the microdosing system in a second position. Upon rotation of the cam plate, outer raisedsurface 438 contactsfirst lever ramp 456, movingfirst lever 442 from a lowered position to a raised position.Middle lever 444 andsecond lever 446 remain in a lowered position such that medication can flow through dosing tubefirst portion 448 but cannot flow past dosingtube reservoir portion 450.FIGS.30E and30F show the microdosing system in a third position. Upon further rotation of the cam plate, outer raisedsurface 438 remains in contact withfirst lever ramp 456 such thatfirst lever 442 remains in a raised position and inner raisedsurface 440 contactsmiddle lever ramp 458, movingmiddle lever 444 from a lowered position to a raised position.Second lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that medication can flow through dosing tubefirst portion 448 and into dosingtube reservoir portion 450 but cannot flow past dosing tubesecond portion 452. In the third position, dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is configured to fill and expand with the predetermined dose of medication.FIGS.30G and30H show the microdosing system in a fourth position. Upon further rotation of the cam plate, outer raisedsurface 438 moves to a position betweenfirst lever ramp 456 andsecond lever ramp 460 such that outer raisedsurface 438 is not in contact with eitherfirst lever ramp 456 orsecond lever ramp 460. Inner raisedsurface 440 remains in contact withmiddle lever ramp 458 such thatmiddle lever 444 remains in a raised position.First lever 442 moves from a raised position to a lowered position andsecond lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is held within dosingtube reservoir portion 450 and is unable to flow past dosing tubesecond portion 452.FIGS.301 and30J show the microdosing system in a fifth position. Upon further rotation of the cam plate, outer raisedsurface 438 contactssecond lever ramp 460, movingsecond lever 446 from a lowered position to a raised position, and inner raisedsurface 440 remains in contact withmiddle lever ramp 458 such thatmiddle lever 444 remains in a raised position.First lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that medication can flow through dosing tubesecond portion 452 tooutflow needle 408, but cannot flow back through dosing tubefirst portion 448.FIGS.30K and30L show the microdosing system in a sixth position. Upon further rotation of the cam plate, outer raisedsurface 438 remains in contact withsecond lever ramp 460 such thatsecond lever 446 remains in a raised position and inner raisedsurface 440 moves to a position pastmiddle lever ramp 456 such thatmiddle lever 444 moves from a raised position to a lowered position such thatmiddle lever 444 applies pressure to dosingtube reservoir portion 450, forcing the predetermined dose of medication past dosing tubesecond portion 452 and intooutflow needle 408. This step ensures the accuracy of the medication delivery and that all of the predetermined dose of medication is delivered to the wearer such that no medication remains in dosingtube reservoir portion 450.FIG.31 provides a schematic depiction of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer. As described with respect toFIGS.30A-L above, the lever system includes lever ramps, which are configured to move the levers between a lowered position and a raised position upon contact with raised surfaces on the cam plate. Each lever is configured to contact a different portion of the dosing tube. Preferably,first lever 442 contacts dosing tubefirst portion 448,middle lever 444 contacts dosingtube reservoir portion 450, andsecond lever 446 contacts dosing tubesecond portion 452.- The steps depicted in
FIG.31 correspond with the steps shown inFIGS.30A-L . In the first position,first lever 442,middle lever 444, andsecond lever 446 are in a lowered position and contact the corresponding portions of the dosing tube such that the medication cannot flow through the dosing tube or past any of the levers. In the second position,first lever 442 moves to a raised position andmiddle lever 444 andsecond lever 446 remain in a lowered position such that medication may only flow through dosing tubefirst portion 448. In the third position,first lever 442 remains in a raised position,middle lever 444 moves to a raised position, andsecond lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that medication may flow into dosingtube reservoir portion 450, but not pastsecond lever 446. In the fourth position,first lever 442 moves to a lowered position,middle lever 444 remains in a raised position, andsecond lever 446 remains in a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication is measured within dosingtube reservoir portion 450 and cannot flow past eitherfirst lever 442 orsecond lever 446. In the fifth position,first lever 442 remains in a lowered position,middle lever 444 remains in a raised position, andsecond lever 446 moves to a raised position such that predetermined dose of medication may flow from dosingtube reservoir portion 450 and through dosing tubesecond portion 452. In the sixth position,first lever 442 remains in a lowered position,middle lever 444 moves to a lowered position, andsecond lever 446 remains in a raised position such that the all of the predetermined dose of medication is forced out of dosingtube reservoir portion 450 and through dosing tubesecond portion 452 towards the wearer. Following this step, the microdosing system returns to the first position wherein all of the levers are in a lowered position. - Referring now to
FIGS.32A and32B , an exemplary system for detecting an occlusion in the dosing pathway, fromcartridge 500 to the location medication is delivered within the skin of the wearer, is described. An occlusion in the dosing pathway may occur within the dosing tube, withinoutflow needle 408, or within the cannula. Fast detection of an infusion anomaly (e.g., an occlusion) in the dosing pathway allows the microdosing system to monitor the accuracy of the microdosing system and mitigates the risk that the wearer fails to receive a proper dose of medication. Pump300 may includesensor 316, which may be configured to confirm the accuracy of the microdosing system and that the predetermined dose of medication was delivered to the wearer.Sensor 316 preferably is configured to sense displacement of one or more levers, which may be indicative of whether there is an occlusion disposed within the dosing tube, withinoutflow needle 408, or within the cannula.Sensor 316 may be electrically coupled to a controller such that sensed signals are sent to the controller for processing and detecting an occlusion. The controller may sense an occlusion if the sensed displacement is outside a threshold range, the determination based on the proximity of the magnet to the hall-effect sensor over time. For example, the controller may be configured to monitor whether the measured Hall-effect sensor values are within predetermined Hall-effect sensor value ranges that are expected for each step of the dosing cycle or if the measured Hall-effect sensor values change at a time it should remain the same. The controller may determine there is an occlusion based on one or more sensed signals. For example, detection of an occlusion may be based on sensed signals over more than one dosing cycles. Sensor 316 may also be used to determine whether the microdosing system is in the initialization position. For example, the controller may sense that the microdosing system is in the initialization position if the sensor does not sense any displacement of the one or more levers over a predetermined period of time. Further,sensor 316 may be used to determine whether the cap is coupled to the pump. The controller may confirm that the cap and pump are properly coupled together ifsensor 316 senses that the one or more levers is disposed in a predetermined position. Alternatively or additionally, information sensed bysensor 316 may be used to determine a status of the cap, for example, whether the cap is “new” or “used.” For example, the when the cam plate moves from the initialization position to the dosing position, the magnet coupled to the lever system may move slightly towards the pump. Information fromsensor 316 may be used to determine that the microdosing system has completed the initialization process and therefore the cap is “used.” Information sensed bysensor 316 may be used to determine if the cap is coupled to the pump. For example, if a magnetic field is not sensed bysensor 316, the controller indicates that the cap is not coupled to the pump because the magnet in the cap is not being sensed. As such, the controller will not activate pumping until the cap is coupled to the pump. Further, the position of the magnet within the cap, as sensed bysensor 316 based on the strength of the magnetic field, may indicate the status of the cap. For example, if the magnetic field is within a predetermined range, the controller will indicate that the cap is in the initialization position. If the magnetic field is within a second predetermined range, the controller will indicate that the cap is in the dosing position. In some embodiments, the strength of the magnetic field is weaker when the cap is in the initialization position because the magnet is further from the pump. As the cap moves from the initialization position to the dosing position, the magnet is moved closer to the cap, thereby increasing the strength of the sensed magnetic field. As such, the second predetermined range may be higher than the first predetermined range to indicate that the pump is in the dosing position, as determined by the controller.FIGS.32A and32B show a simplified view of the microdosing system in two positions. Disposed withinpump 300 issensor 316 andcartridge 500, which may be coupled toinflow needle 406.Inflow needle 406 may be coupled to the dosing tube and the dosing tube may be coupled tooutflow needle 408. The lever system may includemiddle lever spring 434, which may apply a force onmiddle lever 444 such thatmiddle lever 444 remains in a lowered position adjacent todosing reservoir portion 450. At the opposite end ofmiddle lever 444,magnet 428 may be disposed.Magnet 428 may be positioned such that whenmiddle lever 444 moves from a lowered position to a raised position, inFIG.32B ,magnet 428 moves closer tosensor 316.Sensor 316 preferably is a Hall-effect sensor that is configured to detect a magnetic field of a magnet disposed on the lever system.- In
FIG.32A , the dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is in a compressed state, such that no medication is disposed within dosingtube reservoir portion 450. In the compressed state,middle lever 444 is positioned in a lowered position such thatmagnet 428 is disposed farther away fromsensor 316. Thefarther magnet 428 is away fromsensor 316, the smaller the Hall-effect value will be. InFIG.32B , when dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is in an expanded state, medication is disposed within dosingtube reservoir portion 450. In the expanded state, middle lever44 is positioned in a raised position such thatmagnet 428 is disposed closer tosensor 316 such that the Hall-effect value is greater than the Hall-effect value when dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is in the compressed state. - Referring now to
FIG.32C , the changing position of the magnet disposed on the middle lever of the microdosing system during a dosing cycle is described. In the first step,first lever 442 andmiddle lever 444 are in a raised position such that medication may flow into dosingtube reservoir portion 450. Afterfirst lever 442 moves to a lowered position,second lever 446 moves to a raised position. A portion of the medication within dosing tube reservoir portion may flow into the outflow needle and thusmiddle lever 444 andmagnet 428 may move a slightly farther away from the pump and sensor. In the third step,middle lever 444 moves to a lowered position such that a force is applied to dosingtube reservoir portion 450. If there are no occlusions within the dosing tube or within the outflow needle or cannula, the remaining medication disposed within dosingtube reservoir portion 450 is forced into the outflow needle andmiddle lever 444 andmagnet 428 move to a lowered position. In the last step,middle lever 444 andmagnet 428 move to the farthest position away from the pump and sensor. FIGS.33A and33B provide schematic depictions of the series of steps configured to deliver the predetermined dose of medication to the wearer, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and the dosing pathway is occluded, are illustrated.FIG.33A is similar toFIG.30 , described above, and also includes arrows A and B pointing to two steps of the microdosing process. Arrow A is pointing to the sixth position of the microdosing system whereinmiddle lever 444 is configured to have moved from a raised position to a lowered position, thus forcing the predetermined dose of medication towards the wearer. Arrow B is pointing to the second position of the microdosing system wherein,first lever 442 is configured to have moved from a lowered position to a raised position, thus permitting medication to flow through dosing tubefirst portion 448 into dosingtube reservoir portion 450.- While
FIG.33A depicts proper operation of the microdosing system,FIG.33B depicts a scenario in which there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway. For example, the block may be disposed near dosing tubesecond portion 452 andoutflow needle 408 such that medication can flow through a portion of the dosing tube but cannot reach the wearer. In another example, the block may be disposed within the cannula. InFIG.33B , arrow A is pointing to the sixth step, whereinmiddle lever 444 is configured to have moved to a lowered position such that predetermined dose of medication flows towards the wearer. However, dosing tubesecond portion 452 is blocked due to an occlusion in the dosing pathway, preventing the medication from flowing out of dosingtube reservoir portion 450 such thatmiddle lever 444 is unable to move to a lowered position. In the next step, wherein the predetermined dose should be completely delivered to the wearer,second lever 446 is able to move to a lowered position, but the block prevents any delivery of medication. At arrow B, when the next dosing cycle starts,first lever 442 is configured to move to a raised position andmiddle lever 444 andsecond lever 446 are configured to remain in a lowered position. However, because the predetermined dose of medication was unable to move intooutflow tube 408,middle lever 444 is finally able to move to the lowered position, pushing the predetermined dose of medication back into the inflow tube. FIGS.33C and33D illustrate the position of the magnet disposed on the middle lever of the microdosing system, wherein the dosing pathway is not occluded and wherein the dosing pathway is occluded. InFIG.33C ,magnet 428 changes positions when the medication is delivered to the outflow needle. InFIG.33D , because there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway, for example, within the dosing tube, within the outflow needle, or within the cannula,middle lever 444 is not able to move to the lowered position and thusmagnet 428 does not significantly change positions. By monitoring the value of a parameter(s) (e.g., the Hall-effect value), the sensor is able to determine the position ofmagnet 428 andmiddle lever 444, these values indicating whether there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway. For example, if the magnet does not move at least a predetermined distance relative to the pump (e.g., away from the pump) during each microdosing cycle, the controller is able to determine an occlusion in the fluid flow path. InFIG.33D , the magnet does not move at least the predetermined distance away from the pump during a microdosing cycle, thereby indicating an occlusion. As such, the patch pump ensures real-time monitoring of each micro-dosing cycle resulting in ultrafast occlusion detection.- Referring now to
FIG.34 , a graph showing Hall-effect sensor values over time when the dosing pathway is not occluded and when the dosing pathway is occluded is illustrated, and corresponds to the two situations presented inFIGS.33A and33B . At point A, in a non-occluded system, the middle lever would move to a lowered position such that the predetermined dose of medication was forced out of the dosing tube reservoir portion. When the middle lever moves to a lowered position, the magnet disposed at the end of the middle lever moves farther away from the hall-effect sensor and therefore the Hall-effect sensor value decreases. However, if there is a blockage within the dosing tube second portion, the outflow needle, or the cannula, middle lever would not be able to move to a lowered position and the position of the magnet would not either. The Hall-effect sensor value therefore would remain substantially the same. - At point B, in a non-occluded system, the middle lever would have remained in a lowered position while the dosing cycle was beginning again. However, if the predetermined dose of medication was unable to deliver the medication from the dosing tube reservoir portion, the middle lever would have started in a raised position. As the first lever is moved to a raised position, the middle lever is able to move to the lowered position, forcing medication within the dosing tube reservoir portion to flow back into the inflow tube. Therefore, in an occluded system, at point B, the magnet disposed at the end of the middle lever moves farther away from the Hall-effect sensor such that the Hall-effect sensor value decreases.
- A controller may be operatively coupled to the sensor and may be configured to determine whether there is an occlusion in the dosing pathway. For example, the controller may be configured to monitor whether the measured Hall-effect sensor values are within predetermined Hall-effect sensor value ranges that are expected for each step of the dosing cycle or if the measured Hall-effect sensor values change at a time it should remain the same. If there is an occlusion, at point A, the measured Hall-effect sensor value may exceed the predetermined Hall-effect sensor value range for that step. At point B, the measured Hall-effect sensor value decreases while the predetermined Hall-effect sensor value remains the same. The controller may determine there is an occlusion based off of the measurements at point A, point B, or both point A and point B.
- Referring now to
FIGS.35A-35D , an exemplary system configured to determine the position of the circular cam is described, whereinFIG.35E is a graph showing signal strength over time as the circular cam rotates. Another way to validate that the predetermined doses of medication are properly delivered to the wearer and to ensure that the dosing cycle is fully completed is by determining the position of the cam plate. Monitoring of the position of the cam plate also helps the controller determine the absolute stopping position for each dosing cycle such that the controller can ensure that the patch pump remains locked, as described above. For example, a ferromagnetic blade having teeth may be coupled to the cam plate and, upon rotation, may generate an oscillation of a signal that can be used to count the teeth on the ferromagnetic blade. The generated oscillations may be used as an incremental sensor to determine the position of a cam plate and accordingly whether the dosing cycle is complete. - Preferably, pump300 includes
circuit board 314 havingsensor 344 disposed on one side ofcircuit board 314 andmagnet 396 disposed on the other side ofcircuit board 314 and adjacent tosensor 344. Pump300 further may includegearbox 324 havingferromagnetic blade 323.Ferromagnetic blade 323 may have a plurality of teeth and the plurality of teeth may include one ormore gaps 325.Gaps 325 may be spaced equally aroundferromagnetic blade 323 and preferably align with the end of a dosing cycle. For example, one 360 degree rotation ofcam plate 416 may complete two doses cycles.Ferromagnetic blade 323 may include twogaps 325 disposed opposite of each other and configured to align with the end of a dosing cycle. Sensor 344 preferably is electrically coupled to a controller such that sensed signals are sent to the controller for determining the position ofcam plate 416.Gaps 325 may create longer (dT1>dT2) and stronger (A1>A2) oscillations, as shown inFIG.35E . By monitoring the oscillations, and determining the position ofcam plate 416, the controller is able to determine the absolute stopping position for each dosing cycle. This determination also may help the controller ensure that the patch pump remains locked, as described above.- With respect to
FIGS.36A and36B , an exemplary tube flattening system before and after the dosing tube is flattened is described. The dosing tube preferably is made from a flexible polymer such that the levers of the lever system may apply pressure to the dosing tube, causing the dosing tube to deflect and prevent the medication from flowing through the dosing tube. The dosing tube preferably includes dosingtube reservoir portion 450, which is designed to slightly expand such that the predetermined dose of medication is accurately measured. By monitoring the pressure within the cartridge and by measuring the predetermined dose of medication by volume, the accuracy of the dose is increased. Dosingtube reservoir portion 450 also may include welded portions that are configured to increase the accuracy of the volume within the reservoir. Tube flattening system 800 is configured to flatten dosingtube reservoir portion 450.Tube flattening system 800 provides advantages over the methods of the prior art wherein the tube is blow molded and then flattened. One of the key benefits of this system is that it reduces the risk that the tubing walls within dosingtube reservoir portion 450 do not have a constant thickness and rigidity. Uniformity along the tubing walls helps ensure that each manufactured dosingtube reservoir portion 450 expands to the same size, thus ensuring that the predetermined doses of medication are similar among different devices.Tube flattening system 800 may include two or more raisedportions 802 that are spaced apart such thatunflattened dosing tube 466 may fit between a first and second raised portion without significant excess space remaining.Tube flattening system 800 further may includepress 806, which is configured to apply pressure ontounflattened dosing tube 466 to create a flattened dosing tube including dosingtube reservoir portion 450, which is designed to hold a predetermined dose of medication. Preferably,press 806 moves from a raised position such thatpress 806 does not contactunflattened dosing tube 466 to a lowered position such thatpress 806 presses onunflattened dosing tube 466 until it reachesthickness guide 804.Thickness guide 804 preferably is disposed on either side ofunflattened dosing tube 466 and protrudes abovelower portion 808 oftube flattening system 800 to a height that is substantially the same as the preferred thickness of dosingtube reservoir portion 450.- Turning to
FIG.37 , an exemplary welded dosing tube is described. To further ensure that the predetermined dose of the medication is accurate, dosingtube reservoir portion 450 may include weldedportions 468, which help define a specific volume to be filled with medication. Weldedportions 468 also may increase the efficiency of the watertightness such that the levers can provide less pressure on the dosing tube while still preventing the medication from flowing towards the wearer. Weldedportions 468 may be disposed on the outer portions of dosingtube reservoir portion 450 such that the medication may still flow through the dosing tube. Preferably, the dosing tube is welded ontodosing tube support 454 via laser welding. The dosing tube may be transparent to a laser anddosing tube support 454 may not be transparent to the laser.Dosing tube support 454 is configured to provide a support for the dosing tube during welding and also is configured to help position the dosing tube within the patch pump during assembly. - Referring now to
FIGS.38A-38C , exemplary mechanisms for locking the patch pump to the pad are described. The locking mechanisms preferably are configured such that the cap remains secured to the pump and the patch pump remains secured to the pad throughout the wearer's daily motions. InFIG.38A , the pump-cap assembly when the pump are locked together. The patch pump may include a pump havingpump housing 302 and a cap havingcap housing 402 and may be configured tohouse cartridge 500.Cap housing 402 may includecap lock 470 and pumphousing 302 may include pumphousing lock 398, configured to interact withcap lock 470. The cap may be configured to couple to the pump via a twisting motion. For example, the cap may be placed onto the pump in a first position such that the inflow needle of the cap pierces the cartridge cap ofcartridge 500. The cap may then be rotated untilcap lock 470 couples to pumphousing lock 398. - In
FIG.38B the pump-cap assembly and pad are locked together. In order to ensure thatcartridge 500 remains within the patch pump and that the operation of the patch pump is not interrupted by the wearer, the patch pump is configured to couple to the pad such that the pump and cap cannot be uncoupled from each other until the patch pump is uncoupled from the pad. For example,cap housing 402 further may includepad interface 472 at a different edge ofcap housing 402.Cap lock 470 andpad interface 472 may be configured to interact with corresponding features ofpad skeleton 104. Once the patch pump is secured to the pad, the interaction betweenpad skeleton 104,cap lock 470 and pumphousing lock 398 ensure that the patch pump cannot be opened when disposed on the skin of the wearer. - In
FIG.38C , distortion that may occur if the pump-cap assembly and pad are not locked together is described. In particular, if the patch pump is not properly coupled to the pad,cap housing 402 may deform, causing the cap to uncouple from the pump. This unlocking could cause serious consequences for the wearer, and thus must be prevented. One way to prevent the unlocking is to lock the patch pump to the pad, as inFIG.38B . - Referring now to
FIGS.39A-39F , exemplary mechanisms for locking the cap to the pump are described. In addition to the locking mechanisms noted above, the cap and pump further may include a rotational locking mechanism disposed betweenpump housing 302 andcap housing 402. This locking mechanism ensures that the wearer cannot uncouple the cap from the pump during delivery of medication. InFIGS.39A and39B , the cap may be placed onto the pump in an open, unlocked position such that the inflow needle of the cap pierces the cartridge cap ofcartridge 500. The pump may includetabs 430, which are coupled to the microdosing system, and the cap may includemechanical coupling 322, which is coupled to the gearbox. Bothtabs 430 andmechanical coupling 322 are configured to rotate upon actuation of the gearbox. Preferably, in the closed position,tabs 430 are configured to be disposed withinmechanical coupling 322 such that rotation ofmechanical coupling 322 causes rotation oftabs 430, which causes rotation of the circular cam described above. In the unlocked position,tabs 430 andmechanical coupling 322 may be disposed in a vertical position, perpendicular to the skin-facing side of the patch pump. - After the inflow needle of the cap is disposed within
cartridge 500, the cap then may be rotated until the cap couples to the pump such that the pump and cap are in a closed, but unlocked position, as inFIG.39C .Tabs 430 are configured to protrude fromcap housing 402 such thattabs 430 must be in the vertical position in order to either couple or uncouple the cap from the pump. For example,tabs 430 may be configured to move throughchannel 303 ofpump housing 302. Preferably,channel 303 is sufficiently narrow such thattabs 430 cannot travel throughchannel 303 whentabs 430 are in a horizontal position. After the cap is coupled to the pump, the controller may be configured to rotatemechanical coupling 322 such thatmechanical coupling 322 andtabs 430 are in a locked position, as inFIG.39D . InFIGS.39E and39F ,tabs 430 are in an unlocked position and a locked position, respectively. - A microdosing system is disposed within the cap and is configured to measure and deliver a predetermined dose of medication. The microdosing system may include a dosing tube, circular cam, configured to rotate, and a lever system, configured to contact the dosing tube and release the predetermined dose of medication into an outflow needle. The circular cam may include a cam shaft and a cam plate coupled to the cam shaft. Preferably, the cam plate includes a top surface having one or more raised surfaces configured to interact with one or more levers of the lever system upon rotation of the cam shaft.
Tabs 430 may be disposed at the end of the cam shaft such thattabs 430 may extend towards and interact with the pump. When the motor interacts with the gearbox, it causes both the pusher to move towards the plunger of the cartridge andmechanical coupling 322 to rotate, causing rotation oftabs 430, which causes the microdosing system to deliver medication to the wearer. Preferably, a 180 degree rotation ofmechanical coupling 322 delivers one dose of medication. - Each dosing cycle may occur within a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.5 seconds) such that
mechanical coupling 322 andtabs 430 are in the vertical position for a very limited amount of time such that the risk that the wearer may uncouple the cap and pump is reduced. In a preferred embodiment,tabs 430 are permitted to travel throughchannel 303 in a range of +−10 degrees from the vertical position. Upon each rotation ofmechanical coupling 322 andtabs 430, it may be possible to open the cap twice, each time for about 5 hundredths of a second. However, it may not be possible to open the cap when the pump-cap assembly is clipped to the pad because the cap lock secures the pump-cap assembly to the pad. Preferably, when the pump-cap assembly is not clipped to the pad, the skin detector does not detect the skin and the controller stops the pump such thatmechanical coupling 322 andtabs 430 are disposed in a locked position and the wearer cannot unlock the pump-cap assembly. - The patch pump may be configured to remain locked even after
cartridge 500 is empty. Preferably,mechanical coupling 322 andtabs 430 remain in a locked position until the pusher of the pump is reset to the home position and until the battery is sufficiently charged. The controller may be configured to monitor the battery level of the patch pump and unlock the pump and cap if both the battery level is at a sufficient level and a sensor senses that the contacting blade of the pusher is in contact with the contacting pins. - Referring now to
FIGS.40A and40B , exemplary locking protrusions disposed on the cap and locking receptacles on the pump are described. Surrounding the cartridge, the cap may include one or more locking protrusions and the pump may include one or more corresponding locking receptacles configured to receive the locking protrusions. The locking protrusions and receptacles are configured to lock the cap to the pump such that the continuous force that the pusher places onto the cartridge does not uncouple the cap from the pump. Because the cartridge must remain pressurized in order to ensure accurate dosing, the cartridge may apply a considerable amount of force on the cap. Cap 400 may include one ormore locking protrusions 476 configured to surround the region ofcap 400 whereinflow needle 406 pierces the cartridge cap ofcartridge 500. Pump300 preferably includes one or morecorresponding locking receptacles 399, each lockingreceptacle 399 configured to engage a lockingprotrusion 476. Lockingprotrusions 476 and lockingreceptacles 399 may be radially spaced surrounding the inflow needle, may be various sizes and shapes, and may be configured to lock to each other upon rotation of the cap from an open position to a closed position. Preferably,cap 400 includes at least three lockingprotrusions 476 and pump300 includes at least three corresponding locking receptacles such that torque is minimized. Lockingprotrusions 476 may be configured to prevent the cap from rotating greater than 90 degrees. At least onelocking protrusion 476 may include a first portion having a wide engagement slit and a second portion having a narrower engagement slit.- Because the cap preferably is configured to be disposable and the pump preferably is configured to be reusable, the cap and pump may be designed such that the material of the pump housing has a greater creep resistance than the material of the cap housing. Therefore, if the force from the cartridge becomes too great, the cap may be designed to fail, or deform, before the pump fails or deforms. For example, the material of
pump housing 302 may be different than the material ofcap housing 402. Additionally or alternatively, the material ofpump housing 302 may have a greater thickness than the material ofcap housing 402. The same principle may apply to the pad. Because the pad preferably is configured to be disposable and the pump preferably is configured to be reusable, the pad and pump may be designed such that the material of the pump housing has a greater creep resistance than the material of the pad skeleton. - With respect to
FIG.41 , a preferred embodiment of a cartridge is described. The patch pump may include a pre-filled cartridge that is configured to be inserted into the patch pump.Cartridge 500 may be filled during manufacturing or may instead be filled by the wearer prior to insertingcartridge 500 into the pump. For example, the wearer may pre-fill several cartridges configured to last one month and store the pre-filled cartridges in the fridge until the cartridge are to be used. Preferably the wearer may insert the pre-filled cartridges into the patch pump directly after removal from the fridge and need not wait a certain period of time (e.g., 20 minutes) before inserting the cartridge. Preferably, the pre-filled cartridge includes a movable end that is configured to interact with the pusher of the pump and a cap that is configured to interact with the inflow needle of the cap. For example, the wearer may insertcartridge 500 into the pump.Cartridge 500 may be sized and shaped such that when the pump and cap are coupled together, forming the patch pump,cartridge 500 is completely enclosed by the patch pump. Preferably,cartridge 500 contains insulin and is pre-filled with an amount of insulin that is sufficient for the wearer for at least three days.Cartridge 500 may be a commercially available insulin container such as the NovoRapid PumpCart available from Novo Nordisk A/S of Bagsværd, Denmark. Cartridge 500 further may includecartridge cap 504, which may be disposed at a first end ofcartridge 500.Cartridge cap 504 may be configured to be inserted within the patch pump such that the inflow needle of the cap piercescartridge cap 504 when the cap is coupled to the pump.Cartridge 500 further may includeplunger 502, which may be disposed at a second end ofcartridge 500, the second end opposite the first end, and may be configured to be inserted within the patch pump such thatplunger 502 is disposed adjacent to the cartridge contactor of pusher. Upon movement of the cartridge contactor,plunger 502 preferably is configured to move towardscartridge cap 504 such that the medication withcartridge 500 is pushed into the inflow needle and towards the microdosing system of the cap. Whencartridge 500 is emptied, the pusher may reset to an initial, home position andcartridge 500 may be removed and replaced with another pre-filled cartridge.- Referring now to
FIG.42 , chargingsystem 600 suitable for use with the pumps of the present invention is described and may be used to charge one or more batteries within the pump. Preferably, chargingsystem 600 charges the battery via an inductive coil disposed within the housing ofcharger 602 and the pump.Charger 602 may be plugged into a conventional socket. viacable 606 or a cord with an AC or DC power converter.Charging system 600 also may includecharger support frame 604, which is configured to hold the pump while charging.Charger support frame 604 may be have a similar size and shape as the pad skeleton. - Referring now to
FIG.43A-G , illustrative screenshots of an exemplary mobile device and mobile application interfaces are described. The patch pump may be configured to communicate data to or from a mobile devicerunning software application 700 such that the user may review the data and may activate the pump.Software application 700 may be a dedicated application or “app” and may be downloaded from an online store such as iTunes™ (Apple, Inc., Cupertino, Calif.), the App Store (Apple, Inc.), Google™ Play (Google, Inc., Mountain View, Calif), the Android™ Marketplace (Google, Inc.), Windows™ Phone Store (Microsoft Corp., Redmond, Wash.), or BlackBerry™ World (BlackBerry, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada). Preferably,software application 700 need only be downloaded once, although updates also may be downloaded. - In
FIG.43B ,interface 702 permits the user to select which of various pumps to control, with one or more icons depicting a type of pump. The wearer may choose the icon identifying the pump that the wearer is using. Upon identification of the type of pump,software application 700 may displayactivation interface 704, as inFIG.43C .Activation interface 704 may include an “activate”, “go”, “run”, “start”, or other similar button or icon that the wearer may press to activate the pump. After activation of the pump, the pump may complete an initialization process to increase the pressure within the cartridge until it is within a predetermined range, as described above. The wearer may view the status of the initialization process oninitialization interface 706, as inFIG.43D . - Once the pump is activated, the wearer may wish to run a test to determine whether the pump is working properly.
Software application 700 may displaytesting interface 708, as inFIG.43E , which may include an icon that may be pressed by the wearer.Software application 700 may communicate with the pump that a delivery test should be run. For example, the delivery test may include delivery of one microdose of medication. Upon completing the test, the pump may communicate withsoftware application 700 that the test was either successful or unsuccessful. If the pump ran properly during the test, testsuccessful interface 710 will be displayed, as shown inFIG.43F , indicating that there were no issues. If the pump detected one or more issues during the test, testunsuccessful interface 712 will be displayed, as inFIG.43G . Because more than one dosing cycle may be necessary to detect an occlusion due to the flexibility of the cannula, the user may run multiple delivery tests.Testing interface 708 andinterfaces Software application 700 also may allow the user to input information regarding the type of cartridge that is inserted into the patch pump. For example, the cartridges that may be inserted into the patch pump may have different concentrations of medication. Each cartridge may have identification information such as concentration, volume, and/or manufacturer information that is readable bysoftware application 700. For example, the user may scan the identification information on the cartridge (e.g., QR code, RFID, color recognition) using the device's camera.Software application 700 may process an image obtained from the device's camera using, for example, image recognition software to determine the identification information on the cartridge and then may transmit this information to the controller. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the patch pump may automatically identify information on the cartridge (e.g., cartridge type, concentration, etc.) without user intervention. For example, the patch pump may automatically scan the identification information on the cartridge upon insertion of the cartridge into the pump using an optical sensor. The controller may use the identification information of the cartridge to modify the delivery of the medication.- While various illustrative embodiments of the invention are described above, it will be apparent to one skilled in the art that various changes and modifications may be made therein without departing from the invention. The appended claims are intended to cover all such changes and modifications that fall within the true scope of the invention.
Claims (20)
1. A medication infusion device comprising:
a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication from a cartridge through a transcutaneous portion, the patch pump comprising a pump housing;
a pump motor disposed within the pump housing, the pump motor configured to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion;
a sensor configured to sense a parameter;
a vibration motor separate from the pump motor; and
a controller operatively coupled to the sensor and the vibration motor, the controller configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate to alert the wearer based at least in part on the parameter sensed by the sensor.
2. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the sensed parameter falls outside a predetermined threshold.
3. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the controller is configured to determine that an error has occurred associated with operation of the patch pump based on the sensed parameter to cause the vibration motor to vibrate based on the determination of the error.
4. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the sensor is configured to sense a pressure within the cartridge.
5. The medication infusion device ofclaim 4 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the pressure within the cartridge falls outside a predetermined pressure range.
6. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , further comprising a dosing tube disposed within the pump housing, the dosing tube configured to receive medication from the cartridge.
7. The medication infusion device ofclaim 6 , wherein the sensor is configured to detect an occlusion within the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion.
8. The medication infusion device ofclaim 7 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the sensor detects information indicative of the occlusion within the dosing tube or the transcutaneous portion.
9. The medication infusion device ofclaim 7 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the sensor detects repeated occlusions.
10. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the sensor is configured to monitor glucose levels of the wearer.
11. The medication infusion device ofclaim 10 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the wearer's glucose level falls outside a predetermined glucose level range.
12. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the sensor is disposed in a housing separate from the pump housing.
13. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the sensor includes a photoplethysmographic module configured to sense at least one of the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters.
14. The medication infusion device ofclaim 13 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the at least one of the wearer's heart rate or physiologic parameters fall outside a predetermined photoplethysmographic threshold.
15. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the sensor is an accelerometer and the sensed parameter is associated with the wearer's activity level.
16. The medication infusion device ofclaim 15 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the wearer's activity level is outside a predetermined threshold.
17. The medication infusion device ofclaim 1 , wherein the sensor is configured to detect a temperature within the patch pump.
18. The medication infusion device ofclaim 17 , wherein the controller is configured to cause the vibration motor to vibrate when the temperature falls outside a predetermined range.
19. A method for using a medication infusion device, the method comprising:
providing a patch pump configured to be removably adhered to a wearer's skin for delivering doses of medication from a cartridge through a transcutaneous portion, the patch pump comprising a pump housing and a pump motor disposed within the pump housing, the pump motor configured to pump the medication towards the transcutaneous portion, the patch pump further comprising a vibration motor separate from the pump motor;
sensing a parameter using a sensor; and
causing the vibration motor to vibrate to alert the wearer based at least in part on the parameter sensed by the sensor.
20. The method ofclaim 1 , wherein causing the vibration motor to vibrate comprises causing the vibration motor to vibrate when the sensed parameter falls outside a predetermined threshold.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US18/360,758US20230364332A1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2023-07-27 | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202163195564P | 2021-06-01 | 2021-06-01 | |
| US17/652,463US11712514B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US18/360,758US20230364332A1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2023-07-27 | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/652,463ContinuationUS11712514B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20230364332A1true US20230364332A1 (en) | 2023-11-16 |
Family
ID=84193664
Family Applications (7)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/652,456ActiveUS11529464B1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Systems and methods for monitoring delivery of microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,463ActiveUS11712514B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,453ActiveUS11529461B1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Initialization for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,448ActiveUS11529460B1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,460ActiveUS11541169B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Applicators for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US18/058,088ActiveUS11813382B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-11-22 | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US18/360,758PendingUS20230364332A1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2023-07-27 | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
Family Applications Before (6)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/652,456ActiveUS11529464B1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Systems and methods for monitoring delivery of microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,463ActiveUS11712514B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,453ActiveUS11529461B1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Initialization for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,448ActiveUS11529460B1 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US17/652,460ActiveUS11541169B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-02-24 | Applicators for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| US18/058,088ActiveUS11813382B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2022-11-22 | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (7) | US11529464B1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2017085624A1 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-26 | Advanced Microfluidics Sa | Micropump |
| US11857757B2 (en) | 2021-06-01 | 2024-01-02 | Tandem Diabetes Care Switzerland Sàrl | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication |
| WO2024116023A1 (en) | 2022-11-30 | 2024-06-06 | Tandem Diabetes Care Switzerland Sàrl | Devices for inserting transcutaneous cannulas for patch pumps |
| WO2024151653A1 (en)* | 2023-01-09 | 2024-07-18 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Applicator device for user-wearable infusion pump |
| US20250009964A1 (en) | 2023-07-03 | 2025-01-09 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Systems and methods for operation delegation for insulin pump systems |
| WO2025145039A1 (en)* | 2023-12-29 | 2025-07-03 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | User-wearable infusion pump system with angled cannula |
| CN119868718A (en)* | 2025-02-18 | 2025-04-25 | 中国人民解放军陆军军医大学第一附属医院 | PICC pipeline maintenance tracking and reminding device |
Citations (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20030161744A1 (en)* | 2002-02-28 | 2003-08-28 | Vilks Clinton S. | Cartridge and pump with axial loading |
| US20100094251A1 (en)* | 2008-10-15 | 2010-04-15 | M2 Medical Group Holdings, Inc. | Infusion Pump System and Methods |
| US20100185175A1 (en)* | 2006-02-09 | 2010-07-22 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Systems and methods for fluid delivery |
| US20110004160A1 (en)* | 2007-12-21 | 2011-01-06 | Ofer Yodfat | Devices and Methods for Powering a Medical Device |
| US20110098674A1 (en)* | 2009-10-27 | 2011-04-28 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Method and System for Programming an Infusion Device |
| US20120059349A1 (en)* | 2009-02-17 | 2012-03-08 | Pharmanova, Inc. | Implantable drug delivery devices |
| US20130331790A1 (en)* | 2012-06-07 | 2013-12-12 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Sealed infusion device with electrical connector port |
| US20150265768A1 (en)* | 2014-03-24 | 2015-09-24 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Fluid infusion patch pump device with automatic fluid system priming feature |
| US20160206809A1 (en)* | 2006-02-09 | 2016-07-21 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Patch-Sized Fluid Delivery Systems and Methods |
| US20160369790A1 (en)* | 2015-06-22 | 2016-12-22 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and an optical sensor |
| US20170014572A1 (en)* | 2015-07-19 | 2017-01-19 | Sanmina Corporation | System and method for a drug delivery and biosensor patch |
| US20170056582A1 (en)* | 2014-05-14 | 2017-03-02 | Meamedical Ag | Metering device for dispensing pharmaceutical fluid from a reservoir having a spindle rod for displacement of the piston |
| US20190083712A1 (en)* | 2016-07-05 | 2019-03-21 | Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. | Infusion device drive unit with blocking device |
| US20190175080A1 (en)* | 2017-12-13 | 2019-06-13 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Complex redundancy in continuous glucose monitoring |
Family Cites Families (181)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US2105200A (en) | 1934-04-25 | 1938-01-11 | Hugh G Phelps | Surgical pump |
| US2412397A (en) | 1943-12-31 | 1946-12-10 | Lyndus E Harper | Flexible tube pump |
| CH505294A (en) | 1969-03-21 | 1971-03-31 | Polymetron Ag | Peristaltic pump |
| US4042153A (en) | 1973-03-14 | 1977-08-16 | Standard Oil Company | Liquid dropping device |
| US4199307A (en) | 1977-07-05 | 1980-04-22 | Andros Incorporated | Medical infusion system |
| US4273121A (en) | 1978-02-17 | 1981-06-16 | Andros Incorporated | Medical infusion system |
| US4218416A (en) | 1978-11-13 | 1980-08-19 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Method for extruding a parison |
| US4410322A (en) | 1979-03-09 | 1983-10-18 | Avi, Inc. | Nonpulsating TV pump and disposable pump chamber |
| US4236880A (en) | 1979-03-09 | 1980-12-02 | Archibald Development Labs, Inc. | Nonpulsating IV pump and disposable pump chamber |
| US4322201A (en) | 1979-03-09 | 1982-03-30 | Avi, Inc. | IV Pump with back pressure control |
| US4290346A (en) | 1979-04-30 | 1981-09-22 | Abbott Laboratories | Intravenous pump chamber |
| US4482347A (en) | 1982-08-12 | 1984-11-13 | American Hospital Supply Corporation | Peristaltic fluid-pumping apparatus |
| US4493704A (en) | 1982-11-29 | 1985-01-15 | Oximetrix, Inc. | Portable fluid infusion apparatus |
| US4501405A (en) | 1983-06-21 | 1985-02-26 | Bunnell Life Systems, Inc. | Frictionless valve/pump |
| IL69431A (en) | 1983-08-04 | 1987-12-31 | Omikron Scient Ltd | Liquid delivery system particularly useful as an implantable micro-pump for delivering insulin or other drugs |
| US4616802A (en) | 1984-12-06 | 1986-10-14 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Tubing occluder |
| US4657490A (en) | 1985-03-27 | 1987-04-14 | Quest Medical, Inc. | Infusion pump with disposable cassette |
| US4934372A (en) | 1985-04-01 | 1990-06-19 | Nellcor Incorporated | Method and apparatus for detecting optical pulses |
| US4617014A (en) | 1985-11-26 | 1986-10-14 | Warner-Lambert Company | Dual mode I. V. infusion device |
| US4854836A (en) | 1986-02-18 | 1989-08-08 | Baxter International Inc. | Collapsible conduit for linear peristaltic pump and method of making the same |
| US5056992A (en) | 1987-05-29 | 1991-10-15 | Hewlett-Packard Company | IV pump and disposable flow chamber with flow control |
| DE3909657A1 (en) | 1989-03-23 | 1990-09-27 | Braun Melsungen Ag | PUMP HOSE FOR A PERISTALTIC PUMP |
| US5137023A (en) | 1990-04-19 | 1992-08-11 | Worcester Polytechnic Institute | Method and apparatus for monitoring blood analytes noninvasively by pulsatile photoplethysmography |
| EP0412191B1 (en) | 1989-08-09 | 1993-02-03 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Implantable infusion device |
| US5217355A (en)* | 1991-08-05 | 1993-06-08 | Imed Corporation | Two-cycle peristaltic pump with occlusion detector |
| US5318546A (en) | 1992-08-28 | 1994-06-07 | Bierman Steven F | Method of catheter irrigation and aspiration |
| US5252044A (en) | 1992-10-20 | 1993-10-12 | Medflow, Inc. | Parenteral fluid pump with disposable cassette |
| DK109293D0 (en) | 1993-09-27 | 1993-09-27 | Novo Nordisk As | APPARATUS |
| US5482446A (en) | 1994-03-09 | 1996-01-09 | Baxter International Inc. | Ambulatory infusion pump |
| US5637095A (en) | 1995-01-13 | 1997-06-10 | Minimed Inc. | Medication infusion pump with flexible drive plunger |
| US5853364A (en) | 1995-08-07 | 1998-12-29 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett, Inc. | Method and apparatus for estimating physiological parameters using model-based adaptive filtering |
| US6165151A (en) | 1996-09-03 | 2000-12-26 | Weiner; Daniel L. | Apparatus and methods for control of intravenous sedation |
| US5851197A (en) | 1997-02-05 | 1998-12-22 | Minimed Inc. | Injector for a subcutaneous infusion set |
| US6607509B2 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2003-08-19 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Insertion device for an insertion set and method of using the same |
| US6093172A (en) | 1997-02-05 | 2000-07-25 | Minimed Inc. | Injector for a subcutaneous insertion set |
| US7329239B2 (en) | 1997-02-05 | 2008-02-12 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Insertion device for an insertion set and method of using the same |
| US5964583A (en) | 1997-10-15 | 1999-10-12 | Baxter International Inc. | Elastomerically assisted peristaltic pump |
| WO1999033504A1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 1999-07-08 | Minimed Inc. | Insertion device for an insertion set and method of using the same |
| US20050277887A1 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2005-12-15 | Joel Douglas | Micro infusion drug delivery device |
| JP2002021743A (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2002-01-23 | Yutaka Doi | Tube pump |
| CA2421133C (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2012-06-26 | Insulet Corporation | Devices, systems and methods for patient infusion |
| US6537251B2 (en) | 2000-10-05 | 2003-03-25 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Medication delivery device with bended piston rod |
| IL141137A0 (en) | 2001-01-28 | 2002-02-10 | Caesaria Med Electronics Ltd | Liquid pump |
| EP1381408A4 (en) | 2001-02-22 | 2007-06-13 | Insulet Corp | Modular infusion device and method |
| EP1383560B2 (en) | 2001-04-06 | 2023-04-26 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Infusion set |
| US20020071225A1 (en) | 2001-04-19 | 2002-06-13 | Minimed Inc. | Direct current motor safety circuits for fluid delivery systems |
| US6830562B2 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2004-12-14 | Unomedical A/S | Injector device for placing a subcutaneous infusion set |
| US6723077B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2004-04-20 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Cutaneous administration system |
| US7204823B2 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2007-04-17 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Medication delivery system and monitor |
| US20080172026A1 (en) | 2006-10-17 | 2008-07-17 | Blomquist Michael L | Insulin pump having a suspension bolus |
| US7144384B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2006-12-05 | Insulet Corporation | Dispenser components and methods for patient infusion device |
| JP2004135907A (en) | 2002-10-18 | 2004-05-13 | Nipro Corp | Drug solution injection tool |
| DE10337484B4 (en) | 2003-08-14 | 2005-05-25 | Zengerle, Roland, Prof. Dr. | Microdosing device and method for the metered dispensing of liquids |
| US7699807B2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2010-04-20 | Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. | Device and method for insertion of a cannula of an infusion device |
| US7356364B1 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2008-04-08 | University Of Hawai'i | Device for optical monitoring of constituent in tissue or body fluid sample using wavelength modulation spectroscopy, such as for blood glucose levels |
| US8337482B2 (en) | 2004-04-19 | 2012-12-25 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | System for perfusion management |
| US8062250B2 (en)* | 2004-08-10 | 2011-11-22 | Unomedical A/S | Cannula device |
| CA2633617A1 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2006-10-19 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Web-enabled portable medical device |
| EP1722310A1 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2006-11-15 | Roche Diagnostics GmbH | Medical software download to mobile phone |
| ATE413200T1 (en) | 2005-04-25 | 2008-11-15 | Hoffmann La Roche | INFUSION DEVICE WITH WATERPROOF CASE |
| US8512288B2 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2013-08-20 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Infusion medium delivery device and method with drive device for driving plunger in reservoir |
| US7699833B2 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2010-04-20 | Moberg Sheldon B | Pump assembly and method for infusion device |
| US20070060874A1 (en) | 2005-09-12 | 2007-03-15 | Nesbitt Matthew T | Apparatus and methods for controlling and automating fluid infusion activities |
| EP3165247B1 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2020-10-28 | DEKA Products Limited Partnership | Pumping fluid delivery systems and methods using force application assembley |
| EP1818664B1 (en) | 2006-02-13 | 2013-05-01 | F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Device for detection of a change of pressure in a canal of a microdosing device |
| US20070191773A1 (en)* | 2006-02-16 | 2007-08-16 | Animas Corporation | Low profile infusion set |
| US20070191772A1 (en)* | 2006-02-16 | 2007-08-16 | Animas Corporation | Straight insertion safety infusion set |
| US9056165B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2015-06-16 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Intelligent therapy recommendation algorithm and method of using the same |
| ES2408808T3 (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2013-06-21 | Ems-Chemie Ag | Suction blow molding tool for the production of molded parts of synthetic materials, formed by suction and extrusion blow molding, production and use procedure |
| EP1961436B1 (en) | 2007-02-24 | 2016-08-24 | Roche Diabetes Care GmbH | Infusion system |
| EP1983456B1 (en) | 2007-04-19 | 2013-08-14 | F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Method for adjusting a base rate profile for an insulin pump |
| WO2009056981A2 (en) | 2007-05-07 | 2009-05-07 | Medingo Ltd. | Reciprocating delivery of fluids to the body with analyte concentration monitoring |
| US8221345B2 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2012-07-17 | Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. | Insulin pump based expert system |
| WO2008155377A1 (en) | 2007-06-20 | 2008-12-24 | Unomedical A/S | Cannula insertion device with automatic needle retraction comprising only one spring |
| US8002752B2 (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2011-08-23 | Medingo, Ltd. | Protector apparatus |
| EP2173408A1 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2010-04-14 | Medingo Ltd. | Tubing for fluid delivery device |
| DE602008005153D1 (en) | 2007-07-10 | 2011-04-07 | Unomedical As | INSERT WITH TWO SPRINGS |
| US8303545B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2012-11-06 | Stat Medical Devices, Inc. | Infusion device and method of using and making the same |
| US7879026B2 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2011-02-01 | Asante Solutions, Inc. | Controlled adjustment of medicine dispensation from an infusion pump device |
| US8048040B2 (en) | 2007-09-13 | 2011-11-01 | Masimo Corporation | Fluid titration system |
| US20090177142A1 (en) | 2008-01-09 | 2009-07-09 | Smiths Medical Md, Inc | Insulin pump with add-on modules |
| US8845613B2 (en) | 2008-01-28 | 2014-09-30 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Bolus dose determination for a therapeutic fluid dispensing system |
| DK2252956T3 (en) | 2008-03-03 | 2019-03-25 | Hoffmann La Roche | INSULIN PUMP WITH REPLACEMENT OPPORTUNITIES |
| EP2141620B1 (en) | 2008-07-01 | 2018-10-31 | Roche Diabetes Care GmbH | Insulin pump and method for controlling a user interface of an insulin pump |
| US8140275B2 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2012-03-20 | Insulet Corporation | Calculating insulin on board for extended bolus being delivered by an insulin delivery device |
| WO2010026570A2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2010-03-11 | Medingo Ltd. | Remote control for fluid dispensing device with a echargeable power source |
| EP2164013B1 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2017-03-01 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Method and apparatus for setting a basal rate profile for an insulin pump |
| US8231562B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2012-07-31 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Insulin pump configuration programming invalid settings notification and correction |
| US8156070B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2012-04-10 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Insulin pump programming software with basal profile preview feature |
| US8452953B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2013-05-28 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Insulin pump programming software for selectively modifying configuration data |
| US8105269B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-01-31 | Baxter International Inc. | In situ tubing measurements for infusion pumps |
| WO2010150257A2 (en) | 2009-06-25 | 2010-12-29 | Medingo Ltd. | A method and device for improving glycemic control based on residual insulin |
| EP2724739B1 (en) | 2009-07-30 | 2015-07-01 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Portable infusion pump system |
| US20110137297A1 (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2011-06-09 | Kiani Massi Joe E | Pharmacological management system |
| US8734391B2 (en)* | 2009-10-30 | 2014-05-27 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Systems, methods and devices for adjusting the insertion depth of a cannula associated with a portable therapeutic device |
| US8092428B2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2012-01-10 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Methods and systems for adjusting an insulin delivery profile of an insulin pump |
| KR101142430B1 (en) | 2010-01-20 | 2012-05-08 | 포항공과대학교 산학협력단 | Micro pump and driving method thereof |
| US8377002B2 (en) | 2010-03-24 | 2013-02-19 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Connection and alignment systems and methods |
| ES2529229T3 (en) | 2010-05-18 | 2015-02-18 | Ivax Pharmaceuticals Ireland | Dose counters for inhalers and inhalers |
| US10137245B2 (en) | 2010-08-17 | 2018-11-27 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Central site photoplethysmography, medication administration, and safety |
| US9381300B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2016-07-05 | Perqflo, Llc | Infusion pumps |
| US9498573B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2016-11-22 | Perqflo, Llc | Infusion pumps |
| EP2436412A1 (en)* | 2010-10-04 | 2012-04-04 | Unomedical A/S | A sprinkler cannula |
| US8861731B2 (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2014-10-14 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Efficient procedure for pairing medical devices for wireless communication with limited user interaction |
| US8454554B2 (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2013-06-04 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Use of a handheld medical device as a communications mediator between a personal computer-based configurator and another networked medical device |
| US8401194B2 (en) | 2010-10-15 | 2013-03-19 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Diabetes care kit that is preconfigured to establish a secure bidirectional communication link between a blood glucose meter and insulin pump |
| US8905972B2 (en) | 2010-11-20 | 2014-12-09 | Perqflo, Llc | Infusion pumps |
| US8586687B2 (en) | 2010-12-17 | 2013-11-19 | Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. | Polyalkylene glycol-based polymer and process for producing the same |
| US10251583B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2019-04-09 | Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. | Insulin pump and methods for operating the insulin pump |
| EP2495001A1 (en)* | 2011-03-03 | 2012-09-05 | Debiotech S.A. | Cannula inserter |
| EP2691144B1 (en) | 2011-03-30 | 2017-11-15 | Unomedical A/S | Subcutaneous inserter device |
| US9642568B2 (en) | 2011-09-06 | 2017-05-09 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Orthogonally redundant sensor systems and methods |
| GB201117539D0 (en)* | 2011-10-11 | 2011-11-23 | Univ Graz Med | Medical apparatus having infusion and detection capabilities |
| EP4406568A3 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2024-10-16 | Insulet Corporation | Fluid delivery device with transcutaneous access tool, insertion mechanism and blood glucose monitoring for use therewith |
| US9931065B2 (en) | 2012-04-04 | 2018-04-03 | Dexcom, Inc. | Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods |
| US9005129B2 (en) | 2012-06-22 | 2015-04-14 | Fitbit, Inc. | Wearable heart rate monitor |
| US9867929B2 (en) | 2012-08-15 | 2018-01-16 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Pump engine with metering system for dispensing liquid medication |
| US8808269B2 (en) | 2012-08-21 | 2014-08-19 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Reservoir plunger position monitoring and medical device incorporating same |
| JP6205701B2 (en) | 2012-10-22 | 2017-10-04 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Fluid injection device |
| MX355476B (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2018-04-18 | Deka Products Lp | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ELECTRONIC CARE OF PATIENTS. |
| US9446186B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2016-09-20 | Bigfoot Biomedical, Inc. | Operating an infusion pump system |
| US10357606B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2019-07-23 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | System and method for integration of insulin pumps and continuous glucose monitoring |
| US10201656B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2019-02-12 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Simplified insulin pump for type II diabetics |
| US9492608B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-11-15 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Method and device utilizing insulin delivery protocols |
| US9867953B2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2018-01-16 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | System and method for infusion set dislodgement detection |
| WO2015035304A1 (en) | 2013-09-06 | 2015-03-12 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | System and method for mitigating risk in automated medicament dosing |
| US9077693B2 (en) | 2013-09-23 | 2015-07-07 | Netflix, Inc. | Securely connecting control device to target device |
| EP2862586B1 (en) | 2013-10-21 | 2021-09-01 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Control unit for infusion pump units, including a controlled intervention unit |
| DE102013111800A1 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2015-04-30 | Dominik Niedenzu | Precision metering device with expandable volume chamber |
| ES2785219T3 (en) | 2013-11-14 | 2020-10-06 | Hahn Schickard Ges Fuer Angewandte Forschung E V | Access device |
| US9735502B2 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2017-08-15 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Connector with a retainer assembly |
| EP4250313A3 (en) | 2013-12-26 | 2023-11-22 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Integration of infusion pump with remote electronic device |
| US20150182697A1 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2015-07-02 | Abbvie Inc. | Pump, motor and assembly for beneficial agent delivery |
| US10130755B2 (en) | 2013-12-31 | 2018-11-20 | Abbvie Inc. | Devices and methods for delivering a beneficial agent to a user |
| GB2523989B (en) | 2014-01-30 | 2020-07-29 | Insulet Netherlands B V | Therapeutic product delivery system and method of pairing |
| EP3493509B1 (en) | 2014-02-05 | 2020-10-21 | Apple Inc. | Uniform communication protocols for communication between controllers and accessories |
| US10279106B1 (en) | 2014-05-08 | 2019-05-07 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Insulin patch pump |
| US9669160B2 (en) | 2014-07-30 | 2017-06-06 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Temporary suspension for closed-loop medicament therapy |
| US10668227B2 (en) | 2014-09-15 | 2020-06-02 | Sanofi | Skin-attachable drug injection device with detachment sensor |
| WO2016054079A1 (en) | 2014-09-29 | 2016-04-07 | Zyomed Corp. | Systems and methods for blood glucose and other analyte detection and measurement using collision computing |
| US9592335B2 (en) | 2014-10-20 | 2017-03-14 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Insulin pump data acquisition device |
| EP3892317B1 (en) | 2014-12-22 | 2025-02-19 | Medicus Engineering ApS | Device for measuring pulse wave and breathing pressure |
| US9680646B2 (en) | 2015-02-05 | 2017-06-13 | Apple Inc. | Relay service for communication between controllers and accessories |
| US9942091B2 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2018-04-10 | Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. | Pump configuration software wizard for configuring parameters of a handheld insulin pump |
| JP2016198411A (en)* | 2015-04-14 | 2016-12-01 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Indwelling needle and liquid injection apparatus |
| US9993595B2 (en) | 2015-05-18 | 2018-06-12 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Patch pump cartridge attachment |
| US9999721B2 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2018-06-19 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Error handling in infusion devices with distributed motor control and related operating methods |
| WO2017007660A1 (en) | 2015-07-03 | 2017-01-12 | Merit Medical Systems, Inc. | Devices and methods for fluid infusion, drainage and collection |
| WO2017053572A1 (en) | 2015-09-22 | 2017-03-30 | Thomas Jefferson University | Continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion catheter |
| EP3364861B1 (en) | 2015-10-21 | 2022-01-05 | Dexcom, Inc. | Transcutaneous analyte sensors, applicators therefor, and associated methods |
| WO2017085624A1 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-26 | Advanced Microfluidics Sa | Micropump |
| US10716896B2 (en) | 2015-11-24 | 2020-07-21 | Insulet Corporation | Wearable automated medication delivery system |
| EP4026488B1 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2023-07-19 | Dexcom, Inc. | Transcutaneous analyte sensor systems and methods |
| US9980140B1 (en) | 2016-02-11 | 2018-05-22 | Bigfoot Biomedical, Inc. | Secure communication architecture for medical devices |
| US10667723B2 (en) | 2016-02-19 | 2020-06-02 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for video-based monitoring of vital signs |
| US10363374B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2019-07-30 | Insulet Corporation | Multi-dose drug delivery device |
| CN109561833B (en) | 2016-06-22 | 2022-04-29 | 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 | Medical device for percutaneous insertion of an insertable element into body tissue |
| US9735893B1 (en) | 2016-07-21 | 2017-08-15 | Intel Corporation | Patch system for in-situ therapeutic treatment |
| JP6970733B2 (en)* | 2016-08-02 | 2021-11-24 | サノフィ−アベンティス・ドイチュラント・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング | Drug delivery device |
| CA3034358A1 (en) | 2016-08-26 | 2018-03-01 | Sequana Medical Ag | Systems and methods for managing and analyzing data generated by an implantable device |
| WO2018041708A1 (en) | 2016-09-02 | 2018-03-08 | Roche Diabetes Care Gmbh | Fluid drug cartridge type identification |
| US10518069B2 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2019-12-31 | Integra LifeSciences Switzerland Sarl | Implantable valve assembly with extended lifespan |
| IL268386B2 (en) | 2017-03-09 | 2023-11-01 | Amgen Inc | Insertion mechanism for a drug delivery device |
| US10413658B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2019-09-17 | Capillary Biomedical, Inc. | Helical insertion infusion device |
| CA3055793A1 (en) | 2017-04-20 | 2018-10-25 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Infusion set with leakage indicator |
| WO2018208696A1 (en) | 2017-05-08 | 2018-11-15 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Flexible tubing, cannula and insertion needle |
| US11040137B2 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2021-06-22 | Min Wei | Wearable drug delivery device |
| EP4306146A3 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2024-01-24 | Insulet Corporation | Pre-filled cartridge-based drug delivery device |
| US11147931B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2021-10-19 | Insulet Corporation | Drug delivery device with air and backflow elimination |
| WO2019110839A1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-06-13 | Advanced Microfluidics Sa | Drug delivery device |
| US11160910B2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2021-11-02 | Alcon Inc. | Cassette annunciation |
| US11278668B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2022-03-22 | Glysens Incorporated | Analyte sensor and medicant delivery data evaluation and error reduction apparatus and methods |
| DK179818B1 (en)* | 2018-01-30 | 2019-07-08 | Subcuject Aps | VALVE FOR AN INJECTION AND INJECTION WITH SUCH VALVE |
| EP3591662A1 (en) | 2018-07-05 | 2020-01-08 | Advanced Microfluidics SA | Medical device and secure control system |
| US11241532B2 (en) | 2018-08-29 | 2022-02-08 | Insulet Corporation | Drug delivery system with sensor having optimized communication and infusion site |
| CN110947053B (en) | 2018-09-27 | 2022-04-05 | 捷普科技（上海）有限公司 | Injection device |
| US10736037B2 (en) | 2018-12-26 | 2020-08-04 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Methods of wireless communication in an infusion pump system |
| US11642459B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2023-05-09 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | System and method for air removal |
| EP4204066A4 (en) | 2020-08-28 | 2024-11-13 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | INSULIN INFUSION SET |
| US11139754B1 (en) | 2020-10-09 | 2021-10-05 | Solax Power Network Technology (Zhejiang) Co., Ltd. | Inverter circuit for realizing high-efficiency control of single-phase power of single-phase three-wire power supply |
| US11241530B1 (en) | 2020-11-23 | 2022-02-08 | Amf Medical Sa | Insulin patch pump having photoplethysmography module |
- 2022
- 2022-02-24USUS17/652,456patent/US11529464B1/enactiveActive
- 2022-02-24USUS17/652,463patent/US11712514B2/enactiveActive
- 2022-02-24USUS17/652,453patent/US11529461B1/enactiveActive
- 2022-02-24USUS17/652,448patent/US11529460B1/enactiveActive
- 2022-02-24USUS17/652,460patent/US11541169B2/enactiveActive
- 2022-11-22USUS18/058,088patent/US11813382B2/enactiveActive
- 2023
- 2023-07-27USUS18/360,758patent/US20230364332A1/enactivePending
Patent Citations (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20030161744A1 (en)* | 2002-02-28 | 2003-08-28 | Vilks Clinton S. | Cartridge and pump with axial loading |
| US20160206809A1 (en)* | 2006-02-09 | 2016-07-21 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Patch-Sized Fluid Delivery Systems and Methods |
| US20100185175A1 (en)* | 2006-02-09 | 2010-07-22 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Systems and methods for fluid delivery |
| US20110004160A1 (en)* | 2007-12-21 | 2011-01-06 | Ofer Yodfat | Devices and Methods for Powering a Medical Device |
| US20100094251A1 (en)* | 2008-10-15 | 2010-04-15 | M2 Medical Group Holdings, Inc. | Infusion Pump System and Methods |
| US20120059349A1 (en)* | 2009-02-17 | 2012-03-08 | Pharmanova, Inc. | Implantable drug delivery devices |
| US20110098674A1 (en)* | 2009-10-27 | 2011-04-28 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Method and System for Programming an Infusion Device |
| US20130331790A1 (en)* | 2012-06-07 | 2013-12-12 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Sealed infusion device with electrical connector port |
| US20150265768A1 (en)* | 2014-03-24 | 2015-09-24 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Fluid infusion patch pump device with automatic fluid system priming feature |
| US20170056582A1 (en)* | 2014-05-14 | 2017-03-02 | Meamedical Ag | Metering device for dispensing pharmaceutical fluid from a reservoir having a spindle rod for displacement of the piston |
| US20160369790A1 (en)* | 2015-06-22 | 2016-12-22 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Occlusion detection techniques for a fluid infusion device having a rotary pump mechanism and an optical sensor |
| US20170014572A1 (en)* | 2015-07-19 | 2017-01-19 | Sanmina Corporation | System and method for a drug delivery and biosensor patch |
| US20190083712A1 (en)* | 2016-07-05 | 2019-03-21 | Roche Diabetes Care, Inc. | Infusion device drive unit with blocking device |
| US20190175080A1 (en)* | 2017-12-13 | 2019-06-13 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Complex redundancy in continuous glucose monitoring |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US20220379017A1 (en) | 2022-12-01 |
| US20220379020A1 (en) | 2022-12-01 |
| US11813382B2 (en) | 2023-11-14 |
| US20220379014A1 (en) | 2022-12-01 |
| US20220379015A1 (en) | 2022-12-01 |
| US11529461B1 (en) | 2022-12-20 |
| US11529460B1 (en) | 2022-12-20 |
| US11541169B2 (en) | 2023-01-03 |
| US20230091490A1 (en) | 2023-03-23 |
| US11529464B1 (en) | 2022-12-20 |
| US20220379016A1 (en) | 2022-12-01 |
| US11712514B2 (en) | 2023-08-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11813382B2 (en) | Cannulas for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| US12397104B2 (en) | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| US12053614B2 (en) | Systems and methods for controlled drug delivery pumps | |
| US9486574B2 (en) | Modular skin-adherable system for medical fluid delivery | |
| US7544185B2 (en) | Needle device comprising a plurality of needles | |
| JP2025098010A (en) | Medical fluid injection device and method with removable patch and monitoring - Patents.com | |
| US20090118592A1 (en) | Medical System Comprising a Sensor Device | |
| US20230270933A1 (en) | Medication fluid delivery device | |
| JP2008531159A (en) | Device for changing the drug delivery flow rate | |
| WO2006061354A1 (en) | Ventilated skin mountable device | |
| US20240416037A1 (en) | Auto-injector and related methods of use | |
| US20230081150A1 (en) | Applicators for systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| CN115300714A (en) | Integrated infusion device capable of monitoring blood sugar | |
| US11679199B2 (en) | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| US20240075202A1 (en) | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| CA3219157A1 (en) | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| WO2022254286A1 (en) | Systems and methods for delivering microdoses of medication | |
| US20240173472A1 (en) | Devices for inserting transcutaneous cannulas for patch pumps |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION | |
| AS | Assignment | Owner name:TANDEM DIABETES CARE SWITZERLAND SARL, SWITZERLAND Free format text:CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:AMF MEDICAL SA;REEL/FRAME:064583/0922 Effective date:20230522 Owner name:AMF MEDICAL SA, SWITZERLAND Free format text:ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SIGG, NATHANAEL;PRUIJS, BENJAMIN;BARRAUD, ANTOINE;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:064583/0883 Effective date:20210601 | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:NON FINAL ACTION MAILED | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:FINAL REJECTION MAILED | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:ADVISORY ACTION MAILED | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:NON FINAL ACTION MAILED | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:FINAL REJECTION COUNTED, NOT YET MAILED | |
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general | Free format text:FINAL REJECTION MAILED |